Author: davenkross2026

  • 06/24/2026 – Bluevine Webinar – Payroll and Cash Flow – A Small Business Masterclass

    Hey everyone, welcome and happy Wednesday. Um, we’re going to give it another minute or two um as people are starting to trickle in, but we will get started in just a few moments here.

    Okay, think we’re seeing some people joining. That’s great. Um, yeah, I think we could go ahead and get started. Before we do any sort of formal intros, wanted to just begin with um, uh, some housekeeping. Um, first and foremost, you know, we’re super excited that you guys are here for what will be an informative and engaging session. Um, so to the housekeeping point, we want this session to be as valuable and interactive as possible. So, please use the chat function. Um, you’ll see that in your on 24 console. We do have a team of really outstanding guest guesties and folks from the BlueVine team, Caleb, Fiona, Liz, Ryan, Candace. definitely wanted to shout them out and they’ll be monitoring the chat. Um so any questions that you guys might have, they um will answer them and if we don’t get to them, we do have a live Q&A session right at the very end. Um secondly, don’t forget to check out some of the links that we have there in the resources section um right there in your console as well. We have linked out several resources related to the content today as well as links to book a meeting or get started with us at Gusto um if you so please. So be sure to take a look. Um and then lastly um all attendees and registrants. So, if you have teammates that have not been able to join uh quite yet or may not join um because of any sort of conflicts, just know that they and you guys will all receive a or an email. Um and within that email, this recording of the webinar will will be in there for you guys as well. Uh keeping keep your eyes peeled on that over the next few days. Um and then I would not be doing my job if I didn’t give you guys this one final legal disclaimer. Um, this webinar is intended forformational purposes only and does not constitute tax, legal, financial, or HR advice. And so, with all that being said, I’m excited to officially welcome all of you to the webinar today. Um, and we can start with some intros. Next slide, please. And so, I am Gerard. I’m a partner marketer here at Gusto. Um, I’ve been here for about 18 months and my role here is really to work with our top strategic partners, BlueVine of course being one of them. And for us as a tandem to really figure out and determine how we can best serve growing businesses such as yourselves. Um, I will now pass it over to Rachel.

    Hello friends. My name’s Rachel. Um, I’m a payroll and HR adviser here at Gusto. I’ve been with Gusto for about eight years now. So, I’ve onboarded tens of thousands of companies and I’m here to help you understand um payroll and cash flow a little bit better and how it relates to your payroll. Um but I will go ahead and pass it over to Lena. Hi everyone, my name is Lena. I lead enablement here at Blue Vine. So, I spend a lot of my time really close to the conversations our teams are having with small business owners uh every single day. So, I’m super excited to talk about the banking side of this today, especially the simple ways uh owners can create more structure around payroll and make their day-to-day a little less complicated. So, thanks for having me.

    Great. And so, just to kind of ground ourselves into what we’ll be talking about today and thank you for the intros ladies. Um each section will be about 10 minutes. Um so the first is you know we’ll talk about payroll as a cash flow problem the banking layer um where payroll and banking meet and our ladies here will give us some takeaways on you know what you guys can actually all do today literally after this webinar and then we’ll close with a live Q&A next slide. And so before we actually jump into said content, I think we’d be remiss if we didn’t actually introduce our organizations as well for those of you who might not be as familiar. So I’ll toss it over to Rachel and she’ll give us a quick walkthrough of who Gusto is. Thank you so much, Gerard. So if you folks aren’t some aren’t familiar with Gusto, Gusto is a full-ervice payroll provider. What that means is that we calculate, file, and pay all of your federal, state, and local taxes for you. Gusto services 500,000 American businesses and there are over two million employees that use Gusto to get paid. If you’re not familiar with Gusto’s origin story, it was actually built out of a labor of love from a son to his mother. Our founder and CEO Josh Reeves saw his mom staying up late every two weeks to process payroll. It would take her hours to manually calculate the taxes. And even with all that hard work, she was still really struggling to get their filings straight. their small family-owned business was getting thousands of dollars in fines. And Josh just thought, there has to be a better way. So, when he started looking for solutions, he saw that a lot of payroll providers would service small businesses, but they don’t specialize in them. They didn’t cater to them. They were either way too difficult to use or way too expensive for small businesses. So, he built gusto for his mom. So, we pride ourselves in servicing small and growing businesses that we know are the backbone of the American economy. We help uh automate payroll, benefits, HR, all of that ugly, boring back office stuff, so you can put more time back in your day and more money back in your wallet. We have really simple and transparent pricing, very easy to use platform, and I don’t want to spoil the surprise, but we’ve got a great promo for new Gusto customers that I’ll tell you about in a couple of minutes. Next slide, please. Thank you so much. I think um for those of you who aren’t familiar with BlueVine, the best way to describe Blue Vine is that Blue Vine is built for small business owners who need their banking to do more than just kind of hold their money. So, a lot of the owners we work with are uh you know, juggling payroll, vendor payments, incoming customer payments, taxes, reserves, and sometimes access to capital all at once. So the goal is to really help that make make that feel like a little less organized, less reactive. Um so a very high level, Bluebine brings together business checking, payments, invoicing, lending all in one digital platform. Um so thinking about it from a cash flow perspective, the pieces that I think are especially helpful are things like interest bearing checking accounts, uh sub accounts, which we’ll talk a lot about today, automated transfer rules, account payable tools, and lending options. uh if a business needs additional working capital. So uh I guess the way that I would frame it is Bluebine helps owners create a cleaner system uh for where their money comes in, where it needs to go, and what should be protected before it accidentally gets spent somewhere else.

    All right. And we have a poll question right now and that is how are you currently managing your payroll? Um I’m using Gusto. We’ve got two I’m using gustos here. I’m using a combination of tools. I’m not using any online tools at all or other. Please throw some more in the chat there. Um, but I’ll go ahead and talk about the promo here while you folks are filling that out. So, Gusto is offering a great promo where we’re offering 50% off for 12 months for new Gusto customers. So, it’s basically six free months on Gusto. um at the end of this presentation and this will be recorded of course we’ll send it out um we’ll have the link to sign up and we will also have a link to schedule a call with our two onboarding specialists here Caleb and Fiona they’re answering chats in the background but just wanted to throw that out there oh I see a lot of ADP and paychecks we can fix that I won’t hold that against you’ve got plenty of time to get this done and the good news is is that on Average for customers that switch to Gusto, we save about $5,100 in their first year without any promos. So, you would be getting the Blue Vine promo on top of that. So, I think it’s worth having a conversation if you’re not entirely happy or maybe you just want to see uh what else is out there. Um, please schedule a call with us. We can help you compare invoices, apples to apples, and break it down and see if we can save you some money. All right, and let’s see what the results are. I’m using Gusto. I love to see it. This is so exciting. We love our customers. All right, let’s go ahead and go on to the next slide.

    All right, so in this next section, we’re going to talk about payroll as a cash flow problem. Payroll is probably the most predictable expense in your business. same people, similar amounts, regular schedules hopefully. But it’s also one of the most common sources of cash flow stress for small business owners. Today, I want us to change how we think about it because the problem usually isn’t payroll itself. It’s the gap between when the money comes in and when the payroll goes out and the details of how you have your payroll set up. Next slide, please.

    So actually Rachel I wanted to interject here and hoping hoping that you were cool with it. Um you know in this section there’s a lot of really great content but within this content I’m sure there’s you know some of the attendees might have some questions. So do you think it’s cool if we maybe do like a little sing song Q&A format here? Please. I would love to do that. Okay. Dueling. Awesome. Awesome. Awesome. All right. So, I wanted to actually start with something that you alluded to on the previous slide, which is, you know, something that you think or we think that surprises a lot of business owners, the idea that, you know, payroll isn’t just a compliance task, it’s actually one of the biggest cash flow events in their business. Can you talk a little bit more about that? Yes, absolutely. So, thinking about how payroll can impact your business is something that I genuinely wish small business owners would think about earlier in their journey. you know, you’re getting it set up for the first time. You’re kind of rushing through things. You’ve just hired your first employee, you’ve got to pay them. But, you know, I think we can think about things a little bit more thoughtfully in terms of getting that cash flow management under control. Um, when most people think about payroll, they think, I’m underwater. I need help. I need to hire a new person. And then it’s did I pay my people on time? Did I file it correctly? Am I staying compliant in that order? And all of those things matter. But the question I’d add is the did the timing and the extra work of the payroll actually surprise my bank account? And those are a lot of complex questions that business owners don’t prepare for when they’re going through a hiring spree. Um, a fun fact for you is that most small business for most small businesses, payroll is the singest single largest incurring cash flow outflow. Um, so often between 50 to 70% of your operating expenses are going to go into payroll alone. It’s a huge huge cash sync, excuse me. And depending on your payroll provider, the cash might not leave in a clean pool or on the same day. If you use the wrong provider, it can happen in waves. So you fund the net pay and then federal tax deposits follow within 1 to three business days after that. State taxes have their own separate deposit schedules. It might be quarterly, it might be semi-weekly, who knows depending on what state you’re in. So, a single payroll run can trigger two or three separate cash pulls over the course of a week. And most owners have only planned for one. With Gusto, you actually when you run payroll, it all comes out at the same time. The net pay and taxes go out together in one pull. And that’s actually the goal. uh having a known amount on a known date, no surprises. The cash flow challenge isn’t that it’s unpredictable with the right tools. It’s that many owners haven’t set aside the amounts in advance. So, even a single clean debit can sometimes cause problems if your operating account isn’t running clean. Another potential surprise to watch out for is payroll corrections. If something gets run incorrectly, hours, a bonus, mclassification, you may need to run an offcycle payroll correction. Um, some other providers charge extra fees for that as well. So, that’s an extra cash event outside of your normal schedule, often on really short notice. It’s not common, but it happens. And one more reason why automation and accuracy is upfront to help you from scrambling later down the road. Um, the last thing that I want to flag that’s chronically underbudgeted from the payroll side is employer side payroll reports. Employees see their gross pay, but as the employer, you’re also paying your share of FICA taxes, which is social security and Medicare on top of that. That’s 7.65% 65% right off the bat, plus federal unemployment, state unemployment, any extra state taxes like family and medical leave, state disability, education and training taxes, and those are just examples. All the states have different taxes. So, if you’re only thinking about the number of the paycheck and planning for that when you’re hiring your employees, you’re systemically underestimating the cost of your true payroll by roughly 10 to 15%. um without even factoring things like time off and benefits. Next slide, please. All right, so here is a spooky statistic that stopped me when I first saw it. 17% of small businesses have either missed a payroll or come dangerously close. Not because the business was failing, but because a customer paid late. And I know all small business owners know that happens. So that’s from Blue Vine’s own payment gap report this year. Um, and when you think about that actually how that actually looks, you did the work. You invoiced the client. The money is coming, but it just hasn’t landed yet. And the payroll is on Friday. So you’re like sitting there refreshing your bank account, moving money around, calling in a favor, all to cover something that was never actually in question. The cash was earned. The timing just didn’t line up. So I want to be really clear about something. If this has happened to you, it is not a sign that your business is struggling. It’s a sign that running a normal small business where revenue and expenses don’t line up perfectly in sync. The owners who hit this wall aren’t bad at running businesses. They just haven’t built the structure to buffer against it. And that’s what we’re here to talk about today. Next slide, please. So, actually, Rachel, if I could chime in here. I was actually just thinking about this and I’m glad that we have this slide. So just given everything that you’ve laid out um you know the multiple cash hits, hidden employer costs, the risk of off off cycle corrections, excuse me, like how do we actually like fix this? Like what would a small business owner need to do to get ahead of all this rather than constantly being reactive? Yes. So like I said, I’ve onboarded tens of thousands of companies here at Gusto. So this is a slide that details the three most common mistakes I see our customers making on payday. The good news news is that automation solves this not by adding complexity but by removing it. When a payroll runs on a fixed automated schedule, you always know exactly when the cash will move and exactly how much. Gusto’s autopilot does the scheduling. We handle the tax calculations for you as the rules change. You know, that’s something that small business owners have to keep up with. They’ve got to keep on top of the news and be like, “Oh, we’ve got this new family and medical leave tax.” Gusto handles that for you. So, and all of this files and deposits on your behalf. Our new cash flow dashboard gives you an actual forwardlooking view into upcoming payroll cash movements so you’ll never be caught off guard. We also can do uh expense reporting over time as well, so you can see trends and be like, “Oh, it’s that time of the year again. I need to start bringing on extra staff.” So, payroll should be predictable, boring, on schedule, not contain any surprises. Um, something that I want to end this segment on that I think is worth highlighting is that missing payroll is always the first sign that a business might be in trouble or that’s kind of what people think. um it’s not necessarily the cause it hap or the cause of the trouble but by the time it happens the cash flow problem has usually been quietly building in the background for months. Um and that’s the moment where the problem’s undeniable. People depend on their paycheck and when it doesn’t come they start looking for other jobs. And on top of that it carries legal and state penalties for missed wages. Um I bring this up not to be alarmist but to kind of reframe why this matters. We’re not just talking about tidying up your accounting. We’re talking about protecting something that your team depends on and what your business’s reputation is built on. The structure and automation we’re discussing today specifically exists. So that line is never even approached. All right, let’s go to the next slide. Great. So Rachel, on on this topic, um you know, you mentioned earlier that payroll timing can catch, you know, some small business owners, you know, offguard. Um would love kind of your perspective on when it comes to choosing an actual pay schedule, weekly, bi-weekly, semionthly. How does that decision um how does that decision actually affect cash flow? And is there a right or preferred answer for most small businesses? Yes. So the other lever that has a huge effect on cash flow is the actual pay schedule itself. That’s the that’s a decision that a lot of business owners make early on and they never revisit it like they just go with what feels normal without really num running the numbers. So if you pay run payroll weekly, you have 52 pay periods a year. That’s great for employees, but it means that you’re constantly keeping a high cash reserve. bi-weekly or every two weeks is the most popular choice with 26 pay periods. Um, that’s a really good schedule for hourly employees because it’s predictable. You like submit your hours um every Monday and it’s very easy to remember. What a lot of small business owners don’t realize until it hits them is that for two months a year, you’re going to have three payrolls instead of two. that third run shows up in your bank account and it surprises people who budgeted for two instead of three. Um, semionthly, the first and the 15th as an example or 15th and last day of the month gives you 24 equal pay periods and aligns more naturally to monthly billing cycles and rent if that’s how you bill your clients. And it can be a better structure for cash flow predictability if that’s something that can be unpredictable in your field. Now, I’m not saying you should change your pay schedule tomorrow, but if you haven’t revisited it since you first started your business, it’s worth a second look at the cash flow lens. Next slide, please.

    All right, I will chime in here. I think before we get into my section on the blue vine banking side of things, I would like to do a little poll. I want to understand, you know, what the group wants to improve about their payroll management. Um, so we’re going to have a poll pop up any second now. But yeah, I’m just really curious to see where everyone lands here because I think there’s there’s really no wrong answer for business owners. You know, it usually starts with one pain point. Maybe payroll feels really stressful. Maybe the cash is all kind of sitting in one place or budgeting feels super manual. So, um, yeah, maybe you have the tools, but they just don’t feel connected. curious to see um yeah what kind of responses we get. So we’ll give that a little bit of time here. Looks like some are coming in.

    Maybe you have more than one response. Maybe it’s everything. But would love to hear in the chat if it’s anything that we don’t have listed here.

    All right.

    All right. I think we can move to the results probably. All right. Yeah, it’s a little bit of everything. Seeming like the better budgeting system and funds more organized. It’s definitely up there. So cool. This definitely ties into what I’m going to chat about today. So, we can kind of go to the next slide. Uh but yeah, so we set the stage for why payroll is a cash flow event. I think it’s time to kind of bring in the banking side of that. And when I thought about this topic for the webinar, I immediately my brain went to sub accounts, which is a very popular feature that we have here at BlueVine. Uh so I’ll go into that on my next slide. Um so what are sub accounts? Uh the way I think about sub accounts is pretty simple. They really help give every dollar in your bank account a job before it accidentally gets spent somewhere else. And so with Blue Vine, customers can create up to 20 sub accounts and each sub account has its own dedicated account number. Uh so instead of having like one big operating balance where everything blends together and owner can create separate buckets for things like payroll, that’s definitely our most popular one that people start with. um taxes, vendor payments, owner straw, emergency reserves, or just like any specific project, it’s super easy to kind of uh open them up, close them down as you need them. Uh and I think the part that makes this really useful is that you can set up these automated transfer rules. So, for example, you know, if payroll runs every other Friday, you can build a rhythm where money kind of moves into a payroll sub account ahead of time, uh instead of waiting the day before to kind of check if everything is covered. Uh, and if payroll is coming Friday, you don’t want to have the funds kind of sitting in the same bucket as the day-to-day spending on Wednesday. So that’s when uh, you know, owners start doing the mental math and it gets a little confusing. Um, and so I think sub accounts remove a lot of the guessing. It turns payroll from one big like balance checking exercise into just a clearer system. Um, and it’s super simple and easy to set up. So it’s probably the most popular part of Bluebine account for a lot of our customers today. And I think hearing our sales team, they always describe it and they have a habit of describing it as like the main account is a tree trunk and the sub accounts are the branches, which I really love and I think it’s a good uh visual to kind of give you a way of how you can organize your money. Uh so we can go to the next slide. Uh so interesting statistic here, but I think yeah, most owners aren’t holding as much as uh as they think. This is one of those stats that feels really important because it reflects what we hear from owners all the time. Many small businesses, they’re not sitting on these huge reserves. And you know, like Rachel said, it it doesn’t mean they’re bad operators. It just means that cash is moving constantly. Uh so money comes in from customers, money goes out for payroll, taxes, rent, software, supplies, and you know, everything else. Uh so even when a business is healthy, the timing is what the super stressful part. So I think that’s you know where the structure really matters. Uh a reserve does not have to be one big giant savings goal uh you know sitting somewhere off to the side. It can be something an owner gradually uh you know moves inside their normal banking setup. So you might have you know one sub account for payroll, one for taxes, one for general cash reserve. That way uh you know when you’re looking at your operating balance you’re not accidentally counting on money that is already kind of spent or has a job somewhere else. So, uh, goal is not to make owners feel like they’re behind. It’s to kind of help build this system where payroll is protected first, even if a customer payment comes in late, uh, or an unexpense unexpected expense hits.

    Cool. Uh, and yeah, this is where I think owners can get a little bit more strategic as well without making things too complicated. So, if you’re already setting aside payroll money, tax money, or reserve funds, that cash does not necessarily have to sit idle. The key is just keeping it separated, accessible, and easy to use when it’s time. So, uh sub accounts can really help those funds feel organized while still keeping them connected to the rest uh the business checking setup. So, you’re not like locking money away or creating a complicated new process. You’re just giving that money a clear purpose until it waits to be used. So like this cash in these sub accounts is just as liquid as it is in the main checking. It’s not you know sitting aside and and taking days to to move when you need it. It’s um you know it’s there and because Blue Vine offers this interest bearing checking account those balances can still be kind of working towards that same APY uh in the meantime. So you will earn interest on all the funds across the accounts not just that main checking account. And I think um that’s the kind of balance that owners usually need like organized enough that the money is protected but super accessible in case anything happens and they can you know easily still run the business. Cool. Well, thank you Lena and thank you Rachel for walking us you know through those first two segments. Obviously a lot of really good information there. Um but thinking through you know this next segment here where payroll and banking meet you know what I find most interesting and I’ve heard similar sentiment from other small you know business owners is that you know the most interesting stuff happens at the actual intersection of payroll and banking. You know, one thing that I’d like for us to talk about, and I’ll open it up to to you, Rachel and Ulena, again, is what does it actually look like when payroll and banking work together? And not to be an alarmist to to say what, you know, to use Rachel’s words, but where do things also like break down when they don’t? Um, so next slide. All right. So, I love this question because I think the breakdown is actually way more common than people admit. Um, one failure I see pretty frequently is having a single operating account. Everything runs through it. Revenue in, rent out, office supplies, subscriptions, everything. And payroll just hits on top of all that. Um, as Lena was telling y’all, uh, the more complications this create, um, the more difficult it is for you to get transparency into your cash flow and into your business. So, as an example, when a slow revenue week lines up with a payroll week, and that is a when, not an if, that’s when panic sets in. Um, owners are refreshing their bank account balance on Thursday night, hoping a client’s payment cleared in time. And the mind shift, the mind, excuse me, the mindset shift that I’d encourage every owner on this webinar to make is to stop asking, do I have the money right now? and start asking, have I already set aside the money that I need for the next cycle? Um, reactive cash flow management is really stressful and fragile. Proactive is structured and predictable. The day you run payroll, you’re going to set aside the reserve for the next payroll. It sits in a separate account. Like Lena said, it earns interest in the meantime. You know, that’s money on the table. Don’t do that. Um, and when payday comes, it’s already there because it was never at risk. All right, next slide.

    Sorry, I didn’t realize I wasn’t off mute. Yeah. So, I think when uh payroll and banking talk to each other. So, like the practical version of this is use Bluevine as the funding structure and gusto as the payroll engine. Like as an owner, you can connect Bluevine checking account to Guso and um as the account that kind of pulls from and then use BlueVine sub accounts to organize the money ahead of time and set it up in the same rhythm as your payroll. So a simple setup could look something like, you know, customer payments come into one main operating account. Then the owner uses sub accounts to separate the payroll funds, tax money, maybe a general cash reserve. Uh and with automated transfer rules, money can kind of move into those buckets on a schedule that matches the payroll rhythm. Uh so by the time Gusto runs payroll, the funds are already planned for. Uh and the benefit is just that the two tools are are connected. You know, they uh and and that’s a big part of it, but that also that the owner, the the small business owner isn’t waking up uh before payroll uh and kind of wondering where is the money uh sitting and what does it need to cover. It’s uh it doesn’t have to be chaotic.

    Cool. Thank you guys. Um, so we’ve heard a lot of really great content and I’d like to take a few mo uh moments here before we get into the Q&A. And I know I realize there’s a lot of activity there. So keep it up attendees. Thank you so much for your engagement. Um, but wanted to get into some takeaways. Some takeaways that you, Rachel, and you Lena, if you could be so kind, could bestow upon the webinar attendees both here live with us in the room, but also those watching in the future. um takeaways that they could bring with them in their small business adventures. And so to narrow our focus a bit, if someone is listening right now or in the future and thinking, I need to get just all of this under control, uh what are the first two or three things that they should actually do this week? Uh next slide. All right, I’ll go ahead and go first. So, I’ll give you two things that you can do today, and both take less than 30 minutes. Um, the first is a quick audit that I call a payroll balance check. Pull up your last three months of bank statements and mark every day where a payroll debit went out. Then look at your cash balance on those exact days, not the day before, not the day after, that actual day. If you’re consistently seeing the balance at its lowest point, right before payroll, that’s telling you that there’s a structural mismatch between when money comes in to your business and when the payroll goes out. And usually the fix is a lot simpler than you think. Sometimes shifting your payroll day by a run day or just a few days um or switching from bi-weekly to semionthly, semionthly to monthly can dramatically reduce that pressure. Um, that’s usually a pretty quick change that you can make inside your payroll provider. Um, which is hopefully gusto based on what we’ve heard here. And our team can help you set up whatever makes sense for you. The second thing is if you’re still manually kicking off every payroll run and have um salaried folks or folks with recurring paychecks, aka no variable hours, turn on autopilot. Uh, manual initiation means that payroll can get delayed when you’re busy traveling, just having a chaotic week, and you run a late payroll, even by a day, and that erodess employee trust so fast and can lead to fines and penalties in your state. Um, and this happens so much more frequently than people imagine. You know, you’re a small business owner. You’ve got a million things going on in your head and you forget, oh, Junth is a bank holiday. And I didn’t have that growing up. So, I don’t think of it as a holiday. I don’t take it off. So, I don’t need to run payroll early. Actually, you do. You do because the banks are closed and we need to move that money earlier. With autopilot, it’s going to run on a fixed schedule, on time, regardless of what’s happening in the banking holiday world or what’s happening in your world, so you can focus on putting more energy back into your business. So, you should definitely pair that with Gusto’s cash flow dashboard. It shows your next payroll date and the exact debit amount coming out in advance. Um, the habit I’d encourage everyone to build is simple. every Monday morning, open it, confirm what’s coming, make sure the cash is already set aside, takes 60 seconds to do, and we’ll put years back on your life from sparing you that Thursday night panic. Um, and another thing that I wanted to point out is that at least with Gusto, we offer different direct deposit schedules. So, if you want to do a 4-day direct deposit payroll, let’s say you run payroll on Monday, want it to deposit on Friday, you can do that. We also offer two-day, next day, and same day. Um, so you basically have a little bit more flexibility with Gusto in terms of that cash flow. Uh, you’ve got more wiggle room to push that out later if you need it. And all of that can change from pay paycheck to paycheck. Like let’s say you do run into a situation where you’re like, forgot about Junth. Like, I’ve got to run payroll. It’s already late. You can always switch your direct deposit speed very easily within your Gusto account. So that way people still get paid on time and that’s the most important thing. Lena, how about you? Well, I like this section because I think uh you know it does not need to be a huge project. You know, most owners obviously don’t have time to rebuild their entire cash flow process in one week, but I think you can take a couple practical steps like you were mentioning uh to make it feel a lot more organized. So, probably sound like a broken record now, but I think opening um a payroll sub account, starting small there uh is a great first step. You know, with Bluebine specifically or or wherever you bank, that could just mean a sub account specifically for payroll, you know, with Bluebine customer can uh uh open up to 20 sub accounts. Uh like I said, so this can be uh as simple or as detailed as the business needs. Um some owners may only need payroll and taxes. Others might want to do do more than that. So even if you don’t fully automate it on day one, just separating the funds I think makes it easier to see what’s truly available uh for the rest of the business. It’s like a mental uh thing and I know that I personally do that with my own personal banking. So um you know and just to mention again I think the because each sub account has its own dedicated account number it gives owners a lot more flexibility on how they organize and route the money to um depending on you know how they operate their business. And then uh the set a cash reserve target. I think I like the 1.5 times payroll run target because it feels really practical. It gives owners like a clear goal without saying you know go build 6 months of reserves overnight. Uh for many small business owners that advice just does not feel realistic. So uh instead just you know start in start with payroll. Uh look at what the typical payroll run costs set a target and build towards it over the next couple of cycles. uh even if you’re not there right away, just having a named reserve account makes it just visible. It’s in front of you. And I think that visibility uh matters because you’re making fast decisions in your business all the time. And when a reserve is clearly separated, it’s easier to know what is actually available and what uh it’s there to protect payday.

    Cool. Thank you both. Um that was a lot a lot of really great tips, expertise, and advice. Um, obviously we’re now in Q&A. Um, before I start, um, picking some really thoughtful questions and thank you again attendees for being so engaged. Um, wanted to call out some of the resources that we have there in the platform. Once again, uh, we have a one-page leave behind that summarizes a lot of what we’ve discussed today. So, please take it, download it for yourself, take it to your teammate, share it with your wife, husband, girlfriend, whatever. No need to be shy and sharing that out. We also have a link to BlueVine’s cash flow management report. Um, a few of the presented statistics have referenced that report. So, if you wanted to take a look at it uh in deeper length, uh, by all means, click on it. And we also have two links. Um, one link for those of you who are actively ready to get started with Gusto. Um, and if you’re not quite ready yet, uh, we also have a module that says I I believe literally it says book a meeting. Um, so if you’d like to learn more about Gusto, it’ll actually connect you directly with one of our business development reps. Um, so with that out of the way, let’s hop into the Q&A. Uh, let’s see here.

    Okay, so one question from Raj, thank you for your question. Um, I am trying to understand what differentiates BlueVine from other banks, let’s say Chase or the Wells Fargo of the world. What is the incentive for me to move from Chase to Blue Vine? Lena, I believe that one should probably be for you. Oh, wow. So many things. This is my favorite question. Uh, well, you know, I think the most obvious thing to point out first is Bluebine is a fully online bank. And I think um if you’re not used to banking online, it can feel a little different, but it’s also I think our biggest strength where um you know where we lack our brickandmortar locations. We have great people on our side, you know, dedicated customer support and um you know, obviously the biggest thing that customers come to us for is our interest bearing checking account. because we don’t have brick and mortars, we’re able to, you know, be really um I think generous with what we’re uh what owners can earn on their actual checking balances, which is uh I think something a lot of people aren’t used to in in business banking. Uh a lot of the first conversations we have uh with our our customers that are new are like, “Hey, where did you bank from and why did you leave?” and they usually don’t even know if they were earning interest on their former account um or they were probably paying to to keep the account open. Uh and so we eliminate a lot of those pain points and just make it easy for them to move faster. They’re not, you know, waiting in line trying to get access to a bank teller or things like that. So, uh just the speed at which we’re able to move and support our customers is a big part of that. That’s awesome. Thank you for the question. Um, and obviously the answer, uh, I have another question here from, uh, Douglas Dukes. Thank you for the submission. Uh, what are the consequences for missing a payroll aside from angering employees? Rachel, I know in your section, you talked about that quite a bit, but perhaps if you can resurface, you know, the impacts of missing a payroll, like let’s let’s talk about it. Yes. So, all of that depends on what state you’re located in. Um, different states require that you pay employees uh at different schedules at a minimum as an example. Um, we’ll use California because as everyone on this Zoom knows, California has a lot of worker friendly laws. Um, they’re kind of I think the gold standard for for payroll compliance and making sure that everyone gets paid on time. Um, on average, the firsttime penalty for a small business owner that does not pay employees on time and they get a complaint filed against them is $7,000 right off the bat from the state. Um, and that can actually snowball from there. So, uh, you know, the the financial consequences can be pretty steep depending on which states you’re located in. Uh, New York is another really friendly worker state. Um, so even just doing things like um, as an example, Gusto does offer same day direct deposit and I saw a question in the chat that was like, is there an extra fee for this? I believe we charge $90 for that payroll if you do run a same day direct deposit, but $90 versus $7,000. You know, an ounce an ounce of prevention is worth a cure of pound. So definitely make sure you’re staying on top of that. Um, worst case scenario, I think always cutting checks is a good option as well. So, you know, you can write those out in your office, you can hand that to them that same day. And if you need to retroactively run that payroll with Gusto, you can. FYI, full disclosure, if you retroactively run that payroll with Gusto, your taxes might be late, and at that point, you assume fines and penalties, but your employees will at least be paid on time. So, I think those are some good options if you are having some cash flow issues. Uh, but definitely stay on top of it, especially if you’re in California. Thanks, Rich. Um, I have a question here from Natasha Hamilton. Thank you for the for the question, which is kind of like a hybrid of the two previous questions, the one that you answered, Lena, and the one just now, Rachel. um if we want to move from if she wants to move from their brickandmortar bank, how does BlueVine handle paper checks? She mentions that, you know, they routinely get get checks that are printed in a format that many online deposit apps don’t recognize. Well, yeah. I was going to say we we do a lot of mobile check deposits. So, I would I want to see um maybe her specific scenario if she’s saying other online banks don’t offer it, but we um you know get this question all the time and customers who aren’t used to to doing uh mobile check deposits and would would love to hear more about her situation specifically and potentially uh work with her on that. But um yeah, but usually mobile check deposit uh and uh it’s through our app. Take a picture on your phone and um do a signature. Super simple. Cool. Um question here from Steve. Um do I have to and I just Yep. Do I have to move the funds from my payroll sub account into my primary account in order to conduct payroll or can I draw directly from that payroll sub account? you can draw directly from that payroll sub account. That’s why uh each account has its own unique account number and the same routing number that your other bluepine accounts will have. Um but it’s it’s visible and accessible through that main login which I think is what makes it really cool. Uh you can also have debit cards attached to them, checkbooks. So it’s really like a true sub account underneath the main account which I think is awesome. Sweet. Uh, similar to that, a lot of sub account activity and questions here, which is great because clearly the the content is landing. One from Alexand, sorry if I pronounced that incorrectly. Uh, but her question is, is the best way to funnel revenue or expenses in or out of sub accounts to assign those cash events to the individual sub accounts or is there another option?

    I’m trying to think about how to answer this question. I guess the way I would uh explain it is there’s a lot of features attached to sub accounts that you can customize based on how your business runs. So we have like minimum balance rules where you can say you know no matter what happens I always need to have at least $10,000 in my payroll sub account and if I don’t move it from this account um or you can do like a simple transfer on a schedule and say every Friday I want to put $500 into the payroll uh one. So, I think it really is dependent on on how you run your business, but we could probably find a solution for sub accounts to work for you. Um, you can make them as sophisticated or as simple as you want usually. So, yeah, would love to hear more about that uh specific example, but yeah, cool. Um, have another one here from Natasha. Does Blue Vine offer credit card or business line of credit options? We do. Um we do not currently offer a credit card product. We have a um business line of credit option um up to $250,000 I believe for our highest line and then we work with a um you know different group of partner lenders for uh different kinds of needs like term loans and things like that. And so we have a lot of different options available.

    Cool. Thank you. Um, this one’s for you most likely, RA. Uh, coming in from Sicily. Uh, can I switch from ADP to gusto with ease? Yes, absolutely. It’s going to be a breeze for you, Sicily. Um, so I I did see a lot of questions about people saying, I want to switch from paychecks, how easy is it to onboard to Gusto, all of these different things. Um, so the answer is um it depends on how many employees you have. you know, the more employees you have, the longer it takes to move over. But we’ve got two different options at Gusto. Um, one is to self onboard, and you can do that at your own pace, but that’s you moving data over from your previous provider into Gusto. We also offer the option to go through a full service migration. Um, that’s where Gusto does the heavy lifting for you. 90% of the work is on our plate. It’s not totally handsoff, but you know, um if you’re really strapped for time and you’re like, I know I want to move forward with Gusto. I just need help with the data entry, that is something that our migration team can handle for you. Um that’s a totally free service. Most of our competitors charge between $500 to $5,000 for it depending on the size of your business. So, it’s a really great value um that can again give you more time back in your day. Another really neat thing about going through the migration service is we’re basically doing a tax audit for the last year of your payroll expenses. And um you know, I certainly don’t want to say bad things about a competitor, but there are times where we’ll go through another payroll provider’s reports and we’re like, “What were they doing here? This is not correct.” And so that’s great because at that point we can say, “Hey, it looks like unnamed payroll provider should have been paying this tax. They weren’t. Let’s go ahead and generate the reports to get you caught up with the state. Here’s what you need to do.” So it’s a totally free audit. And I think that’s another great value. Um, if you’re starting a business for the first time and you’re like, “Well, I don’t I don’t need help, you know, migrating from anywhere, but I just want to hit the ground running.” You can have your Gusto account set up in 30 to 45 minutes at the most. Um, it’s very easy to get started. And I did see a few questions in the chat about how long do I have to activate this promo. If you are interested in uh in running payroll with Gusto and let’s say you’re not quite ready to pull the trigger, you’re still waiting for some funds to come in. Um, you know, it might be a few weeks or even a few months until you’re profitable, that’s totally okay. Go ahead and start the sign up process now. Lock in that discount and you’ll be good to go. Once you start the sign up process using this link, it will automatically lock that discount into your account. So, when you start the sign up process, it’s going to show you plans and pricing associated with it. But, as long as you use that link, you’re taken care of. Um, I would also recommend for anyone who is switching from a payroll provider, please schedule a call with my colleagues Caleb and Fiona uh on this on this call right now. They work on our sales and onboarding team and they can help get you directed to the right place um and hopefully get set up with Gusto. So, make sure to schedule a call. Sweet. And another question. I’m so sorry. I’m so sorry. I just saw this come through. Can we get% off? Ariana, can we get 50% off the first 12 months if we already have a Gusto login but have not started using it? Ariana, shoot me an email. My email is just Rachel gusto.com. r a celgusto.com. I will make sure we honor that promo for you. Okay. So, just shoot me an email. As soon as we get off here, we’ll get you taken care of. That’s great, Rich. And I I will also plug that same thing to Jod Woods who had a very similar question around they just joined Gusto in May would be be eligible for the discount. Jody, if you’re still on the line, please by all means email RA and we’ll we’ll also get you set up. Thank you guys for the questions. Um let’s see here.

    It looks like Christa also had a question that was kind of similar. If I signed up with Gusto and haven’t filled out any of the information, can I still lock in the promo? Christa, shoot me an email. [email protected]. We’ll get you squared away. Awesome. Um, I think we could take a few more here. Um, I’ll I’ll pull this one from Beatatric and I think this will this one will go to you, Lena. I have Blue Vine currently and earn 1.3% APY. How do I actually increase it? Oh, what another great question. Um, so we have different uh bluebine plan. So 1.3% APY is part of our standard plan uh which comes with uh you know great features you know our invoicing and um you know all the the standard bank account features and then they kind of go up from there. So uh API APY will increase on our plus plan and then our premier plan. Um and they they’re a little different. So, you earn APY uh upon just upgrading to them, but there is a monthly uh fee either $30 or $95. A lot of customers, if they kind of fit the balance requirements and the spend requirements, end up either waving that fee or out earning the interest so that the fee doesn’t really matter. Um, it’s not like, you think seeing it in front of you in your Blue Vine account is actually a great way to kind of compare them. So, if you’re actually logged in, you can click that profile button in the top right corner and click your plan, and it’ll show all three plans, compare them, what you’re getting between each, between the APY and the discounts on payments and uh uh outgoing payments and things like that. So, uh definitely take the time to to compare them and uh let us know if you have any questions. But, um yeah, there’s definitely ways to earn more.

    Cool. So I think with that I know you know we have um reached close to the top of the hour. A lot of really great questions for those of you where um who’ve submitted questions and we haven’t answered them either in the chat or live. We actually get a report of you know these questions that that went unanswered and we will get back to you either on the gusso side or the bluevine side. But you know wanted to you know wrap us up here. Um you know thank you so much for just sticking with us. I know it was a lot. You guys are all very busy. you took literally 53 minutes out of your day to listen to myself, to Rachel, to Lena. Um, and we are so appreciative of your time. Um, also wanted to extend a massive thank you to Rachel and Lena, to our wizards in the background making the magic happen. You know, Ryan, Caleb, Fiona, Liz, Candace, u making sure that, you know, the chat is being tended to. Um, and then also the just the entire BlueVine team for co-hosting this with us, promoting this. you know, we obviously could not have done it without you. Um, and for me, as I just kind of wrap this up, you know, two things that I’m thinking about as I, you know, take away some of the content from today, it’s it’s really these two things. It’s number one, every single payroll run is a major cash event that deserves its own dedicated strategy. So, definitely keep that in mind. And second, implementing a clear subac account structure is one of the easiest ways to completely eliminate that, as Rachel said, Thursday night kind of cash flow anxiety mindset. Um, so with those two takeaways, I will point you guys into the, you know, resources section of the platform, the one-pager, the, um, blue vine report, uh, book a meeting. Um, uh, sign up for gusto if you’re ready. And again, no worries if you missed a slide or if you hopped in late or for those of you in the future if you missed entirely this entirely, you clearly have received the email with this recording in it. So, by all means, you know, rewatch as you see fit. Um, and thank you again for all of you uh speakers, you know, people in the background for taking the time and yeah, taking your time out of the busy out of a busy Wednesday. have a fantastic rest of your day. One last thing. Yes, please. Yes, go. I didn’t want to want it to end. Um, yeah, I’m having such a good time. Uh, I’ve seen a few questions posted that were like, “Hey, if I’m interested in Blue Vine, how do I get in contact with someone?” Lena, do y’all have someone on your side or a place we can point them to to get them squared away? Yes, I think we um we’ll have the attendee list and anybody who has has mentioned anything. So, our team is going to reach out and we will um we’ll definitely hear from us uh and get them in touch with somebody. So, don’t worry about it. We have your names and your emails and you’ll hear from us. So, perfect. Yes. Thank you for flagging that, Rachel. Yeah. Yeah. Thank you guys. Appreciate the time. Have a great rest of your Wednesday and we’ll see you at the the next one. Bye, everyone. Bye guys.

  • 06/23/2026 – Vidicom Webinar

    ize this bazar. It’s got like vegetables, it’s got fruits, it’s got it’s got flowers, it’s got clothes, you know, uh apperal, everything that you can imagine, right? So people walk into the bazar and everybody is competing. Everybody wants to sell their product, right? And who gets to sell? Well, not everyone. The only person who’s got an edge, right? Somebody who can make people come to the stand and then has a pitch that works, right? has a pitch that makes them want to uh look at their product has you know uh why makes them want to purchase especially in the ecom world right because most of the buyers who come to your website or could be discovering your products through ads right don’t forget about the ads people who sell a lot of products on ecom are driving customers through online advertising that’s cash first you’re spending money first even before you make the sale so the pressure is even higher right the pressure to convert customers, the pressure to make that sale is even higher. So you’re doing this cash first exercise where you’re sending people money to send you traffic. I’m when I say people, I mean all the platforms like Meta and Instagram. So the pressure to convert people is very high. Every seller wants to have an edge. And I would say in the world today, in the ecom world today, video is the edge, right? And I will tell you a little story about what I’m talking about. Uh this is from my own shopping experience, right? This is from my own shopping experience. So whenever I want to buy someone, I go to something sorry I go to Amazon, I go to eBay or I go to uh you know any of the other websites that sell the particular product and usually I found myself in myself the first thing I was looking looking for on the listings was videos. Right? So I when I go to Amazon the first thing I wanted to check out was the video and see what the product was about. And many times I found in myself that if I didn’t see a product uh you know uh uh if I didn’t see a product uh video I was getting irritated because then I had to go and read the specifications read the details with a lot more focus try to figure out if the product is still you know working for me. Videos just clinch the deal many many times. So if a product has a video, I would watch it and I would say, “Hey, this is cool. Let me just grab it right then.” So videos can help the conversions quite a lot. if you’ve got a video on the listing page. And I got the idea to build this product when I saw some really good products that didn’t have a video that I could watch. And it kind of irritated me and it made me understand. It made me feel that this guy could be making a lot more sale if he just had a nice video on the listing page. And I thought, what if I can solve the problem for him? Wouldn’t there be a demand for such a product? And that’s how the idea of VidCom was born because it it was from an experience that I had myself. So anyone uh here uh who’s watching videos on the listing page if you like to if if you also like me when you go to a sales listing an a video an ecom sales listing you try to see if there’s a video and you want to watch that video. If you’ve ever has seen that behavior in yourself drop me a yes in the chat. Right? So, uh, if you’ve been watching a lot of ecom videos and you want to watch ecom videos before you make a purchase, you want to see, give me a yes in chat. If you, uh, if you’ve also got the same behavior.

    So, we got Craig, Terry, Debbie. So, yeah, I think I think a lot of us have the same thing. We want to see the product visually. We want to see something more about it. Unless we know the product, right? So, if you know the product, we trust the brand, we don’t need to see the video. And uh if you’re buying let’s say a USB disc or something and we just know the product we don’t need to watch a video but when it’s something experiential right something that people could come to a come to using an ad we would want to watch a video so this is something which is very very common and it’s still quite lacking because when you think about it not all product listings have videos and I did a survey I you know not really a survey I did some research I went to a lot of product pages and I tried to see how many products pages have a video listing on them and I’m I’m shocked only about 20% plus like 25% of them had a listing page and even less than that in some categories. So this is like a huge open market waiting for you. Now there are some you know proper researches done on this. So studies which were conducted of course by research organizations have shown that if you’ve got a video on a on on your listing it can boost conversions by up to 80%. Up to 80%. Now think about that number. Let’s say if an ecom seller is spending,000 $1,000 on ads per month and he’s doing you know a double uh conversion. Let’s say he’s getting $2,000 by paying $1,000 to Facebook. He’s making sales of a digital product worth $2,000. So that’s about $1,000 in profit. Now, if he didn’t have a video, he would have that number that he has now. But let’s say he puts a nice video on the sales page on the listing. And now his conversions boost by, let’s say, 60%. That’s $600 more. So $1,600 instead of $1,000 in profit from that single product, right? So that’s that’s an example. You can’t you can’t let go of such a strong advantage, right? So, every single product every single product should have a video.

    Plus, it reduces returns, right? So, it’s not just about more uh more uh conversions, it’s also about reducing returns. Why? Because people when they see when they see a video they already experience they already imagine or I would say they experience the emotion of owning the product how they feel using it or what are the benefits of the product. It’s more concrete in their head right so that reduces returns too. It’s a dual advantage and if you add it together it’s quite a substantial advantage. So every product listing should have a video and if a product listing doesn’t have a video, it’s something that is missing from their own profit that they take home and they need to correct it. So all of the agencies out here, you know, the pitch is something that is obvious. You the studies are out there. All you need to do is, you know, make people aware of what how easy it is to solve the problem, right? They know the problem. They know what they’re missing. The only problem is it’s actually a little more difficult to solve it using the conventional way than what we’re going to do today. So if if if it’s easy to solve the problem for the ecom sellers, they will want to solve it right away and you can help with that. All right. So why do videos sell more? Because they can demonstrate what the product how the product can be used. They can show the product quality. They build the trust, right? because people see uh you know uh something that they can relate to online not just specifications or uh dis details or you know even if you browse the images it’s not I think having an image is definitely better than better than having no images on the listing but having a video is so much more better so the the images are good they convey they improve the trust they improve the relationship a little better but videos can do it so much more right so you also remove buyer hesitation. When people see a video, they see the pitch and if it appeals to them, they will act on it. Compared to if they have to scroll the mouse a little more, go down the page, read the specifications, read the details, try to figure out how this will appeal to them. When they’re watching a video, they’re not trying to do anything. They’re watching the video. The attention is on the video. They can hear the music. They can hear the audio. They can see the visuals. and their senses are entrapped in a way that you know where you can’t where you can’t f have them focus on just text or just images right so this removes buyer hesitation to quite a lot more extent and increases conversion rate we’ve already established that the studies show that so it’s there it’s there now I said this earlier most product listings still don’t have videos and I give you the numbers about about I would say about 78% of them don’t have videos. Even in the high paying categories, even when the product is being advertised actively, people are spending like three $4,000 a month on advertising, it’s already profitable, but they don’t have a video, right? So, this is terrible because uh people are putting a lot of money, leaving a lot of money on the table. But this is also good for you today because millions of people, millions of products need videos. There are 32 million stores online. Most of these stores are paid. People are spending money to create them, to put them up, to list the products, to build the inventory or to run ads. So they are paying customers. All of these people online running stores. They are a massive paying category. Millions of sellers need help creating videos and opportunities are all right there. So that’s a massive, massive, huge opportunity that we can capitalize on today as service providers. Now, we talked about this a little bit earlier. Why doesn’t every product have a video already, right? Because video is difficult to crack. If you do it the traditional way, the funnel looks like this. You need to have a video editor, somebody who will compile the clips. You need to have a guy who will do the voice over. And I’m talking about, see the numbers here, they’re the absolute bottom of the barrel. Like, you can’t go cheaper than this. Like, $100 for a voice over. I think you would be lucky to get that for a good voiceover artist. Now to put to put all put all this together, you need a video editor to you need a voice over guy. You need somebody who will actually conceptualize the product, write the script, a copywriter, a script writer, right? Then you need somebody who will do the composting, the visuals, a video is made of slides, made of storyboarding and everything, right? So that also is expensive. Put it all together. A normal video, a regular video could cost you over $400, $350 just to produce. And I’m talking about when you really try to be competitive, when you know the right people, when you go to the right platforms and Fiverr, you’re lucky enough to hire the right guys to do the job for you. So, it’s expensive paying paying this much and then waiting right before you get the video. There’s going to be a huge wait. Could be days, could be even a week or even weeks, right? It can take time especially if your providers are busy. It’s not possible for ecom sellers to do that over and over chase that have that bad experience because you know many times you have a bad experience. Okay, I’m I’m going to ask you guys, have you ever tried to produce an ecom videos this way? If you ever try to do that and had a good experience, give me a win in the chat. And if you have ever tried to do that and had a terrible experience trying to work with providers, trying to get it organized, give me a L in the chat. Let me see first if any of you ever did that and how it worked out for you. W for the winners who made it happen, who got the right contractors, or L for people who didn’t really find the right contractors and didn’t have fun with that. So, we’ve got Craig. Craig gives me an L. Vincent L. But Teddy has got a good experience which is nice. Ralph, yes. Debbie, yes. Debbie as Debbie L. So it’s a good mix. Some of you, some of us are lucky to find good providers who could do the job and most of us and I would say this is from my own experience trying to get various things done online. I’ve done a lot of sales videos online using providers and it’s been a lot of else. Lot of else, right? So we got to change that. We got to change that for us and for everyone else. We could just going to make things simpler. So Sarah says, “I’m an old school video editor.” So Sharon, you do the work yourself. You know how how much time it takes. You know how hard it is to organize. Then you got to you just a part of the jigsaw puzzle. You got to have a visualizer, script writer, somebody who will verify everything, get things done, right? So it is it is not fun. Math’s not the math doesn’t math for most stores. It doesn’t compute, right? If a store has 50 products and you got to make 50 videos, you got to pay $300, $200 for per video. That’s about $3,000, right? That’s a lot of money. Even if you just say actually $5,000 just for just by $100. So imagine the amount of expense an ecom store will have to make if they want to list all of their products in a proper manner with videos. It’s not affordable. Most ecom stores can’t afford that. thousands of dollars a month because you know most ecom stores that are making sales are doing a lot of experimentation. There are winners every month, there are losers every month and many times the losers are losers because the listings are not good. Right? You can scale up the winners, you lose the losers. But the idea is to pump in new products. Whether it’s an established brand, whether it’s a whe whether it’s a new brand, whether it’s a focused manufacturer, producer, or a drop shipper, no matter what the kind of business is, everybody is putting out fresh fresh products every year. So, they’re going to be like a bunch of fresh products, maybe even every month. You can’t produce videos at scale for that kind of an operation. That’s another reason why ecom sellers have not been putting out more videos on the listings. And that is another reason why you can come in and provide this as a valuable service with quick turnaround and it make this into your most profitable venture. Right? Traditional video creation expensive, slow, difficult to scale, right? You can’t make 50 videos in a month. You will be busy doing that. If you were the solo provider working for an ecom store that does 50 products a month and there are stores who do that more than that sometimes you will be just busy with that all day. Multiple tools, multiple revisions, all of these things. Everybody knows about it, right? The people who’ve done the else, they know more about it than me. So now the opportunity is there that because the creation process is painful. That’s that’s what always is the case. You know people who make money they don’t invent anything you know uh they don’t invent usually a category they just make a new way to do something that was painful earlier easier right that’s always the case in my opinion the people who make money the fastest they’re trying to solve problems that people have and video production for ecom is a huge problem every ecom seller has right so every new product needs assets product images add creatives product descriptions, product videos. Now, through my products, I’ve been trying to solve one of the, you know, all of these problems uh one by one. So, I’ve got a product for ad creatives earlier that I launched it. It was loved by a lot of people. I’ve got pro, you know, products. I I’ve got products that do product videos for uh you know, product images that was launched a long time ago. people still use it and love it and it’s becoming better because newer AIs are coming in and today I’m going to solve the problem of product videos right so every product launch creates fresh demand we just talked about this many ecom sellers launch 50 products a year some launch five a month or even 10 a month so businesses spend a lot of money in customer acquisition cycles Right? Especially if it can make them money in a proven fashion. And I can commit to you. I can tell you that for sure. Ecom sellers are tracking everything like maniacs. Anybody who’s been a success in ecom, they are focused. They’re committed to tracking. So whether it’s, you know, the traffic that’s coming in from Facebook that they’re paying for or Instagram or Tik Tok or whatever and the conversions, right? So they’re tracking headlines. They’re tracking to see what can convert and what cannot. They’re tracking all kinds of widgets. They’re tracking all kinds of offers. And they’re ready to spend money, right? They’re ready to spend money on advertising, on copywriting, on funnels, on graphic design, anything that can help them more money, make more money, and they’re tracking. So if they un they already understand the value of videos, if they put one video on a listing, they see the bump in conversions, they’re going to commit to do it to for every one of the listings as long as it’s affordable, can be done in the uh in the in a reasonable time, right? So people are spending money on acquiring customers, on conversions, on sales, and they’re ready to spend more money as long as it makes them even more money. That’s the point, right? So, finding paying customers in this niche, in my opinion, is the easiest thing ever. It’s probably easier than any other niche because a lot of money goes out the door before the customer comes into the page and there is a lot of pressure to convert them. So, it’s very easy to try and uh make people understand that, hey, you’re spending money to acquire customers. You got to you got to make sure they buy. So agencies agencies uh you know like us we we are all in here for for a reason why we you know why we love this business because we don’t need to maintain inventory no manufacturing no shipping and all you get you as long as you deliver results you get paid right

    and in this category in ecom you know if you let’s let’s talk about the distinction between why this is a scalable business if you make products for ecom providers why it’s so much more scalable than any other business. Let’s say you make an make a video for somebody that’s doing, you know, I would say home improvement services, like a local business, a dentist, a home improvement services, a lawyer, whatever you can think of. You’re going to make one video maybe every 4 months, every 5 months, every 6 months, right? They would want one video that shows off their business and that’s it. Pretty much that’s it. they would put it on their YouTube channel, put it on their social media, put it on the website, and then they would be not be in business for a little while, maybe months. But in ecom, anytime somebody puts a video on a listing, they’re going to come back for more because the products get refreshed, the product gets improved, gets changed, the labeling changes, right? every year there’s a new line new uh every season not every year every season there’s a new line right so the product the customers can be repeat customers so fast

    and I don’t need to explain to you how this can be profitable because if you’ve done agency work online you know you can charge very reasonable amounts and have it if you can do it at scale you can have it uh you know turn into very nice figures like if you just charged $250 per video from your customer and you had three three videos to do from the entire lineup, that’s $750 in revenue. And I’m going to show you how easy it is, how quick it is. Like, you can literally create a video in 10 minutes. And most of the 10 minutes you you spend sipping your coffee, right? The work is not done by you. You got to wait for the AI to do the work. So most of the 10 minutes that you spend to create one video is done waiting. So you can watch a video on YouTube or you can scroll it on the side or you know you can scroll Tik Tok on the side or talk to your friends or do a call or sip coffee or read a book. But the work will be done on autopilot. I’ll show you that in a moment. If you do 10 videos at $200, that’s $2,000. And you can do that maybe in you know even all the 10 videos that you need to create can be done in an hour maybe right. So this is easy to do when you have the right tools. So if you just pitch it to clients you get 10 clients giving you three videos a month which is very very reasonable. Three every ecom seller that’s selling online that’s making sales is probably putting out more than three products a month. You charge them $2,000. That’s a $6,000 a month business. And remember 32 million stores online. So a lot of scope for everyone here to find a nice client right on multiple client demands here. And like I said this this product or this technology works on every single platform out there. It’s not limited to Shopify. It’s not limited to Amazon. It it does the work for every single platform out there. eBay, Shopify, Amazon, Etsy, something local. Maybe there is a local website for the French market, for the Brazilian market, right? Or whatever local area you can think of. This product works universally for every single product out, for every single market out there, for every single language. I would say most of the languages out there. So in minutes, like I said, what if you could create product videos in minutes, right? Would you like that? What if one person could deliver videos at scale without having a team, without having a five people operation, no need for editors and Sharon, you don’t need to edit videos yourself, even if you are an editor and no need to have a graphic designer, no need to have a visualizer, no need to have a copywriter. Pretty much one guy in charge of the entire operation looking at things, maybe tweaking a few things here and there, mostly obviously done by autopilot. Yep. AI doing most of the work. So that’s what you can actually do and at scale you can produce 50 videos a day if you wanted to and that’s a lot of content going out. So imagine the amount of you know business you can generate just by yourself. So AI in the past has done a lot of things. It changed writing, it changed images, it changed coding. We do a lot of uh coding using AI and videos are I would say the last uh frontier as far as content type is concerned. So we I’ve been creating more AI based video products this year like I’ve done three already so far I think Frieza Cinemation Vidatia and I’m committed to bringing out AI based video creation products for different market different so this is the latest onecom so businesses that adapt AI win the most usually if you know it’s with any technology any technology that makes an impact right if if technology is set to die then you adopt it it can’t make a lasting impact but if a technology is is going to transform the world if you’re there first you will make an impact right so I would say get on board AI if you’re not onboard AI yet I’m sure you are all on board AI if you’re in this room you’re already ahead of the curve you’re already ahead of the people who are not following what’s going on so just adopt it the most ways that you can the workflow to create a product video looks like this paste a single product link the AI will write the script. The AI will do the voice over, the AI will create the scenes and all done in in a minute. Right? So, this is the product VCOM, the product that does everything. I’m sure you understand what’s going on, what’s the market opportunity and how you can capitalize on this. So if you would like to see this right, it’s a breakthrough product to create, you know, AI studio quality videos through AI and it makes things incredibly simple. Just three steps to create the entire video. Paste your product URL. The AI will automate the production and the AI will publish the video and you can just scale and try to maximize your profits whether you are running the store yourself or you are an agency provider. And we’ve got a lot of interesting features that can help you do things faster and better. So I’m going to show you some of the features first before I show you the demo. First thing you can create a video just from the URL. You don’t need to provide any more details but you can if you want to put in things manually you can but you don’t have to. Then it fully automates scripting and animation. You don’t need to uh do any kind of instructions. Again I like to build products that have control plus automation. So at the basic level everything is automated. You can just click proceed proceed proceed and it will give you a cracking video. But if you want to change anything you can always come in and change whatever you want. Whether it’s a visual, whether it’s the headline, whether it’s the copy, you can change anything you want. You can create compelling pictures, videos with boring pictures. That’s the most important thing. Most of the ecom listings that I’ve seen online that I, you know, researched while I was creating my product had pretty bland images when it comes to products. They would have like five different angles of the product. maybe a close close shot, maybe a long shot, some couple of different angles, but they would not show products with models, with people, with uh you know, especially in a video because it’s expensive. So, this product VCOM can turn boring visuals into something compelling like like this. Let’s say there’s a mug, right? A mug is not going to inspire people to buy, you know, just for the sake of a mug. But if you put the same product in a setting where they see the experience of, you know, drinking something nice in a nice atmosphere, they understand, they see the visual picture in their head, especially in a video, right? A picture is better than just this bland picture, but a video is even more better. So, VidCom does this on autopilot. It turns bland pictures into something which is much more visual and engaging.

    All right. So, it’s got UGC2 in there. So if you if you and you know everybody knows in the e-com world how UGC is important user user generated content in case some of you didn’t know what I was talking about. So having people actually experience the product pitch it talk about it is such a high value thing and you can do this automatically inside the video. So, it’s not the entire product, but VidCon can have UGC inside the video that you’re creating. And I’ll show you. You can create infinite testing and creative scaling. So, you can create one video by one angle, create another one, then third one, and see which one works best for you. So, if you’re spending, let’s say, $5,000 on advertising a product every month, you got to make sure you have the right pitch. So, you can create multiple videos that test different angles. And you can do it extremely cheaply. Yeah. Let’s not forget that, right? It it skyrockets conversions. So up to 80%, that’s what the research says. But it can even if it’s a lot lower, even if it’s 50%, that’s 50% more money than when then you had earlier, it’s massive. So every everybody, are you ready to watch a demo and see VidCom in action? So if you’re ready, I want to see a lot of demo in the chat. Give me a demo. If you are ready to see VidCom in action, type demo in the chat. And once I see those numbers when I see the action, when I see that you’ve got the attention focused, I’m going to show you the product.

    Wow, the screen just blew up. Sharon, Demo, Michelle, Swati, Golem, Ken, Terry, Craig, Gandhi, Hey Gandhi, good to see you here. Tony, Mike, Charles, Rusty, Glenn, Ted, demo, demo, demo, cy, hey cy again, you know, you do a great job in Hindi. Greg, I see one I have not seen yet. Not sure what you mean, Greg. CT make awesome. So, I I can see the excitement, guys, and I’m excited to play the demo. So, I’m going to hit the play button. Uh, just let me know in the chat if you can hear it. All right. And one thing I want to remind you guys, all the videos that you see previewed are going to be on the webinar playing from this. So there might be a lag, there might be some screen glitches like you know when you see a video which is on low bandwidth because it’s playing on my laptop. But the video itself is high quality premium playing very smoothly. So I want you to have that clear in your head. You can see the same videos on my sales page when the sales page goes live. But during this uh you know demo presentation the video playback might be a little slow but it’s not slow in the real world. I wanted to remind you of that. So two things first that and second just let me know in the chat that you can hear the audio right. So let’s go and watch that demo now. Hello and welcome to VidCom the video maker for ecom marketers and product owners. Well, every product listing deserves a video because when you put a video on a listing page on your landing page, the conversions get a big boost. But preparing these videos is hard and it takes time and a lot of money. Now, with VidCom, you can solve this problem and create fantastic videos in a matter of minutes. So, let’s take a look and see how VidCom works. So, get started. We will just go right into the action and click on create video. Now you can provide all the information manually like product information. Yes, that’s basically what VidCom needs just some product info or you can bring in your product information from your sales page. So I’ve got this little random Shopify website that I have picked. Yes, Vcom can take any page from the internet including your popular platforms like Shopify, Amazon, Etsy, Woo Commerce, whatever you can think of. Just copy the URL and paste it and then click on fetch details. So, Vidcom is going to pull the details in just a few seconds and then set up your entire video plan. Here we go. You see Vcom pulled in all the data like product specifications, product features, product benefits, product description. Also picked up some images from the sales page so that it can use the images in the video. If you want, you can modify things. Let’s say you want to change anything, you can. For example, if you want to just remove this feature, maybe it’s not practical or not required. Just modify whatever you want. And you don’t need to go very deep into this because VidCom figures it out all by itself. Click on proceed. And next, you can choose how long a video you want to make. Now, typically for a listing, I would recommend any a video from 1 minute to 5 minutes. In this particular example, let’s do a minute long video. You can choose the aspect ratio, too. If you want to use the video as a social uh video, you want to put it on Tik Tok or you want to put it on Instagram for marketing, you can make a 9×6 vertical or a square video for Instagram or you can do a 16×9. You also get to choose the AIS you want to use. And at Technique Force, we always believe in multiple AI. So, we’re giving you many options. You can use GPT for text or you can use cloud and geminy or gra for images. You can use Google Flux, GPT or Cream. So once you’re ready, click on proceed. And now you can choose the voice that you want to do the voice over the narration in. We’ve got a number of readym made voices for you from OpenAI. So you can do a preview. Hey there, I’m Ash. Chill. Now if you want to put in any special instructions, you can. If you want to change the language, you can do that too. Or you can even bring your custom voice. So I created a voice earlier called Mark. AI is the biggest revolution in the history of mankind. So you can create voices over here. I will just go back in after I finish the first video and show you how to create custom voices. For this, let’s choose ash and click on proceed. Next, it’s time to choose a background score. So take a look here. You can click on a readymade collection that we have.

    Choose the music.

    I think this one is fine. But here also we’ve done some fun new stuff like you can generate tracks with AI. So here’s a button generate new track and you can generate tracks with AI. We’ve got one track over here ready made. Let’s listen to this one.

    So this is created by AI earlier. But for this particular example, let’s just stick to this one. Okay, this is pretty neat. You can also upload your own music if you want to. Once you’re ready, click on proceed. And now your video is being analyzed and creatives are being created. I’m talking about the initial visuals, the parts of the video. So let’s come back in a couple of minutes and continue from there. All right. The first thing you get here is a little script that will be used as narration on the video. So you can read it very quickly. Meet the Ebony Mini Eur diaper bag. So it’s all about the product, about the benefits and all. And if you want to accept it, if you want to change it, you can. If you want to use it as is, that’s perfectly fine. Click on proceed. And then you can set up captions. So the captions are the titles that will display on the video, the text, and you’ve got some options about how you want them to look. I think I really am partial to this style, so I will just take that one. But you’ve got other options, too. And you can also change the font, the size, everything. Click on proceed. And now the images are being created. The storyboard is being made. And check it out. Your visuals are created. Now notice this. Videom really really did a great effort of of humanizing the entire product. What we got was a bag, but the video that we’re going to create has an amazing amazing presentation. You see that you’ve got all sorts of human elements. There’s a baby. There is a bag. Of course, this picture wasn’t there in the original. You can see now we are showing the waterproof features, baby and baby conveniences and the travel ready features and the storage convenience then the comfort in carriage, the easy access. Just wanted to remind you guys none of the pictures are were there in the original. So I want to just pull it back a little bit.

    I want to show that listing again if I can. It’s a little bit behind me. Yeah, you look at you look at this. This was the listing. It it’s got boring and bland images. Like most of the images don’t have any caption, right? So it’s it’s not the kind of listing that you would imagine is going to convert a lot just by itself. Now the kind of video that we’re going to produce, we we’re going to take a look at that. So let’s continue. Entire product what we got was a bag, but the video that we’re going to create has an amazing amazing presentation. And you see that you’ve got all sorts of human elements. There’s a baby, there is a bag. Of course, this picture wasn’t there in the original. You can see now we are showing the waterproof features, baby and baby conveniences and the travel ready features and the storage convenience. Then the comfort in carriage, the easy access, the 12 pockets, all the storage boxes that it has. And this is something that not even a top visualizer can do in a very little time. I mean the amount of time that VidCom took to get here all this work is amazing. Now you can go ahead click proceed and make a very nice slideshow style video or you can even animate individual clips if you want to. For example, let’s say I wanted to animate this clip. All I need to do is click on animate and if I want to create a prompt that decides how I want to animate it. I can put that in show this in action for example. You can write whatever you want and then click on animate. Now this can take a little while. Until then, you can review the rest of the stuff. You can see the narration. This is the narration that will play along with each slide. If you want to rewrite it, you can. And if you want to put some sort of specific effect in the slide. So, I just picked a random image of a girl from the internet. And I’ve got the bag image from my product listing uploaded here. And I put in some random instructions. You can do better if you want to. And once you’re ready, click on generate UGC Avtar video. Again, you can choose the length of the video. I’m keeping 4 seconds. Now, let’s wait a few minutes. uh a few seconds when it’s generated and we’ll add it. The video is generated. Check it out. You guys, seriously, this is my favorite bag. Look at it. It’s perfect for everything. Now, this is a great UC video. The AI even kept in mind that this is an Indian girl and they matched the accent perfectly. The bag is absolutely realistic in her hands and you can just click on add slide. you guys seriously. And here we have the UGC video as a part of the video. Now I think we’re ready for generation. So just click on proceed and let it happen. It’s processing and preparing the video clips for the the the generation for the rendering.

    And there we go. The video is ready and we can play it back on play. The Ebony Mini Zurich diaper bag. Compact, stylish, and ready for adventure with your little one. From park strolls to weekend getaways. Lightweight mini backpack design with smart diaper bag features crafted for comfort, speed, and everyday durability and waterresistant materials for messes. You guys, seriously, this is my favorite bag. Look at it. It’s perfect for every great looking product video done in minutes. Let’s go back to the dashboard. I’ve got a couple more that I want to show you. Take a look at this one. Removable moisture wicking liner and cheek pads fight sweat. This is for a helmet. While the secure double D-ring closure locks confidence in. Meet the tactical off-road helmet built for riders who push harder, climb higher, and demand prograde protection without the price. Get all done from just a few images. Take a look at this one. Free US shipping and returns included. Mail it back, then get your digital results in 4 to 6 weeks. Beautifully organized on any device online. Easily see at risk carrier and clear results with condition callouts. No need to know editing, no need to know copyrightiting, no need to know graphic design. part of the modular series everything for any product category for any product. Now remember I was telling you about some extra features voices and music. Well you can create you can create the voice overs in your own voice or any voice you want. Just click on create new voice and you can give it a name like John and you can describe how John should sound like a grumpy 90year-old veteran for example or you can make exactly the voice profile that you want or you can clone your own voice upload a small sample just a few seconds long and Vidcom can make the narrations in the voice that you specify your own voice too. So that is in voices. Now in music you can create AI music. So click on generate music and you can give it a track like my background track. This way you can create copyright free music. Never worry about copyright strikes again or issues again because you can make exactly the music you want like cinematic and pop and we will clip only instrumentals because we want a background track. But you can make songs if you want to and you can make a song about your product. Click on generate tracks. All right, the track is ready.

    perfect product music. So that’s how easy it is to create custom resources, custom voices, custom music, and create a truly truly world-class product video without hiring an editor, without hiring a copywriter or a graphic designer, and getting it done in minutes from your computer. If you get VidCom, I’ll see you on the inside. Was that mindblowing or not? Give me a mind blown in the chat if if you really really loved this product. If you really loved the value and you saw what an amazing value it provides to anybody who wants to make product videos, give me a mind blown if you understand how it can help you. So Craig’s g me giving me a fire symbol. That will work perfectly fine, too. Let me know in the chat what you think about it. Sharon says, “Mind blown.” Yes, I understand. And Debbie, you had a problem with somebody else’s product. That’s never mind. Right. So, we we have got very high standards. I will show it to you in a minute. Cy Edge says Adbut. Tony says, “Mind blown.” Absolutely guys, I can understand why you love this because it simplifies a really, really pressing problem. And Ken says, “I love the URL feature.” Ken, you have absolute control over what is extracted. So you can modify it. You can change whatever you want because they’re all text boxes. You can just click and change. That’s why we show the screen preview before the video is made. So yep, it’s in your control. Matabi says yes, mind is blown. So that’s that’s the kind of ease that this product can provide. Now I’m going to show you a little trick guys which will help you understand how easy it is to find customers for this product. And this is something that I think everybody knows about. So the website that everybody knows about. So we we’ll discover that in a moment. R says, “Could you use this for real estate listing?” I have no doubt that you could, R. I did make it for products first, but you can use it for real estate listings. Grady says, “Just wow.” Craig says, “Can you add your own music?” Yes, Craig, you can add your own music. You can upload your music. In the demo, I literally showed that. Now for all of us awesome agency people, how do we find clients for it? I would say the best way is to go to the Facebook ads library and there is a similar ads library for every single website out there because this is a regulatory requirement. There is a Google ads library. There is now even Reddit ads library, right? So you could go to any of these libraries and find product ads. And I’ll tell you why what we’re going to lead to. Juliana is also asking me, can you upload your own pictures? Absolutely Juliana, you can. You can upload your own images at the time before the slides were made. You can also upload your own images on the slide screen while the slide was, you know, on the screen. So yeah, you have it absolutely uh flexible. Again, I wanted to convey in the demo how easy it is to do it, but it’s also absolutely customizable. Let me remind you to that. Now to find clients, you can go to Facebook ads library. Just put an ads category all ads. And let’s say I would say I’m going to you can put in keywords here. So I’m going to put a very generic keyword today like appliances and just press enter. Let’s take a look.

    Till then I’ll try to answer questions. I can see the questions popping up. Gene, the max length of the video is up to 7 minutes. I think you shouldn’t have a video more than 7 minutes in uh uh in a product video. So yeah, that’s the limit. Gandhi says, “Please tell me about the features. If I want to edit, can I edit? Gi, once you generate the video, you can take it into uh Camtasia or or uh or any other video editor. It works with Capcom, Cap Cut. Yeah, sorry. Cap Cut anyone, any of them. So, we got some appliances over here. So, you got ads from Hire, from Flipkart, from Amazon, from uh Flipro. I’m going to try to find a smaller advertiser. Flipkart, Phillips, Beyond Appliances, Macro SA, County TV, Mogix, Beyond Appliances, AliExpress, Vivore, Home Improvement, UA Europe. So, let’s try to click on some links like this one. Vivore like Macro. Let’s try this. this guy

    Argos.

    So I just I’m just putting random clicks. Prodep

    Canada and let’s take a look at the websites. So you can see this listing there is a video

    and

    and VidCom can make a better video in no time at all. So we our aim is to find a listing that doesn’t have a video because we can pitch it easier to them. So this listing doesn’t have a video. It’s a macro. It’s a product web product creator. It’s probably a appliance maker. They only have one image on the they actually have multiple images but no video. So you could just click on contact us and pitch them your business. They’ve got a phone number. They’ve got a contact us form form. You can find the email address. I would recommend okay let just give me let let me just give you an understanding of the cost involved. So a basic slideshow style video can be created for something like 50 cents. A video with animation and all can be still below $1, right? So you could actually make a video for this product, pitch out to them and say if you wanted to buy this video, you need to you can pay me $200 and I will let you have the video and you can find buyers so easily if you just do that. So that’s one idea. Or you can contact them, show them your portfolio and tell them, hey, you want to you want a video, you could just come to us. Take this one doesn’t have a video. This website’s already down. They didn’t even run the so RV guide again. They don’t have video on their on their uh on their website on their page which they’re paying an ad. They’re running an ad and paying for it. KitchenAid they don’t have videos on the web on the page. So you see the market is is pretty huge and depending on the keyword that you put in you can find customers so easily, right? So just put in different keywords related to the top niches. You can find the top niches online. Just look in Facebook apply in Facebook ads library as one topic and you could easily easily find customers. Another way is to use Shopify lists. For example, Shopify stores in France. You write basically write that and you will find a lot of listings, right? Top Shopify stores in France. So you will find a lot of listings and again you can do the same thing. you can reach out to them and tell them, hey, you would like to if you want to create a video, I can create it for you for this much. So that’s that’s how easy it can be to get clients online using Facebook ads library. Google ads library using Shopify and you can look in your local market. Facebook ads library lets you look in your local market. So if you’re operating in a particular area, you can look in that particular area, which is such a great idea because you can find local customers who who are, you know, who who can be sold to very easily. So again, let’s take one step further beyond this. Let’s take a look at some of the real videos created from VidCom. I showed you some examples, but let’s take a look at these are the videos that are created. I think this video even showed in the in the uh demo, but let’s take a look at the entire entire video. Removable moisture wicking liner and cheek pads fight sweat and odors while the secure double D-ring closure locks confidence in. Meet the tactical off-road helmet. Built for riders who push harder, climb higher, and demand prograde protection. Removable. Just a reminder,

    this little video clip of the 3D, you know, the the helmet going around. Even that is created by uh by VidCom. It didn’t have this in the original uh in the original listing. There was no video in the original listing. And remember, VidCom was smart enough to read the price. It was read enough smart enough to read the discount and give you a call to action on the page, right? So, it increases conversions better because it is designed to be a ecom product creator. Originally 139.95 SKU F036010052

    includes soft helmet bag and a 509 sticker. Shop now securely. Neck brace ready shell profile integrates cleanly with protection systems. Let’s lick it. This one was also created. We I showed it to you already. Meet the EB upgrade your everyday carry ebony miniur. I’m trying to show it to you this to the status where you know you you didn’t see it. This one Ember Mug. This is a slideshow style video. Pretty simple. I think creating this video was like 20 cents. Let me show it to you. Meet Ember Mug 2. The smart heated mug that keeps coffee or tea at your perfect temperature from first sip to last. Elevate every moment. Designed for real life. Safe to hand wash and submersible up to one meter. Rinse, refill, repeat. Your perfect temp ritual is easy to clean. Consistent warmth. 10 o up to 1 and a half hours. 14 o up to 80 minutes on battery. On the charging coaster, get all day temperature control. Built-in battery power meets auto sleep. Intelligently sensing when to turn on and off. Your Ember is always ready without you thinking about it. Customize presets, get notifications, and personaliz. Again, you know, this was made from just a few uh images. So this is how easy it is to create such compelling videos which every ecom guy wants. So you can create conversion video. This is you know just now going through the through a quick review of the product. You know what it can do. You can create conversion video boosting videos. It boosts your conversions up to 2x and it turns your listings into impressive videos. So again all all the people here you can grab a listing you can convert it into a video very fast or you can things put things in manually. So there are two buttons on the screen grab a listing on one click or do things manually. So you can type out the descriptions you can type out the benefits and you can upload images manually if you want to or you can grab the listing and then you know you can review everything and change whatever you want. So it’s up to you. It supports all popular video sizes, landscape or portrait and it creates viral reels too. So don’t forget about this. One of the way you know these videos can be used is not just on the product listings. You know people are spending a lot of money on Facebook and slowly they build up likes on the page because when you’re running ads using your page, people start to like them and then ecom sellers want because now they’ve got like 10 15,000 maybe even 30,000 people subscribed to the page. They want to convert that social traffic into organic traffic and make money without having to spend on ads. And they want to create content that appeals to their audience, right? They’re all buyers, shoppers. So, with this product, you can also create social media videos, videos about the products that you’ve created, create different angles of it, create different ideas, and then post it on social media. Post it on Instagram, post it on Facebook, and you can turn your organic audience into buyers, have them buy again from you. So, that’s also another utility. You can create unlimited videos for every product in a catalog, whether you wanted to use it as a listing or a social media, up to you. You can make product showcase videos. You can you can build you can bring your products alive with animations and live action videos. So we we saw for example in the bag video how you can show the waterproof facility or the waterproof feature. Somebody was splashing water on the bag and the water and the and the water just slipped off right these things are done on auto right so you don’t need to make an effort but it will show the product’s benefits in a massive manner somebody something that only a visualizer could do earlier you can put UGC clips in the video you can so show show real use cases so if it’s a headphone for example you can have a person wearing it talking about the advantages same for every product like in our sample video we had a girl talking about the bag I didn’t it was in a rush so I didn’t find a girl with a baby but you can do that you can do unlimited custom graphics because I know some of you want to modify you can modify anything you want you can have full control you can upload the images you can modify narrations you can even modify images after they created and you can target any any language in the world so voice overs in any voice in any language you can do custom voices without 11 labs without any of that integration Right? We wanted to make sure that it’s all independent. So you can use your own voice. You can clone your voice. You can clone you can create a voice by describing it like you know how you want it to sound and then you can deliver your pitch in multiple languages. And you can create your music with AI. I knew I know some of you approached me approached me with my earlier products and told me hey uh I want to create music. How can I do that? Because everybody knows that now you can create music with AI. So I built this feature inside of Viccom so that you wouldn’t have to use ready music. You can make your own custom music right. So all of that is in your control and if you can imagine using this product in your agency making it a very very strong part of your workflow and using it to build up your business. Drop me a yes in the chat if you can see very clearly in your head how you can use this product today to either grow your own ecom business or you can use it to grow your agency. I can see the yeses are blowing up. We got Terry, we got Ken, we got Debbie, Sharon, a lot of people here who’ve been Ralph. So all of you who’ve been attending this webinar, you can see the value very clearly. It’s it’s a problem solver guys. I always like to create products that create that solve a problem that is already identified. It’s not vague. It’s not a preposition that you need to, you know, exercise a brain wave to get into. It’s a real problem and you can solve it today with this product. So, if you’re ready to see the deal today, I know some of you were already telling me, “Hey, get me to the chase. I want to know the price of I can buy and I can go to sleep.” I know everybody’s uh is a little bit uh, you know, busy today, all the time, in fact, and you want to do different things. So I’m going to get you there. And I told you this is going to be a small webinar because of my health situation. So I’m not feeling you know I’ve got this bronchitis attack again. So have to wrap it up earlier while my voice still lasts. Right. So very quickly if you’re ready to see the offer drop me an offer in the chat and I will show you the offer next.

    All right. So, offers are coming in, too. Fantastic. Good to know that, right? It’s time to time to show you how to get the product and where to get it and how much it’ll cost. I’m going to do a big price reveal. It’s going to be something really affordable. I’ve been I’ve been known for that, not overcharging, so we’ll keep it at that. So, again, today we going to give you an all-inclusive deals. My own all-inclusive deals are pretty famous because they give you a lot of different products and a lot of different options. So, you’re going to get the VidCom Elite, which is an entry- levelvel version of VidCom, which is suitable for solo product owners. So, if you got one ecom store and you’re not aggressive about video creation, you can use that. Then you also get the free upgrade or I would say included upgrade to VidCom Pro and it gives you the agency level creation features like you know all the AIS, all the capabilities unlocked. I think every agency provider should definitely have the pro upgrade. Then you also get the VidCom reseller. I know a lot of you guys like the fact that I build products that solve problems and I maintain them. I improve them. Uh I make sure that these products get better with time and when I hear ideas from my customers, I try to build that in the product make it even more impressive. Right? So I know many of you like to many of you guys like to sell my products and monetize it that way. So today you in the all-inclusive deal and this is also only something that I do during the launch. You get licenses that you can sell. VidCom reseller. It gives you 140 licenses that you can sell. Plus you also get VidCo Pro, right? VidCo Pro is a product that lets you create video clips using multiple AIs, multiple video AIs. So you can use VidCo Pro to also create clips for using in your ecom videos or any other videos that you have. Then you also get Livecaster Pro which is a live streaming product. Now we know that a lot of ecom sellers like to sell their products through live streaming right so using this product you can take up the videos that you produce either by VidCom or by any other system and you can just live stream the videos 24/7 without a break. So you can do a 24 hours live stream on YouTube. That’s a feature that many ecom sellers love to have. So you can just string together like 10 videos and have them running 24 hours attracting people or you can run live streams on Facebook or Instagram any other channel right there and you can attract more customers using your videos. So that’s also a part of the deal. So it’s an awesome awesome all-inclusive package. Vcom elite these are the specific features. You can do 20,000 it gives you 20,000 welcome credits. You can do 10 campaigns. You can create five videos per campaigns. That’s per day, right? Per day. You have some AI is removed. You can’t do UGC content. It’s for solo users. And onetime payment. Today, everything that I’m going to show you is going to be a onetime payment deal. It’s not going to be recurring. One-time payment, lifetime access. That’s what I’m going to show you today. Now, again, VidCon Pro, 50,000 welcome credits, unlimited campaigns, advanced AI editing, multi-A access, all of those features that a proper agency needs. It’s included. the regular price. If you buy my products outside of the launch, you know, events and outside of the webinars, I always charge a recurring. I do not sell products at onetime prices. And the price of the elite version is $67 usually for my products. And the pro version is another $97 per year. So you add it together, $164 to get the pro because it is not an option. It is an upsell. It’s a upgrade. So, people who want pro have to pay $164 per year to get to the pro license. But today, I’m also giving going to give you the reseller license that lets you sell up to 70 accounts for only $197. That’s what usually the price is, but today it’s going to be included. Uh I do not sell reseller licenses outside of the launch events, but on the launch events, it’s this price, right? So imagine if you got 70 accounts and you do a very conservative uh you know price of $100 per year. $100 per year per license. You know I’m selling the pro license for $164 per year. I let you come in and undercut me. Yes, that’s allowed.

    You can unlock $7,000 per year just by selling these licenses. Or you can do a lifetime sale if you want to because I do not limit you. So you can do a onetime offer also. I don’t limit you and you can unlock a lot more by charging more for that. You also get VidC Pro which is which is a small clips creator. You get Livecaster and all of these features in one amazing all-inclusive deal, which also has unlimited campaigns, advanced video AI editing, advanced U unlimited UGC clips, video tools and capabilities, multiAI, 50,000 welcome credits, two years of free upgrades, 70 licenses you can sell and profit from, and you can create videos for other ecom brands. Two, put all that together. If you bought it outside of the webinar in the launch, it should be at least $888,000 $888 per year. And if you take a lifetime value, very basic lifetime value of 3 years, that’s over $2,000 in value. So $2,000 in value, one-time payment, not recurring. I’m going to give it to you today only on this webinar special price at $237. And remember, this is a webinar special price valid only today because tomorrow and as the launch progresses, it’s going to be a 7-day launch event, the price is going to be higher every single day. Not by a lot, but it’ll be slightly higher every single day. The best price is on this webinar and the best time to get this product is on this webinar for $237. Now, it also you also get some options to get some booster packs. You can buy a sellers pack which will let you uh find the sales opportunity. It will make easier sales easier for you because it’ll give you readymade sales page, lots of emails that you can use. So readymade emails, readym made ads, you can also use our it will give you the videos, the demo video, the sales video, everything that you need to put up a sales page if you want to and sell. And if you want to post on social media, it gives you readym made social media posts. So all the things that you need to start making sales today. Plus, you also get the opportunity to get 50,000 more credits. I know many of you like to get as many credits as you want because you don’t want to be buying them later and you want to get the best price. So, it gets you 50,000 more credits. If you want to, you can grab it for $44. And those of you who know the true value of this product and you want to sell it yourself, you can grab 140 extra licenses to sell at only $1.99. Now, important thing is that’s 70 cents per license. And if you can sell the license for $100, that’s uh 1,000%. I don’t know how, you know, it’s like a a huge huge huge profit, you know, level on that. And you can make your money back. All the money that you spend on this product today, you can make it back just with three sales, right? You know, ecom sellers like this, would like this kind of product. Let’s say you don’t even want to provide this as a service. You could just go to the ecom seller website, contact us, tell them, you know, I I have a product that I can give you that will help you make VCOM videos and you can make a lot more, you know, videos with it. This is a demo here is you link it, upload it to your own YouTube, give them a demo and say, I can sell it to you for $200 lifetime license. You can get a lifetime license today because it’s not available, but I can give you a lifetime license because I did a bulk acquiring in the beginning. You don’t need you don’t need to hide anything. You can be totally transparent and make a lot of money, right? because that’s always smarter. You can say, “I did a bulk acquiring in the beginning and I can give you the lifetime license for $200 or $300, whatever you can, whatever you think is fair and you can make a lot of sales just this way because when people see this product, ecom sellers when they see this product, they will want to have it. You can go to ecom sellers groups on Facebook, you can go to Reddit and talk about the product and make a sale. So, it can be as easy as that, right? So again, 70 cents per license and if you get this bump, you will have 210 licenses to sell. If you sell every license for $100, that’s a $21,000 uh turnaround. So it’s a lot of uh money that you can potentially make using this uh system. Again, where do you get the product? This is the link on the screen and I think Swati will now put it on the chat to get you there. So uh make sure you click on the link on the chat and you get the product. If you decide to get the product today, I would also appreciate if you drop me a word in the chat so that I can welcome you. I can give you a shout out and uh uh I can uh I can just properly welcome you to the VidCom family. So the link is here on the chat. Swati has uh put it there. I’m going to pin it so that you can find it on the top if you want to. Otherwise, it is on the screen. You can type it out pretty easy to type on the browser. And when you put it on the screen, you will see a screen like that. In fact, like this one. Let me just show it to you very quickly and explain some things to you. So, get ready. And I’m going to

    All right. So very quickly we’ll show you how the order process will work. So you can grab VidCom for $237. That’s the basic. Now you have the option to buy either Stripe. So credit card is Stripe and if you want to use PayPal, you can use PayPal and you can use a PayPal uh ID. Now remember this, PayPal also supports credit card. So sometimes I have customers who tell me, “Hey, Stripe is not working. So what are my options?” So you can pay using PayPal with your credit card too. Not a problem at all. Now on the side you have the options that you can purchase. You can get the Vidiccom sellers pack which gives you readymade marketing materials for $29. It’s a lifetime pri uh lifetime price too. Also these three products they’re only during this special sale. They’re not available after the launch special. So, please grab them if you can because I won’t be making these available after the launch. So, uh this is the only time you have this available. The second thing is 50,000 credit boots. It actually says 50 but it is 50,000 and I will we will correct it and you can get this for $44 which is cheaper than what you would need to pay otherwise and you get 140 extra license to sell. So if you want to get these, they’re check checked and if you don’t want to get them, you can just uncheck them and order with your amount. So this was the offer and I hope it makes sense to you. I hope you and see the value in the product and decide to get it. Now just a reminder, I saw that some of the customers here are new to my business and I just wanted to remind you about the kind of work we did. So again, again, all of the guys here who have a product from me and love it, love it, right? I want you to respond if you love my products. Drop me a chat. Drop me a love it in the chat if you got my products and you love the products that I create. Carlos says, “I have all your products.” Of course, Carlos, I know about that. Carlos, you’re one of my regular most regular customers. Chris, does it have an API? Chris, this doesn’t have an API. It’s a It’s a app. It’s not meant to work with an API. Hey, Robert, how do how are you? Uh, are you able to give away a free copy of your products prices? I’m not doing this uh this time, Robert. Maybe on the next webinar. Craig says, “Love it.” And Robert says, “Love it. It’s unbelievably well done products.” Thank you, Robert. And I think our ratings kind of uh clarify that. So, if you look at Trust Pilot, we’ve got 4.7 stars on Trust Pilot over 109 ratings. I think now it’s more than 109. I will just check right now in front of you. And Michelle says, “Love it. Got it.” Uh, you got VidCon today. Thank you so much, Michelle. And on Google, we got a rating of 4.9 stars. 4.9 stars. Yeah, I don’t know if you can get to five ever, but uh I think this is pretty high. So, that’s the kind of work we do, right? Ken says, “I’ve got almost all of your products and I like to con I like to constant access and setups you’ve done.” Exactly. Can we do the we do the upgrades pretty pretty a lot uh often and we make sure the products are really good. again 4.9 stars on Google and look at our reviews. I think you got to click here if you are the owner of the company and find this. So 3 days ago I brought movie flux and face difficulties to set it up and after contacting the support they were prompt quick and easy response to my problem. So we have 24 hours customer support right that’s how it works. So you can approach my support anytime. You can talk to my guys you can get help. Excellent customer support, five stars, wonderful experience, and every customer, best software and service, A1, right? Every customer that has responded, you can see how overwhelmingly positive the response is. And if you look at Trust Pilot

    now, we’ve got 113 reviews, 4.7 stars. Let’s look at the latest one.

    um 3 days ago. They’re fully supporting all their products. Of course, we are. That’s how it’s supposed to be. The support is fast, knowledgeable, and provide solutions. Excellent service. They have it all set up from Abbe Patel. So, one of my guys did a good job, great customer service, awesome customer support, excellent after sales, great company. So, we do a great job of servicing our products, making them better, and if you have any issues, we always help you with that.

    So, yep, it’s there. And I want to make it risk for free for you today, guys. I know a bunch of you already purchased it. And I want you to go in with conviction. Terry got it. Hey, Terry. Thanks for get getting it. Carlos, this is our desktop product, but it works on PC and Mac both. So, you can use it on both the product on both the platforms. Now, I’m going to show you this guys. I’ve got a 30 days money back guarantee, refund guarantee, and it is an ironclad, no hassles guarantee. So all all you people who bought my products, if you ever had a reason, if you ever had a time when you wanted to uh you felt that the product was not for you, yeah, you bought it, but you didn’t you didn’t find a utility for it and you could you just needed to come to me within 30 days and tell me, “Hey Sil, I want to return this.” And that’s easy. How easy it is. We don’t make you jump through hoops. We don’t make you dance. We don’t make you do situps. I know how crazy it is sometimes. I know like Debbie said, you know, she had some problems with some other person. But with us, because that’s how we have these ratings, right? With us, we don’t do all of those jokes because my idea of running a business and my vision is to build relationships. So in my in my webinar today I see so many amazing people who have who I have worked with so many times like Gandhi, Chris, uh Carlos, so many people can like people who bought literally dozens of my products because they believe in what Technic post represents. So that’s what we’re trying to do. So all of the products that we create are high value. They’re well-maintained and these are new products. So when I bring them into market, I get a lot of feedback. Hey S, could you change this? This is not working the way I wanted it to work. So my team does that. My team operates works on that and makes it better and better and better. So we we keep that commitment. But even then if let’s say you are not happy with my products you can come back and tell me hey can you give me a refund and we process it without a hassle. So you can always buy my product with conviction not without a worry. So again where where do you get this? This is where and if you get it today I would appreciate if you drop me a shout out. Gandhi just got it. Hey Gandhi thanks for purchasing another product from me. I think you’re coming back every month, attending every single webinar that I present and you’re picking up all my products. So, I’m glad you see the value. And Gandhi says, I got 55 products including upselles through JVZu from last 10 years. Well, Gandhi, that’s the exact amount of time. Actually, it been about 12 plus years since I’ve been operating and you’ve been my customer for 10 years and I think you’ve picked up every single product from me. So, that’s amazing. I really appreciate it. Thank you so much. Jean Atwood got it too. Thank you, Jean, for getting this product today. I appreciate it. And again, let me remind you. This is what I showed you today was the beginning of the product. And with time, it’s just going to get better and better and more professional and even more uh reliable. And as new AIs come in, I will incorporate them in this product. It’ll get even better. So, thanks again for getting in at the ground floor. Now, I will sell it at a recurring purchase after a recurring price after this launch. People who need to come in later will need to pay uh more money every month, every year. But you guys, those who are in here today, they don’t need to do that. You get it for a onetime access price only during the webinar and only during this launch. Again, the best price to get it is on this webinar today. Tomorrow, it’s going to be slightly more expensive, then more expensive, the more expensive. And finally, after the launch event, it just there’s one time will go away. The lifetime access goes away and the all-inclusive access that I gave you today for this wonderful price, it goes away. The reseller goes away. So then only the basic product, I just go to the regular SAS marketing style where people buy the product, they use it for their business. That’s it, right? No specials. So this is the time to get the product if you want the special. Roger says, I have all your products including VidCo. So here is the thing, guys. I know some of you have already got a product from me in the setup. So today I’ve got two special products in here. VidCo and Livecaster. If you got any of these products, don’t worry about it. All you need to do is reach my support and tell them, “Siril, I have VidCo from you already and I want this instead.” So I’ve got a huge portfolio of product just like Gandhi says and you can go to my website you can see all my products and if there is anything that you would like to replace Vidco or Livecaster with because you already have it you can just tell my support about it and you can do it you can they will just do it for you. And let me remind you I’ve got 24 hours chat support with real people right here. I don’t use AI because I know AI. I I know where to use AI to make it practical and I know where AI is not something you know you should use because it hurts people. So again on all my websites you got this beautiful little icon and you got the AI rep. You can put in your name, your email for example.

    Let me get that right. and you can start a chat

    and you can get a real person, right? So there is this button that says take me to a real person and you can get a real person and they will respond to you and you will be able to talk to any person. So Cersei is one of my human employees, right? So you can already discuss with them and she will help you. So not every thing is done by AI. On my website you can get support by human chat and you can uh solve your problems without any delays. So that’s something that is always uh a facility with me. Go says you’re a man of integrity. Thank you Goum. And shouldn’t that be the human experience? Like I think we as a species we get forward when everybody just keeps their commitment. It’s not hard to do that. You keep your commitment. you have people who rely on you and it just makes it easy to conduct business like if I was not doing keeping my word keeping my commitment you wouldn’t be showing up on the webinar today and telling me hey I want to buy this product you would be showing up and telling me sil I don’t want to deal with you ever again so that’s the kind of uh I think it makes life simple when you just make a commitment to do your job well and you don’t need to explain anything to anyone you just do your job and it just just show up and that’s enough right so yeah that’s what we do go says I’ve got all my all your products since 10 years. Uh Greg, why not white label offered? Well, that’s a good question, Greg. Because I don’t like white labels. White labels destroy the brand. I have invested a lot of effort and I will be investing a lot of effort in this product, right? I’ve got a reseller which is absolutely sensible but I don’t do white labels because when you do white labels what happens is then I’ve got different things branched you know going off and I have to maintain that and uh it’s just not practical for me with my type of marketing with my type of investments that I do on the products. So, I did white labels 10 years ago, but then I realized they’re contra to my to to building my business and they’re contra they go against, you know, uh trying to do a good job at it. So, I just stopped offering and I do not offer white labels. Not been and haven’t been doing that for years now. Sorry about that. Carlos says, “I’ve got 600,000 nearly 700,000 reward points.” Absolutely, Carlos. You can cash them in you. There is a button inside of the reward store. You know where it is. And if you do if you don’t uh see anything there that you can get access to easily just reach out to my support tell them they will do it for you. Uh Sharon says can you offer PayPal pay info app Sharon it’s not available to me where I am. So unfortunately I can’t if I was in the US probably yes but unfortunately my business is not in the US so I don’t have the provision. I think later on uh the platform that I’m working with they are trying to incorporate that. So when it’s possible I will offer it but cannot

    sorry about that guys. Carlos says for shares in the company. Well Carlos uh that was unexpected. Uh well so far the shares are not being sold in the market again. And Sati has dropped in the link. Guys, if you get VidCon today, I would appreciate if you drop me a little chat. Drop me a little word in the chat telling me that you got VidCon and I can give you a shout out. And my voice is just about to uh give up. I I think I held on pretty well considering I was coughing a lot yesterday. Dave Todd says, “Cot it.” Thank you so much, Dave Todd. I appreciate it. Thank you again, Carlos, for your good comment. Another great product and presentation. Appreciate it. Michelle Embry, feel better. I’m sure I will. I’m going to take a break after this and rest my voice. And thanks again for getting this, Carlos. I appreciate it. I will try to answer questions a little more. Ken, I got it. Can’t wait to help others. Absolutely can. I know you got a great agency business and I know you will be making a lot of ecom videos for people. Mike got it too. Thank you Mike so much for getting this product today. I appreciate you and welcome to VidCom. I’m excited to see the videos that people produce and you know I have a little dashboard that tells me what people produce sometimes. So for example in my adm I launched it last month people have made about 1,00 ads so far. So I like to see the kind of work people do so that I can improve it. I can improve the product. So I’m watching out. You can you can look forward to this. I’m trying to see the kind of work people do, how they use my products and I try to improve that. I try to improve the product with time based on how people are using it. So you sometimes you don’t even need to tell me you know how you’re using the product and how you would want to improve it. I I’m trying to do it all by myself too at the best I can and my team is also added. So yeah, we’ll be trying to make the product even better. Thank you again, Gandhi, for attending the webinar. I appreciate it. I think you’re back in the US now. Sharon, I’m cash grabbed. So Sharon, no problems. Here is what we’ll do for you, Sharon. You’ve been such a great uh attendee and I I I saw your focus right in the beginning. We’re going to keep this offer for you. just reach out to my support with your email address and uh we will do a special deal for you uh even after the launch and we’ll try to find some way to work with you. Don’t worry about it. Right? Appreciate you. Thanks again for attending. A lot of people are still on the webinar. If you got questions, I will answer them. I will not leave you hanging, guys. So, please drop me any questions that you have about VidCom. If do you want to see if anyone wants to see the demo again, uh let me know. I can show you the demo again maybe at 1.5 times the speed so it’ll go on by faster. So if you want to see the demo again anyone just let me know in the chat and I will play the demo one more time. Anyone who wants to see the demo again

    thank you Gandhi. Thank you Sharon. Okay you want to Gandhi wants to see Jomi too. So very quickly I’m going to play and welcome to VidCom the video maker and I’m going to play it in 1.5 times the speed. I hope that’s okay. It will just make things faster. I like to listen to videos at 1.5x even on Friday even on 2x sometimes

    for ecom marketers and product owners. Well, every product listing deserves a video because when you put a video on a listing page on your landing page, the conversions get a big boost. But preparing these videos is hard and it takes time and a lot of money. Now with VidCom you can solve this problem and create fantastic videos in a matter of minutes. So let’s take a look and see how VidCom works. So get started. We will just go right into the action and click on create video. Now you can provide all the information manually like product information. Yes, that’s basically what VidCom needs just some product info or you can bring in your product information from your sales page. So I’ve got this little random Shopify website that I’ve picked. Yes, Viccom can take any page from the internet including your popular platforms like Shopify, Amazon, Etsy, WooCommerce, whatever you can think of. Just copy the URL and paste it and then click on fetch details. So, Vcom is going to pull the details in just a few seconds and then set up your entire video plan. Here we go. You see, VidCom pulled in all the data like product specifications, product features, product benefits, product description. Also picked up some images from the sales page so that it can use the images in the video. If you want, you can modify things. Let’s say you want to change anything, you can. For example, if you want to just remove this feature, maybe it’s not practical or not required. Just modify whatever you want. And you don’t need to go very deep into this because Video figures it out all by itself. Click on proceed. And next, you can choose how long a video you want to make. Now, typically for a listing, I would recommend a video from 1 minute to 5 minutes. In this particular example, let’s do a minute long video. You can choose the aspect ratio too. If you want to use the video as a social uh video, you want to put it on Tik Tok or you want to put it on Instagram for marketing, you can make a 9×6 vertical or a square video for Instagram. Or you can do a 16×9. You also get to choose the AI you want to use. And at Technic Force, we always believe in multiple AI. So we’re giving you many options. You can use GPT for text or you can use cloud and geminy or grock. For images, you can use Google Flux, GPT or Cream. So once you’re ready, click on proceed. And now you can choose the voice that you want to do the voice over the narration in. We’ve got a number of readymade voices for you from OpenAI. So you can do a preview. Hey there, I’m Ash. Chill. Now if you want to put in any special instructions, you can. If you want to change the language, you can do that too. Or you can even bring your custom voice. So I created a voice earlier called Mark. AI is the biggest revolution in the history of mankind. You can create voices over here. I will just go back in after I finish the first video and show you how to create custom voices. For this, let’s choose Ash and click on proceed. Next, it’s time to choose a background score. So, take a look here. You can click on a readym made collection that we have. Choose the music. I think this one is fine. But here also, we’ve done some fun new stuff like you can generate tracks with AI. So, here’s a button generate new track and you can generate tracks with AI. We’ve got one track over here ready made. Let’s listen to this one.

    So, this is created by EI earlier, but for this particular example, let’s just stick to this one. Okay, this is pretty neat. You can also upload your own music if you want to. Once you’re ready, click on proceed. And now your video is being analyzed and creatives are being created. I’m talking about the initial visuals, the parts of the video. So, let’s come back in a couple of minutes and continue from there. All right. The first thing you get here is a little script that will be used as an addition on the video. So, you can read it very quickly. Meet the mini Mini Yuri diaper bag. So, it’s all about the product, about the benefits and all. And if you want to accept it, if you want to change it, you can. If you want to use it as is, that’s perfectly fine. Click on proceed and then you can set up captions. So, the captions are the titles that will display on the video, the text, and you’ve got some options about how you want them to look. I think I really am partial to this style, so I will just take that one. But you’ve got other options, too. And you can also change the font, the size, everything. Click on proceed. And now the images are being created. The storyboard is being made. And check it out. The visuals are created. Now, notice this. Videom really, really did a great effort of of humanizing the entire product. What we got was a bag, but the video that we’re going to create has an amazing amazing presentation. You see that you’ve got all sorts of human elements. There’s a baby, there’s a bag. Of course, this picture wasn’t there in the original. You can see now we’re showing the waterproof features, baby and baby conveniences and the travel ready features and the storage convenience and the comfort in carriage, the easy access, the 12 pockets, all the storage boxes that it has. And this is something that not even a top visualizer can do in a very little time. And the amount of time that VidCom took to get here, all this work is amazing. Now you can go ahead click proceed and make a very nice slideshow style video or you can even animate individual clips if you want to. For example, let’s say I wanted to animate this clip. All I need to do is click on animate and if I want to create a prompt that decides how I want to animate it. I can put that in show this in action. For example, you can write whatever you want and then click on animate. Now this can take a little while till then you can review the rest of the stuff. You can see the narration. This is the narration that will play along with each slide. If you want to rewrite it, you can. And if you want to put some sort of specific effect in the slide. So I just picked a random image of a girl from the internet and I’ve got the bag image from my product listing uploaded here. And I put in some random instructions. You can do better if you want to. And once you’re ready, click on generate. You just see a video. Again, you can choose the length of the video. I’m keeping 4 seconds. Now, let’s wait a few minutes, a few seconds when it’s generated, and we’ll add it. The video is generated. Check it out, you guys. Seriously, this is my favorite bag. Look at it. It’s perfect for everything. Now, this is a great UC video. The AI even kept in mind that this is an Indian girl and they match the accent perfectly. The bag is absolutely realistic in our hands. And you can just click on add slide, you guys. Seriously. And here we have the UGC video as a part of the video. Now I think we’re ready for generation. So just click on proceed and let it happen. It’s processing and preparing the video clips for the the generation for the rendering. And there we go. The video is ready and we can play it like Ebony Mini Zurich diaper bag. Compact, stylish, and ready for adventure with your little one. From park strolls to weekend getaways. Lightweight mini backpack design with smart diaper bag features. Crafted for comfort, speed, and everyday durability. And water resistant materials for messes. You guys, seriously, this is my favorite bag. Look at it. It’s perfect for every Great looking product video done in minutes. Let’s go back to the dashboard. I got a couple more that I want to show you. Take a look at this one. Removable moisture wicking liner and cheek pads. Fight sweat. This is for a helmet. While the secure double D-ring closure locks confidence in. Meet the tactical off-road helmet built for riders who push harder, climb higher, and demand prograde protection without the price. Get all done from just a few images. Take a look at this one. Free US shipping and returns included. Mail it back then get your digital results in four to six weeks. Beautifully organized on any device online. Easily see at risk carrier and clear results with condition callouts. No need to know editing, no need to know copyrighting, no need to know graphic design. Everything for any product category for any product. Now remember I was telling you about some extra features voices and music. Well, you can create you can create the voiceovers in your own voice or any voice you want. Just click on create new voice and you can give it a name like John and you can describe how John should sound like a grumpy 90year-old veteran for example. Or you can make exactly the voice profile that you want. Or you can clone your own voice. Upload a small sample just a few seconds long and VCOM can make the narrations in the voice that you specify your own voice to. So that is in voices. Now in music you can create AI music. So click on generate music and you can give it a track like my background track. This way you can create copyright free music. Never worry about copyright strikes again or issues again because you can make exactly the music you want like cinematic and pop. And we will pick only instrumentals because we want a background track. But you can make songs if you want to and you can make a song about your product. Click on generate tracks. All right. All right, the taco ready.

    Perfect product music. So, that’s how easy it is to create custom resources, custom voices, custom music, and create a truly truly world-class product video without hiring an editor, without hiring a copyriter, a graphic designer, and getting it done in minutes from your computer. If you get VidCon, I’ll see you on the inside. Awesome, guys. So, we saved a lot of time by pretty by playing the video at 1.5x. Now, I’m going to answer some questions. I saw saw some great questions. Uh, but again, this is the place to get this product. If you haven’t got it yet and you still want to drop me a word in the chat when you do. Now, very quickly, Ernst, we get we give you 50,000 credits, not 50. It was a small typo and we’ve already fixed it. I hope uh my team has that is. So, we you get 50,000 credits for $44. Uh, awesome. So, again, another question. Can you upload your own UGC clips? Absolutely, you can. uh not a timeline style feature. We don’t have a timeline style feature. Instead, we’ve got this uh area where you can just click a plus button and put in there. I will tell you why I don’t want to put in a timeline style feature in these products. The reason is it makes the complexity a lot more. When you have a timeline, you want to edit clips like dragging and dropping and trying to transition from them using, you know, transitions and all. Uh using the editor kind of a perspective. It works very well if you are an editor, if you are an experienced editor. But if you’re not an editor and you don’t want to spend time trying to, you know, time clips correctly, it’s it’s a different ballgame. So, I want to create products that are kind of like one click and easy. And you can edit them inside an editor if you want to. So, if you wanted to edit this further, you could actually go into an editor and do this. But yet, you can put in your own clips, UGC clips or any sort of clip by using that plus button and putting it in in the slides. Ernst, can you size the captions on mobile and vertical videos? Absolutely you can, Ernst, you can size it. You can also place it like on the top of the uh video or the middle or the bottom you can. And Gandhi’s got a question. How how much can you charge? Well, Gandhi, I believe it’s a fair price if you charge from uh I would say $200 to $300 is good. Let’s say you have a customer who can give you repeat business and who doesn’t want a lot of customizations, who doesn’t want you to create very complicated videos with lots of animation. I think most of the videos will usually have slides and one animation and one UGC clip. That’s the that’s a very I would say basic and standard recipe. And uh if you do that, it’s going to cost you something like a dollar and a half to make. You could charge $150 for it. It would still be a quite a smart return. Uh, Erns says, “But I would say I I would say $200 plus 200 $250 is a good price.” Erns, okay, I already answered that one. Uh, Golem says, “I will buy the whole upgrades.” Thank you, Golem. I appreciate it. Uh, Erns says, “Can we set up a template with a predefined design?” No, Erns, you cannot set up a template. It looks at this, it looks at the at the listing and creates the design based on that. So, you can set up a template. Sorry, Golan. Is it correct that my reseller buyers will get the elite and pro levels? Yes, you can choose which one you want to give them. They will get either one of those. Jeromi says, “Do you recommend the price for the video time?” I would recommend. See this? These are ecom videos. You can’t nobody on an listing page is going to watch a 10-minute video. Most ecom videos will have to be a minute long, maybe 2 minutes, right? They got they’re small videos, right? So, you can’t make a really long video. It doesn’t make sense and there’s no reason to. So they can be churned out pretty easily. They’re very affordable. A 1 to 2 minute long video like maybe maybe 50 cent 30 cents to a dollar and a half. So don’t try to make long ecom videos that you put on listings. People will get irritated with that because they can’t watch a 5 minute video. Even 5 minutes is long enough. This product can create videos of up to 7 minutes. But again, I would not recommend people uh to put up 7 minute videos on ecom listings because it is too long. People who go to ecom listings want to watch a 1 minute video, maybe max 2 minutes. Uh so yeah, that’s my suggestion. Again, you know, you of course understand your business better and you can adapt it. Uh let’s see if you got more questions or not. Uh Golem, can I upload my own video and then edit it? No, Golem, this is not a video editor. It is a video producer using AI. So you need to come in with a product either product listing or product descriptions, product details. You can’t come in with a video and edit it. It’s not an editor at all. It does not have editing features. Just wanted to tell you that like not video editing features. Awesome. Again, guys, so I hope I was able to answer answer the questions that you have and uh I think we’ve been here for nearly like 1 hour and 50 minutes.

    So maybe it’s it’s time to wrap up the webinar. Thank you again for attending. A lot of you are still here. I appreciate you and thanks for for being on the webinar. I had a lot of people purchase the product today and I want to thank the all the buyers who got the product. Again, the webinar uh is the special is the spe is the right time to purchase. I will have a live webinar tomorrow too at 10:00 a.m. EST after which the official launch goes live at 11:00. So please feel free to attend the second webinar if you want to. You’re welcome more and more more more than welcome to attend it. The launch event itself will be 7 days long. The special lifetime uh the one time access uh onetime prize will be available for the next 7 days. After that it goes away. So please uh get this product during this time for the best prize. After that it goes to recurring. On that note, thank you again for attending. Thanks again uh everyone who’s been there and I will see you later. This is Sil Gupta signing off.

  • 06/23/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Roth IRA Conversions – An effective retirement tax strategy for your clients

    What’s up? Two minutes after the hour. Let’s go ahead and begin. So again, good evening everyone and my name is Baptist Bruner and I’m a Texas-based financial consultant with Alliant and just a part of a team of financial professionals with the Lion Retirement Investment Services who give regular educational webinars. Again, like to start by thanking everyone for taking the time out of your evening uh join us today. Get a better understanding of Roth conversions, which can be an effective retirement tax strategy, but it can also be a great legacy planning strategy. We’ll get into that too. Uh this presentation will be about 4550 minutes long. Might be able to do it a little bit quicker. Might skip a few slides. And as always, we will have time at the end to ask any questions that you may have. When that time comes, uh, just go in the question and answer the chat section. Go ahead and take the time to identify both of those. Now, there’s two areas where you can ask questions. Q&A or the webinar chat. We’ll get to it when that time comes. Go ahead and ask away and I’ll be sure to get to them.

    All right. Uh, we’ve had some problems with this as of recent. Few people have been throwing their AI notetaker in. Please don’t do that. Um, proprietary information, I don’t know. But if you want to take a photo of the slide, I can’t stop you from doing that. So, if you find some good beneficial information in this presentation, I cannot stop you from taking photos of it. But let’s just keep the AI notetakers out of here for the time being. All right. some of the upcoming webinars that I will be presenting. Uh two weeks July 9th, designing your retirement income blueprint, coming up with a strategy to maybe fill in your income, utilizing your social security, maybe you have a pension or an annuity, what are the best ways to draw your retirement income? What might be a better tax efficient strategy? What might be a better way just doing it to where you are able to grow your estate and your wealth best? bunch of different things in here. Great webinar. And then after that one, we’ll have another one that’s another evening one similar to this later in July on how to get rollover ready with IRA planning. Great webinar here as well. Maybe trying to transform your 401k into an IRA where you will have much better and a much larger um investment selection available to you. So consider that as well. And of course, our team at Alliant Retirement Investment Services. We are focused on helping you, our members, understand the ins and outs of investing, saving for retirement, and of course, much, much more. Go ahead and take a photo of this one. Nobody will get mad at you for that. But take a look at our website, aerys a r i s.alliancreditun.com, uh/events will bring you to our webinars page. Uh, we have a podcast on there. hasn’t been updated in a while, but I think Christian’s going to do another episode on there soon. Now, really great resource. And then, speaking of resources, we also have a resource center. So, slashresource center-c center. Lot of calculators in there, tips, tricks, everything. Go ahead and take a look on there just to see our podcasts, uh, our webinars, and our resource center. It’s a free tool available to you as a member.

    And I’m on the investment side of things with Alliant. You know how we can help. We do complimentary foundational financial planning, investment management, management, advanced planning, you know, showing you a comprehensive range of investment choices. But a new thing that we’re offering is more and more help on estate planning. So, you probably joined us for a couple of our webinars on estate planning if you’ve been on a few of these before. Heck, I think I just did one two weeks ago. But a new thing that we have um is an estate planning tool available to our clients, those who are investing with us. Uh we have a subscription at trustinandwill.com that’s at no cost to our clients where you are able basically use the digital platform for estate planning to create your will, a trust if necessary, and they have attorneys readily available to you to can ask them questions if you do get stumped along the way or if you just need some more help. But it’s a really great digital tool for state planning. So consider that.

    All right. So now we’re going to start talking about taxes and the actual subject why everyone’s here today. But let’s just start with the future tax environment and how budget deficits and titlements and taxation can affect Roth IAS. So, here’s a scary number, and that is our current debt. Over $36 trillion, over $16,000 for every single person in America. That’s including recently born babies all the way to those who are 110. And as we look at budget deficits, for example, over the last 10 years, what you’re going to find is they’re on average about a trillion dollars most years, more or less. And I’m really talking about the 2014 to current days. And when you get into 2020 20, you know what happened? Co hit and all of a sudden we go from a trillion and those types of deficits to to three trillion pretty much overnight. So you have that in both 2020 and 2021 and the deficit spiked up and so far has not come back down. And that’s caused a pretty sharp increase in the overall debt which is about 36 trillion. And maintaining that debt when interest rates are low is one thing, but with interest rates rising, the carrying cost of that debt, it’s going to become very honorous. Let’s look at how that’s affecting entitlements. So, Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, as well as the interest payments on those debts consumes all the tax revenue that you have coming in. And according to the Congressional Budget Office, that’s actually going to happen in 2035. So, consider the impact of that in another 12 to 13 years. It leaves nothing for everything else like human health and human services, highways, defense, all those other things that becomes pretty problematic as you can see. So if you’re the government, there are really only two things you can do to counteract that problem. Number one, you can cut spending, which yeah, do we really see that happening? or what we’re more likely to see is taxes being raised probably starting with the highest earners, but at some point it will trickle down a bit to the lower earners. And then the middle and the middle high income people eventually will feel the impact and they’ll probably be the ones that get hit the hardest. And one of the troubling aspects of IRA planning is that the tax rate on your future distribution is just unknown. Even if you can project your income with relative confidence, there’s no guarantee that tax rates will remain the same. And while it’s hard to find someone who doesn’t think they pay too much in taxes now, I hope everyone on the call thinks feels that way. But the reality is that the top tax rates today are pretty low in a historical context. So just take a look at this chart. See what I mean? When the income tax was first introduced in 1913, the top rate was only 7%. But within just a few years, top rate had already skyrocketed to over 70%. And after dropping back down to as low as 25% after World War I, top rate jumped to 63% in 1932. And from there, it wasn’t until more than 50 years had passed when in 1987, the top tax rate finally dropped back below 50%, letting those in the top bracket keep more of their income than they were forced to give over to Uncle Sam. Now, of course, not everyone pays that that top rate. In fact, it’s only a very very small percentage of Americans that do.

    I’m sorry, but that said, our national debt is at an all-time high. We have a budget that hasn’t been balanced in years and fiscal troubles left and right for many of our entitlement programs like Social Security and Medicare as well. And it’s possible that rates could go up across the board. And that makes coming up with the right plan just even more important. So how can you are how are we preparing our clients to guard them against that? You know, we talk about diversification of investments and that’s important, but we also need to look at diversification from a taxation standpoint. And that brings us to three areas. Tax now, tax later, and tax never. So let’s look at tax now vehicles. That’s going to be your non-qualified assets like your brokerage accounts that are in managed money mutual funds, stocks, bonds, CDs, etc. Then you t your tax later options include those tax deferred vehicles like your IRA, your pre-tax IRA or a 401k, maybe an annuity. Um, and then there’s also tax never. That’s going to be things that have a big tax advantage. And we’re going to be talking mostly about Roth IAS today in addition to that, but there’s also something like a municipal bond or an HSA would have a tax-free feature. Um, life insurance can also be another one of those as well.

    So, if approached correctly, a Roth IRA conversion can be an effective strategy and effort to keep as much after tax tax-free money as possible. And today, we’re going to look at a few important issues that must be considered if you want to consider a Roth IRA conversion. So, one, we got to go through the basics behind a Roth IRA conversion. We also need to go over the considerations for the original owner of that Roth IRA. some other considerations for the surviving spouse of that Roth IRA owner should it be owned by your husband or your wife and then you inherit it and then the considerations for the beneficiaries of the Roth IRA afterwards. So spousal IRA, you know, more than likely if it is, you know, a husband, a wife is the beneficiary of it, that’s section three. Section four mainly referring to your kids, your nephews, your nieces, whoever’s getting your assets after you that’s not a spouse. So, let’s just start with the basics. And many of you probably know that there’s another type of IRA. Mentioned it a few times already, but it’s called a Roth IRA. And Roth IAS are similar to traditional IAS in many ways, but there are also some key differences. And one of those differences is that you don’t get a tax deduction when you make a Roth IRA contribution. So once your money is in a Roth IRA, it grows tax deferred like it does in a traditional. But the big benefit of the Roth though, and another key difference between it and the pre-tax IRA is that Roth IRA distributions can be tax-free in retirement. And so if you’ve had any Roth IRA for more than 5 years and you’re over 59 and a half, then all withdrawals from any of your Roth IAS will be tax and penaltyree. Again, tax and penalty free as part of what’s known as a qualified distribution. Even if you need to take a withdrawal sooner, you can always take out your Roth IRA contributions tax and penaltyree. And some of the same contribution rules that apply to a traditional pre-tax IRA contributions, they also apply to Roth IRA contributions. So for instance, that same, it used to be 7500, I think it’s 8,000 now for for, you know, the same $7,500 contribution limit applies. There’s also that same kind of catchup once you hit 50 and older. Um, and then, you know, I think it’s $1,100 more. So no, it’s $7,500. If you’re underneath uh under 50, you get an additional $1,100 and catch up to $8,600 once you hit 50 and over. And Roth IRA contributions are also subject to the same compensation rules as traditional IAS as well. So, if you have sufficient compensation, then the only thing that could prevent you from making a Roth IRA contribution is just having too much income. And there are ways around that, too, called a back door. We’re not getting into it today, but there are backdoor Roths as well. But you can see the income limits up here on the screen. And just note that if you’re a single filer, as long as your income is under 153,000, you can make a full Roth IRA contribution. Now, similarly, if you’re married and file a joint return, then as long as your income is under 242K, you too can make a full Roth IRA contribution. You know, while some baby boomer couples retire at the same time, more often than you’d think, one spouse retires before the other. In such cases, you may be able to take advantage of spousal IRA and or Roth IRA contributions. And these are special contributions that allow a spouse with compensation to make a contribution to the traditional IRA or the Roth IRA of the non-working spouse. In other words, the non-working spouse can use the working spouse’s compensation as their own, which allows them to make those contributions. So, the spouse for whom the contribution is being made, however, they still have to meet all the other contribution rules applicable to that type of IRA.

    Now, a Roth IRA’s conversion is the name given to a special type of transaction where you move money from your pre-tax retirement account like the pre-tax IRA, the 401k, 403b, etc. to a Roth IRA. But when you make a Roth conversion, the amount of money you convert, it’s just added to your tax return for the year and it’s taxable whatever your income tax bracket, you know, whatever one you happen to be in for that year. So, in this example, let’s meet Jill here. And let’s say Jill has $100,000 in a traditional IRA, and she wants to convert into a Roth IRA. We’ll talk more about why she might want to do that in a moment, or why she might want to do it differently than this example, but we’re still in section one of the basics. So, if Jill moves forward with her $100,000 Roth IRA conversion, she’ll have to add $100,000 of income to her tax return for the year, which will be taxable at whatever rate Jill happens to be in. But because this is a big decision and can have a significant impact in your taxes, it’s always best to discuss this option with your tax and financial advisors beforehand. Now, in my opinion, $100,000 might be a little bit too much to convert just in one year, but you don’t have to do this in just one year. you can spread it out and stay in your lower tax bracket. We can help you figure that out, too. But why would you voluntarily choose to make one of these Roth IRA conversions and pay taxes before you even have to? Well, there’s a lot of reasons, but perhaps the most common reason is one we’ve already discussed. It’s to pay off Uncle Sam now so that you own your retirement account free and clear for life. Just remember with a Roth IRA, you have the potential for future tax-free withdrawals of everything in your account. So if you’re over 59 and a half and you’ve had any Roth IRA for more than 5 years, then all withdrawals from any of your Roth IAS will be tax and penalty-free for life. Keep in mind, like we mentioned earlier, taxes are probably going to go up in the future. Taxes are at a low right now. You know, you have a low rate right now. You could convert it now. and never have to worry about taxes again. Whereas, if you could convert at 12% now rather than if they increase the rates later to 20, it’s getting rid of some of the unknowns of our future.

    But something else to keep in mind is that unlike Roth IRA contributions, there are no restrictions on who can make Roth IRA conversions. You can’t be too old. You can’t be too young. You can be working or you can be retired. There’s no minimum amount of income you need or a maximum amount of income you can have. I I think you see what I mean here. But if you want to convert your IRA to a Roth IRA, there’s nothing in the tax rules that will stop you from doing so.

    So the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, that was the first one that was passed back in 2018. It eliminates the recarerization option for car uh conversions made in 2018 and later. But if you convert your Roth IRA now or in the future, you are stuck with that decision. If you go forward with it, again, speak with the tax advisor, speak with the financial adviser to make sure. But if you’re making the conversion, more than likely, you won’t be upset with the decision.

    Another big benefit of the Roth IRA and one that many retirees do in fact find attractive is that Roth IAS have no required minimum distributions during your lifetime or RMDs is how you may have heard them. So remember all those RMD calculations and potential mistakes. We talked about those earlier. You know, whenever you turn 73 or 75, depending on the year you were born, you have to start taking money out of your pre-tax accounts, you avoid that with your Roth funds. So, they’re not an issue if you have a Roth IRA. So, during your lifetime, you can take as much or as little as you want, and you’re not forced to take anything out at 72, 73, 75 if you don’t want to. So now, not only is a Roth conversion a great tax strategy, but it means doing a Roth IRA conversion can also be a great legacy planning strategy because now your Roth IRA can continue to grow and compound tax-free for your heirs, which also makes it just again a very very intriguing vehicle for estate planning. Your wife or your husband can take over your Roth IRA, no problems. That’s a spousal right. or your pre-tax, right? In this case, your pre-tax accounts, they get to take it on. There’s no um automatic 10-year that uh distribution period. With a Roth, when you give it to your children, they get to just keep it. They don’t want to touch it. They can just let it sit there and grow forever and give it to your grandkids if you’d like. It can be used to make generational wealth. And it’s not that hard to do in some cases. Just depends on your situation. But again, be happy to show you that. But the potential tax-free nature of the Roth IRA may also provide you with additional benefits such as a hedge against tax rates that more than likely will rise in the future. And when it comes to your retirement, there are just a lot of unknowns. What will the market do? What will inflation be like? What will your tax rate be? And so on and so forth. But that last one, taxes. It’s a major concern for many retirees and one we’ve already talked about a bit, but a Roth IRA conversion can just help you manage that risk by paying taxes at today’s known rates. And if tax rates rise in the future, then those tax-free distributions from your Roth IRA will be even more valuable. Of course, if you think your tax rate will be lower in retirement, then that would be an indication that maybe this strategy isn’t the best for you. It might still be again something we can help you figure out, but since Roth IRA distributions in retirement are tax-free, they typically don’t impact the other things tied to your income that we discussed earlier.

    All right, we talked about the benefits of a Roth for estate planning purposes, but it also has anciliary benefits. Let me get up this other one, you know, including the impact on social benefits. And by social benefits, we’re talking about social security and Medicare. So, think about an IRA income in a pre-tax IRA. So, think about a pre-tax IRA. That income is 100% taxable. And it’s included, all withdrawals that you take out of it are included as provisional income for social security purposes and it’s adjusted uh it’s included in your modified adjusted gross income for Medicare purposes. So, if you have to pull out a good chunk from your pre-tax accounts, now you might be getting taxed more. on social security and you might have to pay a higher premium in Medicare. Whereas if you had a bunch of Roth funds, that’s not reportable anymore. You already paid taxes on it and the same incoming the same income coming out of a Roth again not taxable. It’s not included in that MAGI, your modified adjusted gross income. So, when it comes to pricing, how much your benefits, how much of your benefits are taxed, and how much your client’s um how much your government benefits might cost, the Roth is really now starting to show some serious value.

    So, Roth IRA conversions can be able to they’re able to help you keep more money after all the taxes have been paid. Let’s just look at a hypothetical example of someone over the age of 59 and a half considering a Roth IRA. Um, in this case, it’s a Roth IRA conversion of $10,000. So, we’re going to assume that the marginal tax rate now is 12%, but the tax rate later when it is taken out will be at 24%. Now, if this individual doesn’t complete a Roth IRA conversion and just continue to let that pre-tax money grow, grow, and grow for another 10 years, and we’re assuming a 5% rate of return for both sides of this, they would have $16,289.

    Then, if they take the money out and pay the income tax 24%, they would have $12,380 left over. However, if they chose to complete a Roth IRA conversion, they would have to pay 12% of the money in taxes and would have only $8,800 in the Roth IRA. But assuming annual growth of 5% per year for 10 years, they’d have 14,334 they can access income tax and penalty-free. since that Roth IRA owner in this case they hit the 59 and a half fiveyear rule. But that’s potentially almost $2,000 more or 15.8% more if they complete the Roth IRA conversion and pay the income tax now instead of keeping the pre-tax money in the retirement plan or in the pre-tax IRA and pay the income tax later when they withdraw the money. It’s a basic example. You’d be shocked to know how many clients of mine and how many members I’ve done these plans for. And it just shows how much more money you can save in taxes and in fact grow your account by. We’re talking about 15.8% on just $10,000. Apply that same number to your entire account. And now look at that higher number, but also look at it from being a tax-free number rather than a future Uncle Sam’s putting his pocket hand in your pocket in a few years. Think of those two different values.

    And this chart can help you understand how a Roth IRA conversion might help given various tax brackets both now and later. You know, as you can see, moving across the top is where you will find the current marginal tax bracket. Let’s just say it’s 12%. Now, if we move down from there, you can see how much of a Roth IRA conversion, how much a Roth IRA conversion might help. But if later this money would be taxable at 24%, a Roth IRA conversion could help you end up with 15.8% more money than after income taxes.

    There you go. You know what, folks? I’m going to just go ahead and say it. Take a photo of this slide. This is a good one. It could show you, hey, maybe it makes sense to go ahead and see if this might be a good tool for me.

    And not only do we give these general educational webinars, if you’ve been on these before, you already know this, but we also have the planning tools available for you to take advantage of that can help determine your specific effective tax rates at times down the road. It’s just help we can offer to you. Again, it’s your decision. But here at Alliant, you have a lot more available to you than just banking and great CD rates. We can help you figure out what your future is going to look like financially and if we can hit your goals or if you can do a full conversion, etc. We have fantastic planning tools to help you uh decide if maybe a conversion is great for you. But whenever a Roth IRA conversion is considered, you must consider two tax scenarios. One, how the future tax situation might play out without, you know, without a conversion, but two, how the conversion will impact today’s situation. So, we don’t just need to look at the federal income tax bracket. That’s just one of three or four different things that you need to look into whenever doing a conversion. income taxes here. That’s important. But you also want to make sure that you’re not going to start jumping Medicare brackets. Those get kind of steep, especially after once you start getting into the third and fourth bracket. Medicare gets very pricey. Want to make sure that you don’t cross into that threshold. And then next, there’s also the 3.8% net investment income tax that was introduced back in 2013. It’s 200,000 for singles, 250,000 for joint. and they haven’t increased those thresholds since 2013. And obviously money is not worth as much as it used to be then 12 13 years ago. We have to keep all of these in mind whenever we’re talking about a conversion. And again, we can help you with that. We’re here to assist.

    But it’s important for clients to watch for an opportunity to reduce the taxes paid on retirement plan money. You know, we encourage you to see your tax advisors for your own situation, but reducing the amount of tax paid may mean more money for retirement expenses or for passing along to beneficiaries. And here we see how much ordinary income a married couple both over the age of 65 can absorb in the various tax brackets. you know before moving to the 12% bracket it’s 5750 130150 before moving to the 22% bracket 2399 before moving into that 24% bracket and so on. Now there’s a couple different ways to approach a conversion. You might want to go just a fixed amount, whatever you’re comfortable with, but here’s a real savvy conversion strategy that might be helpful for you called filling up the bracket strategy or filling up the bucket. So, remember those tax brackets that we just looked at earlier? Well, sometimes you can find yourself in the middle of one of them or maybe even on the lower side of one of them with a lot of room to add before more income before you’re pushing yourself into one of the higher tax brackets. So, maybe you’re in the 12% bracket. You can convert $30,000 before jumping into the 22. You know, in 2021, that 22% tax bracket for married couples filing a joint return goes from about 81 to about 172. You might have a lot of space, pardon me. But suppose then that you file a joint return, your taxable income is 100 grand. That means that you could add another $72,000 of income without going into that next bracket. Making a Roth IRA conversion to that remaining amount could make sense for you. And a lot of times whenever I’m speaking with folks, I’m worried about this jump from 12% here to 22%. Or from 24% to 32 because obviously, you know, yes, 24 is larger than 22, but it’s not a 10 or an 8% jump. It’s a two. Sometimes it makes sense to do a little bit more than the 24. Again, everybody’s different. Nobody there’s no cookie cutter way of doing it. It’s just getting to know you and figure out what your goals are. But if you plan to convert a sizable portion of your IRA, this approach is often more tax efficient than converting the full amount at one time and instead you can make smaller Roth IRA conversions over a number of years, filling up your bracket each time. And this can help reduce the average tax rate you’ll pay on your converted money and also spreads that tax bill out over a very long period of time, making it a cheaper strategy for you. Now, higher income Medicare beneficiaries are not held harmless and have been paying more for their Medicare parts B and D coverage for several years in the form of income related monthly adjustment amounts, also known as IRA. So, the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act back from 2015, otherwise known as DOC fix law, it enacted this new modified adjusted gross income brackets that went to effect starting with the 2018 Medicare premiums. So the 2024 tax return is used to set the 2026 income related monthly adjustments, those IMA brackets. So whenever you’re you want to know what you’re going to pay for Medicare, you’re going to know what bracket you’re going to be in already for two years out. Whatever bracket you are going to lie in for 2028 is going to be based off of your 2026 earnings. What you’re paying this year in 2026 is based off of your 2024 earnings. You have to prepare for these things years out. This is where a conversion can come into play. At least we know the numbers ahead of time, but it all comes down to just good planning. Now, Roth IRA conversions can be especially useful if you had a low income year. You know, for example, you might be a business owner with unusually low sales or you’re paying high non-recurring medical bills. Maybe you’re retired but not yet receive social security benefits, etc. These are questions to ask to see if a Roth conversion is a good move for you. You could do a oneoff year, take some years off from doing a conversion, get right back into it. Who knows? Everyone’s different. Again, now moving on to point number two, the original IRA owner. Once you reach a certain age, the law requires that you begin to take, again, we discussed these, we’re going to get into them now. The law requires you to take what are known as required minimum distributions or RMDs for short from your traditional IRA or your traditional 401k. And those same rules apply to just about all pre-tax accounts. But RMDs are simply the bare minimum that Uncle Sam is going to require you to take from your retirement account each year to satisfy the tax code rules. Uncle Sam says, “Hey, I let you put all this money away 50 years ago, tax deferred. you haven’t paid me on it yet. Now, I’m forcing you to start taking it out because I want to get paid. That’s how it works right now. And the specific age when you must begin taking RMDs, it depends on when you were born. So, if you were 72 or older as of the end of essentially, I’m not going to go through that. If you were born in 1959 or earlier, 73 more than likely might be 72. If it was 72, you’re already taking them, but it’s 73. If you were born in 1959, 58,55. If you were born after in 1960 or later, it’s 75 right now. Just depends on the age. They changed the rules for the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. So, yes, you will have to take them out at 75 if you were born in 1960 or later. Final thought though before we move on, just remember that you can always take out more, but if you fail to at least take the minimum amount out that Uncle Sam requires you to take out, IRS can actually hit you with a 25% penalty. 25% penalty for any amount that you should have taken but didn’t. So, if you don’t take out 50 grand, you know, here comes a tax bill for $12,500 or a penalty of $12,500.

    And you have to take them out by December 31st of the year. Don’t have to tax season to do it. December 31st. Of course, just most people don’t think about things in terms of factors or life expecties. So, here’s a chart I think you’ll find helpful. It shows the approximate percentage you need to take out of your IRA or your pre-tax accounts from 73 to 90 in order to steer clear from that penalty. So if you look, you’ll see that each year the percentage you need to take out increases. Doesn’t necessarily mean you need to take out more money each year than the last though is that also depends on how much your IRA gains or loses from year to year. But these are the more this is the mortality table right here. Oh no, this is just the percentage. You can find the mortality table on the IRS’s website. All you do is take your December 31st final statement from 2025, divide it by that number that’s next to your age. That’s your RMD for the year. Again, make sure you take it out before December 31st of the year. But if you do a Roth conversion, your Roth funds avoid all this and you can just keep your money and let it grow. Now, since the R&D age has increased from 72 to 73 and now it’s 75%, it may be tempting to simply delay all IRA with draws until then. Well, not everyone will be able to do this. Those that can should be aware of rapidly growing distributions that might move them into that higher tax bracket. So, you can see the different ones here. We’re assuming that the initial IRA balance uh at age 65, it earns 5% per year. You can see that by pushing it off and the larger growth now forces you to take out more money and you might go from a 24 to a 35% tax bracket. See it all the time again. Next webinar is going to be about your retirement income blueprint. We can find out ways to solve that too.

    Now this graph illustrates the increase in RMD amounts when compared to inflation. It assumes that the initial IRA balance is a million at age 73 and earns 5% per year and an inflation rate of 2 and a.5% which is about the 30-year average. Now, this assumes the RMD is taken at the end of the year. And if we assume that tax brackets and deductions are adjusted at the rate of inflation, if the RMD amount is increasing faster than inflation, it could push the taxpayer into a higher bracket. And if this seems likely, Roth conversions and other strategies should be examined as part of a draw down strategy. Again, a financial professional and tax professional should always be consulted before taking actions to manage this too. So therefore, appropriate Roth IRA conversions before the RMD, before those distributions build too high, could be a viable strategy to help you keep more of your money after income tax has been paid off.

    And so in fact, this is a snapshot from our tool. That’s just an example of a married couple that’s retired and living on their social security. And the dark blue, that light blue small amount in the middle is their pension. And that darker red, darker orange color, that represents their RMD. And that red line that’s going across is what they want to spend each year. But you can see that Uncle Sam’s forcing them to take out more money than they need to. This is one of the things that we look at whenever we’re doing financial planning is how to get rid of your RMD problem. We want to try to keep you in that 22% bracket or that 12% bracket, depends on where you are, but you can try to at least mitigate your RMDs to where you’re not forced to take out more money than you need if you don’t want to. Giving you more control over your money rather than letting Uncle Sam tell you what to do with it. And based on that info, you can see that their tax liability is going to increase based on those RMDs. This is just the cumulative amount of taxes. Um, whenever we’re doing financial planning, we’re just going to go through this real quick, but this is essentially what we can show you in the plan, but by doing the Roth conversion, you can see that red is just additional taxes paid earlier on before their RMDs come in. And then we can show you the gray, which represents less taxes they paid later on. in fact showing you how much less you’re spending in t or your how much less you’re paying in taxes and how much you can grow your portfolio by. Why is that? How do you grow your portfolio by doing a Roth conversion? I’m paying more money. I’m made my account value up smaller. If you have a $100,000 Roth and $100,000 traditional, which one’s worth more? Obviously, the Roth because it’s truly hundred grand. $100,000 traditional is Uncle Sam’s waiting to take his bite out. So, it might be worth more like 80 or 75. Same thing. Both are growing at 8%. Which one’s actually growing at 8%. Again, the Roth. Because part of those earnings that you have in this pre-tax account every year are eventually going to be Uncle Sam’s. So, by having Roth funds, by doing a Roth conversion, not only can you save money in taxes, use it as a legacy planning tool, can increase your portfolio because of tax-free growth.

    All right. So, moving on to the surviving spouse spouse. In this hypothetical case, we see Adam and Ann’s income and assume they have $58,840 of ordinary income from IAS and or pensions and $60,000 retirement income. In their married filing joint tax status, they’d pay8 $8,841 in federal income tax. Now, if we look at this example with Ann filing as a single taxpayer, she would lose a social security check and need to withdraw $98,000, $99,000 in order to pay the increased taxes of $18,9345 and keep the after tax income the same. So, here the IRA withdrawal would increase 68% and the taxes would increase $ 114%. But while Adam was alive, they were in the 12% marginal tax bracket. And with Adam gone, Ann’s now in the 24% bracket. And we call this the widow’s penalty. You’re enjoying these file married filing jointly rates or basically just double of the single amount as far as the modified adjusted gross income goes. But when one of you goes, Uncle Sam doesn’t really give you any sympathy there. You’re now filing single and now you have RMDs on top of it, which they might have thrown you into the 22% bracket when you’re married, but now they threw you into the 32% tax bracket. We see it all the time.

    But appropriate conversations before that first death could be a viable strategy to reduce, you know, for the surviving spouse and give him or her access income tax-free.

    And this slide is demonstrating what it looks like when comparing tax brackets between married filing joint versus single. As you can see, the single filers tax brackets are compressed when compared to some married filing joint. One reason this is just very important is because after the first death, the surviving spouse often retains all the assets and the increasing RMDs as mentioned, but they’ll also be at a much higher tax rate compared to when they were married. And as a result, some of you may want to think about accelerating those IRA distributions or doing a Roth IRA conversion or maybe just taking more funds out of your tax-free account while you’re married and why you can take advantage of lower tax rates. And we’ll look at that a little closer in the surviving spouse section next to come as well.

    Now, moving on to beneficiaries to finish this discussion. Let’s look at just a hypothetical example of Carrie here. She’s 45 years old. Assume she’s inherited a million dollars in form of a traditional IRA. We mentioned this earlier. This is a great example. She assume she inherited a traditional IRA from her mom who recently passed. She doesn’t need the money now and doesn’t want to increase her taxable income. Now, under the old rules, she could have stretched the withdrawals and would only need to take out a small R&D at 25K in the first year. But under the new rules, if she were to withdraw evenly over 10 years, she’d have to take $123,328 out each year. So, the old rule was preferable. You got to stretch it out over a longer period of time. In fact, many of you might have experienced these. Now, you have to get rid of it in 10 years. You have to distribute all the funds. More than likely, whenever you go, statistically speaking, I hope everyone on here lives be 120 plus, your children are probably going to be in their early in their peak earning years. So, as opposed to you converting funds at 12% 22%, your children might be make already in that 22 to 24% bracket, now their inheritance is taxed at 32% and 35%. Uncle Sam’s not spending your money wisely. I don’t care what side of the political spectrum you’re on. you know, they’re not spending your money wisely. Shouldn’t feel good that they’re your children are going to be spending 35% 32% on your hard-earned money.

    So, in this hypothetical example, let’s look at the taxes on this inherited IRA, assuming that Carrie is single and she has taxable income of $90,000 a year. Without the inherited IRA distributions, she’s in that 22% bracket. But when she adds that $123,000 to her taxable income, she’s now up in the 24% tax bracket, as well as adding income in the 32% tax bracket, too. So, this is a simplistic example, but Carrie would pay over $310,000 in the inherited IRA over the 10 years on that distribution.

    And one final hypothetical example to help illustrate things. Let’s assume mom and dad have an IRA that will most likely go to their son as a beneficiary and they’re thinking about converting 50k for the next 5 years or 50k a year over the next five years because they’re in the 12% bracket. Their son’s in that 24% bracket now and he’s likely going to stay there.

    So in this example, we see that without the conversion, mom and dad will have access to more money than their beneficiaries because their tax bracket’s lower. If however, mom and dad do the conversions at their 12% tax bracket, their access remains the same, but the beneficiary values increase because that tax is paid in a lower bracket. And then after 10 years, the converted values for the beneficiary are about $56,000 more than the unconverted values. And then after 20 years, this increases to about 10 $110,000. But just two things to note. First, in this case, doing Roth IRA conversions did not reduce liquidity for the parents as indicated by the dotted red line and the conversion gold line. Second though, beneficiary received more because the taxes were paid at a lower tax bracket as indicated by that dotted orange line and the blue line.

    So, two things to note. I’m sorry, but no, appropriate Roth IRA conversions before the owner’s death. They can be a viable strategy to help reduce the income taxes that the beneficiary must pay. Now, considerations of Roth IRA conversions. Again, no income limitations. Taxable at your ordinary income tax rate for that year. The deadline to do this too is also December 31st of the year. So many of you might conver uh contribute to your IRA come April the next year during tax season. Can’t do that here. Here you have to do it in the year that you convert. So if you make a conversion in April, it applies to that year. you want to make one for 2026, you have to do it by December 31st of this year. Again, there’s no pre-age 59 and a half additional taxes. And as we’ve mentioned previously, be be aware of unintended consequences of Roth IRA conversion. You know, increasing taxes, uh you could increase your social security taxes, you could increase your Medicare bracket. These are things to seek out help from a professional and see if this is actually worth your time in doing. And of course, these strategies aren’t for everybody. Now, as you can see here, and there’s no guarantee that a Roth conversion will achieve those intended results, but we can help you plan to see if it might be something up your alley.

    Really, just a couple of slides to illustrate what our tool shows, how our tool can show you, hey, this was all orange ahead of time. There’s RMDs. We do a conversion. Boom. Now, you’re not being forced to take out more than you need in any given year. You can see how your assets would just continue to grow, etc., etc. so on and so forth.

    All right, folks. In conclusion, we don’t know what our future tax rates will be. We know what they are today. We know that they are at a absolute low.

    If this is something that you think would be worth it to you, again, we offer the help and the advice to do this. I just showed you our financial planning tool, some slides from it. We’re happy to run you through this to see if this is an appropriate strategy for you, if this is something that can assist you, if it’s a good legacy planning tool, if it’s a way for you to save taxes, if it’s a way for you to grow your assets, if you want to avoid RMDs, if you don’t need RMDs, we’re here to help with this. So, at no cost, at no obligation, it doesn’t cost anything. I still I get asked that even after saying it, but I’m going to repeat it again. We’re here to help you. So, if you’d like for us to do a financial plan, if you’d like to see if a Roth conversion is a good strategy for you, please click yes on this poll right here. We’ll schedule a meeting. Be happy to show you how we can help. We’re just grateful to have you as members. We’re here to assist our members. That’s why credit unions are better than banks. You are the owner of the credit union, not stockholders like it is for banks. you are the owner of this credit union. We’re here to assist. So, please click yes in the poll. You’re not going to offend me if you say no or not at this time. I would appreciate if everybody does answer the poll. That way, it shows that I kept your attention and that is one way that my boss measures me. I am currently in first place with the best retention rate or attention rate in the company. Um, so please help me look good. Click yes. No, not at this time. Doesn’t hurt my feelings. All right. And with that, we’ll start getting into some questions here. Go ahead and ask them. Chat, Q&A section. We have a couple of questions here already.

    Let me start reading these to myself so I know what I’m actually talking about. But yeah, still have about 50 people who need to answer the poll. If you don’t mind answering, I would really appreciate that.

    Okay. I have a concern about the Okay, I think this is something that we covered already, but I’ll just reiterate it and you probably don’t need me to answer this anymore, but have a concern about the increase adjusted gross income due to the IRA distribution. I assume you mean conversion. Won’t this increase my Medicare premium? It can. That’s why we need to do proper planning. We need to ask you all the questions. We need to understand what your income is going to be for that year. I love working in conjunction with your CPAs, too, because this helps me figure out the right number to convert. But that’s really what you do. It can throw you into another bracket. Sometimes it makes sense to go from bracket one to bracket two because of how much you can save. Generally speaking, not so often, but it it does make sense for about five of my clients were doing that where they’re going to jump brackets for about three years from ear because of how much more money they’ll save in taxes down the road.

    Okay. How can I figure out myself if this conversion will be beneficial for me? Schedule a meeting with me or click yes right here and we will find that out together.

    Isn’t it possible that the huge tax I may pay now in the conversion may not be much different than the smaller tax distribution with RMDs? But depends on your situation. Hey, how much money do you need right now? Are you being forced to take out more than you need? It also depends on your timetable. If you’re in your early 60s, it might make more sense than to do it whenever you’re already taking your RMDs. But again, that’s something that we can cover. Schedule a meeting with me. Don’t see poll, not in the app. Um, if it’s to schedule a yes poll with me, then please Oh, wait. Here.

    Okay. If you would like to, if you don’t see the poll, that’s a problem we’ve had a few times. Schedule an appointment with me here. I’ll be sure to add you my numbers that way. If you don’t want to schedule one, you can just say it in the Q&A right there, but can’t see the poll. Didn’t want to schedule. I’ll let them know. Thank you. I appreciate that, too, folks. I really do.

    Do you have to have earned income to make the conversion over to a Roth? No. To make a contribution to an IRA, you need to have income. To make a conversion, no income.

    How are the funds insured? I don’t know what you mean by that, but if you’re talking about the funds that you have with the credit union, NCUA.

    Okay. For those who said yes and you just didn’t get the poll, please schedule a meeting with me in that QR code. If I don’t hear from you, I’ll reach out to you via email.

    It should come up. It might be hidden behind some of the other things in the brow. It might be hidden behind the browser. Thank you very much. I appreciate that. Uh I get hung up on having nondeductible IRA contributions mixed with traditional IRA funds and the pro router rules. If I want to convert to Roth, do I need to work with a CPA or financial consultant to sort this out? Work with both. You know, you’re at this time in life where CPA costs a couple hundred bucks and they can might pay their weight in gold, but doing a non-deductible IRA, that’s a contribution. That’s the backdoor Roth. So, if you are over the contribution limits with income or if you’re over the income limit to make a contribution to a traditional IRA or any IRA, you can do a backdoor one where it’s basically you make a contribution to a traditional account, a pre-tax account. You don’t deduct it. It’s converted to a Roth. It’s called a back door. It’s one way you’re able to get contribute to Roth uh IRA even over the income limit. It’s a simple process, too. But we can go over that again together. I’d be happy to schedule a meeting with me. QR code, email, click yes, whatever. Uh, we have about 15 more people that need to answer the poll. If you’re still with us, I’d appreciate that. If not, I understand. And I just hope everybody keeps joining. So, I appreciate everybody joining us today. It looks like that’s all the questions we have. Please bring bring more bring more questions. Don’t don’t be nervous. I’m here to answer them. I’m not going to charge anybody or send anybody a bill for a dollar for every question you ask. Please, we’re here to answer all of these. We’re kind of trying to differentiate ourselves from other We’re not trying, we are differentiating ourselves from other financial institutions by trying to go above and beyond for the members and offering these webinars and offering the services that we do. Apparently, nobody else does this, so we feel very special about ourselves. But please, any questions, we’re here to help with these. If you want to find out if a Roth conversion is good for you, if you want to find out if it’s not good for you, we can give you that answer. It’s a simple conversation.

    No penalty. Even if it’s before the 5 years, there’s not necessarily a penalty. It’s just the Roth funds in there, not the earnings. If you start ear reaching into the earnings portion of it, then that’s where you might be taxed. But you’re more than likely not going to have to worry about that. I I’ve rarely seen that unless there was a serious life event while someone was in the middle of a Roth conversion. Um, you don’t need to worry about the five-year rule necessarily. It’s good to know though, and that’s a great question.

    Okay, let me go back here.

    Can the converted amount be withdrawn anytime the way contributions can? It’s the same thing 59 and a half fiveyear rule like I just mentioned, but after five years, you’re good. If you’re over 59 and a half, no penalties either. Can I contribute to my Roth IRA on a monthly basis? Of course, you can. You can contribute to it in whatever frequency you’d like. You can do all at the beginning of the year, all at the end of the year. You can put in, let’s see, $8,600 divided by 365 days of the year. You can put in $2356 every day of the year and contribute to your Roth if you’d like.

    Are there better types of stock ETFs to do a conversion with? I would say to each their own for that question. That’s a great question, too, because generally speaking, hey, you’re doing a Roth conversion. You want these funds to these funds are taxfree while we’re converting. We’re also trying to draw down the pre-tax funds so there’s less of a pain to deal with later with RMDs. So, you’re more than likely not going to be reaching into your Roth funds after the conversion or really near that time because you still want to wait on that 5-year period. What does that mean? Means you can be a little bit more aggressive with your Roth funds. So, if you’re in retirement and you just want to be pretty conservative, go for a 3 to 5% return, great. But with your Roth funds, you know, 3 to 5% return on a pre-tax account. Remember, Uncle Sam’s getting his cut of those earnings. With the Roth though, you can go a little bit more aggressive. It’s kind of how I illustrate it most of the time, too. I’d like to show people that

    if you convert to an existing Roth IR Oh, by the way, how’s it going? Long time. Good question. Okay. Um, if you convert to an existing Roth IRA that’s been open for more than five years, is there a restriction on withdrawal portion? Yeah, it’s the same thing. Just a five-year countdown happens with new funds. So, if you did a conver if you have a $300,000 Roth IRA and it’s been open for 10 years, but you want to convert 50,000 into it, the 50,000’s now on the five-year click on the fiveyear ticker there, fiveyear timer. the other 300,000 is going to be available, but still um you’re good in that case. It’s just you’re going to be reaching into the other funds first.

    See, glad to hear.

    Does the surviving spouse have to take the other spouse’s RMDs and his her arm? Yep. That’s what we’re referring to as the widow’s penalty. So, you lose the joint status and now you have both RMDs to deal with and you more than likely have the higher social security. So, you are you have money problems. Not not lack of money problems, but you got money problems or you’re going to have to worry about taxes, too. So, you do have to it’s as if it was all already your own IRA the entire time. So, the surviving spouse does have to take the other spouse’s RMDs once they pass.

    All right, folks. I believe that is the end of it all right here. I have to get running. I am moving to a new spot down in Houston and I need to go meet with somebody about selling some of my old furniture. Look, if you ever have any questions, if you don’t want to do a consultation, that’s fine. We’re here to help. Like I mentioned, here’s my info. Send me an email with any additional questions if there was something that kept you up at night tonight. Here to assist you guys. Here to assist our members. For those that said yes, I will be in touch soon. I’ll probably send you an email and give you a phone call tomorrow. We’ll schedule a meeting at time convenient for you. Hope everyone has a wonderful day. Thank you very much. Take care. I’m glad it was helpful.

  • 06/23/2026 – AI Income Engine – Install a free AI Agent and own a real income asset pulling $5k – $10k a month, in just 7 days

    So, welcome to the AI Income Engine. Now, this is going to blow you away, but I want to tackle something really quickly. You’re already paying for the most powerful tools in history, and the problem is they are not paying you back. So, this free workshop, everything we’re going to be covering here is basically going to get you to build one real income asset with AI, and we’re going to cover that exact method live here. Now, you showed up live and that already pays off. See, I need you to write down this little code word. Put this on a piece of paper. You’re going to need this at the end of the webinar. And that keyword is ship. Keep it close. I’ll give you a link to claim a very special bonus and qualify for a bonus at the end. So, the first one is a free kickstart build kit. Uh so, as you’re here in the first 5 minutes, this is going to be yours at the end. So, it’s done for you Wayland blueprints that you can run uh the moment you open Wayland. And you know, if you’re not sure what Wayland is, you didn’t see that when you registered. Um we’ll talk about that more as we go through. Second, uh there’s a chance to win an hour with me one- on-one to consult, go through what you’re looking at, where your business is, and how AI can help you do more in that business. So, we’ll also help you build your money-making asset together. One winner drawn when the launch this week closes. So, let me ask you a question. If I could show you how to build a real sellable thing with AI, I mean something that will actually generate revenue and growth for your business. Uh a product service, an app or a book. It doesn’t matter if it’s a paid offer, a client service, a lead magnet, a little app, a book, could also be a full-on SAS platform, a content engine, a course or program, a newsletter. Well, this is what we’re talking about. And if you stick around to the end before we’re done, I’ll show you 1,300 of these real specific ones that you can actually build right now. Now, does that sound cool? Put one in the chat box if you’re interested because you can do all of this with no code, no team, no fortune, in days, not years, even if you’ve never built a thing before. And I’ll prove every word to you live right in front of you here today. So, would you be interested if we could do all of that? A simple yes or no in the chat box real quick. And I do like to keep this interactive. This is I’m not doing this for me. I’m doing this for you. So the more interactive you are with me, the absolute better. Okay. All right. Cool. And seeing the flood of yeses, that’s always cool. So you personally can build one real thing that makes you money with AI, even possibly today, not someday. And if you leave believing only one thing, leave with that. And stay to the end. And if you get even one light bulb moment, today was a win. Is that a deal? Okay. So, here’s the receipt, so to speak. Add up what you spend on AI every month. Now, answer one question just to yourself. You don’t have to type it in the chat box. Uh, has any of it actually built? What What has any of it actually built for you? And I don’t mean helped with. I don’t mean um, you know, it’s given you ideas. I mean, actually freaking well done, built, shipped, and put a dollar in your pocket. Now, this could be your chap GBT, your clauds, your midjourneys. you know, what have you, writing tool, whatever, the app you forgot you were even subscribed to. You see, the tools were never the problem. You’ve got a garage full of the best power tools ever made, ever made. What you were never handed is the blueprint and the foreman. And in about an hour, I’m going to close that gap here. Okay? Now, you don’t have an AI problem. You have an AI to income problem. Everybody’s got a chatbot they can open or something like that. No one’s got an engine actually running. Now, it’s not just you, okay? 95% of enterprise AI uh pilot programs return nothing to the business. Okay. Almost nobody changed how the work actually gets done. Only 21% of companies have actually redesigned the work that actually gets done around AI. And it’s getting worse, not better. Companies abandoning most of their AI initiatives right off the bat. That’s jumped from 17% to 42% in just one year. Now, here’s the thing. You and I have an advantage. The small and fast companies are beating big and slow. See, small firms are now leading big slow to move and adopt companies in nine out of 17 tracked AI use cases. Now, before I tell you a single thing about me, look at this. This is a real thing on the internet right now. And again, built in front of me. Now, hold this image. I’m going to prove every single pixel of what you can do with this uh as we go, but let me tell you where all this came from. Now, here’s what we’re going to do today. The method is free and it’s yours to keep. The proof, watch it, build something real, and the next step optional for people who want to do it with me. Okay, so this these are three of the things we’re going to cover today. But the quick quick question is a lot of people, you know, are probably thinking right now, is this for me? Well, here’s this for builders and operators who want to make a real thing, not just talk about it. People who are sick of the idea just sitting there, okay? It’s been in your head for months. Maybe you’ve tried a couple of times to get something going. Today, it gets built. And this is not for magic button seekers. If you want to press a button, make a million dollars by tomorrow, uh, this is not for you. If you want, you know, to make money while you sleep with zero work, this ain’t it. I’ll be straight with you. Okay. Now, I’m going to make you one big promise. I’m going to teach you the actual method, not a teaser. Before we go further, three things. Okay, we’ve got to get this straight. Three things. The people in this space won’t say these and are exactly the people you should close the tab on. So, disclaimer number one, this is not getrichqu. There’s no magic button. I’m handing you a method and a machine that does the heavy lifting, but you still point them at something and ship it. If you came for a magic button, leave. Let someone else in because we are almost at capacity and that’s fine. Okay? And you do so with my blessing and I wish you all the best. Okay? Disclaimer number two. Yes, there is an offer to continue this journey we start here today. You don’t need it to win today. See, at the end of this, there’s a paid master class where we build your thing together live through an entire week. Now, we’ll tell you about that later. You do not need to buy a single thing to get value today. The teaching is the teaching. The offer is the extra steps, the continuation of this journey. And number three, I make my money doing this, not just teaching. If you’ve seen anything about me, I mean, hell, you’ve seen Wayland. That’s me doing. If you’ve seen Flux Router, that’s me doing. If you’ve seen Wayland Core and any of the other stuff I do, any of the other programs and things I’ve done over 27 years, that’s me doing. I also just love to share what I do and how. So, I make my living building with this exact method. This entire workshop was built with the exact method and tool I’m teaching you today. All the pages you registered on the system I’m about to hand you access to, all of it. You’re sitting inside the proof right now. The entire website, the entire uh flow of software even built itself using the same principles. You’re living inside that proof. So, we’ll come back to that in a moment. But there’s three secrets, three shifts if you will, about where we’re going to really prove today uh for you. Now, secret number one is the vehicle. It’s not about the tools. It’s about commanding one agent. Secret number two is the edge. Being nontechnical is now your advantage, not your disqualifier. And secret number three is the proof. You don’t need money, time, or luck. You need one shipped asset. And that’s what we’re going to focus on. So, that’s the honesty. Now, let me tell you where this came from. I’m not an influencer. I’m not an AI bro. I’m an builder and an operator. The boring profitable kind. Software offers systems behind them. I’m a systems guy. Keep that lens on everything I say. Now, I hit the exact wall you hit. When the AI tools showed up, I did what you did. got excited, bought everything, then they lost the plot, confidently handed me garbage, and I spent more time fixing the AI’s mess than if I’d done it my bloody self. You see, the tools weren’t broken. They had no process and no manager. I was hiring brilliant freelancers with no brief, no order of operations, no quality check. So, I built one. Five steps. Plan it, cross audit the plan, build it, cross audit the build, then ship it. Okay? I run all my businesses on this method. Now, every page, every product, and I have no idea what you’ll build, anyone who tells you that they know is lying. Okay? So, what I can promise you is the method, and you’ll watch it work today. Now, you see, running the method by hand still meant babysitting a dozen tools all day. So, I built something to be the format. One agent that commands every other agent, every tool you already pay for, and you tell it what you want, and it drives the rest. and does the bloody work. That is Whand. This is what I handed you the moment you registered. Now, it’s really one agent commanding every agent, a foreman that runs the whole crew so you don’t have to. It doesn’t matter what you’re using, Claude Code, Gemini, Chatg GPT, Codeex, you know, uh, Hermes, Open Claw, or any of the other ones out there. Okay. Now, the depth behind the install. See, every one of these is a reason it keeps working for you long after day. It’s a self-evolving agent. Brilliant today, smarter tomorrow. It learns you how you work. Uh you can create projects so that everything is organized on your system right now. Your work organized, shared, ready to ship. On top of that, there’s over 73 pre-built assistants, all specialists in their own domains, actually useful and built to get stuff done. Over 176 pre-built workflows, ideas to outcome. This is what it’s designed to do. Take an idea, go through the workflow. It will automate as much of it as it can or work with you, whatever the workflow specifically needs until you get to an outcome ready to go. You can create schedule tasks. So, you set it once, let it run while you sleep. Over has actually 50 I’ve added uh 50 teams now, all specialists in their own um organization. You can create custom teams on demand, but these teams are already pre-built with the right assistants all ready to go to work together. And again, it’s like having a a company ready to go. In fact, we have a thing called standing companies which are pre-built companies which you can deploy and you’re ready to go and you can build your own obviously on the fly. has shared memory. So every system you have all remembers across whatever you’re doing. All your different agents can share that memory and over 2,200 pre-built skills that can load on demand in the system. And that’s the tip of the iceberg. We have so much you can connect your entire stack. So like you know for example Canva, Gmail, Workspace, Stripe, Slack, I mean whatever. Uh command it from anywhere. You can actually run this all from your phone, deploy it in the cloud, or like I was doing recently, 30,000 ft above uh the uh ocean heading to Japan. I was running and building stuff from my home desktop here in Bangkok while I was on the flame plane. All from my phone. Uh drive it from any channel. So, you know, WhatsApp, Discord, Slack, uh disciplined execution, any model on the fly. We have over 104 different providers we support for uh large language models. uh free hands-free voice local or cloud. If you run your own model, you can do that too. And yeah, you run it for free. Start in the cloud, run on local with some of the systems out there like O Lama, it’s all built for you. Okay, so my story first, the method is the part you keep forever, whether you ever touch my stuff or not. Okay, so you’ll see it do all of this live, but the the method comes first because that’s the part that stays yours forever. So, I’m going to give you five reasons building with AI is the best shot you ever had at success in life. Reason number one, the leverage flipped to your side. You see, one person with the right method can now do what used to take a whole team and a budget. And I actually did this uh just as a sidebar with one of the tools we built recently. I was like, “Okay, for how long this took to build, how long would it take a full dev team of senior developers and junior developers to take?” We did the work of a 20-man team that would have taken them two years and we did it in a week. That’s pretty bloody impressive. But that’s the power that is now in your hands. You just never had the foreman, like I said, to run them. These tools are the team. That’s why it matters. You are no longer outgunned. The little guy finally has the big guy’s firepower. Okay. Now, reason number two. You build an asset, not a hustle. So many people try and hustle and get crazy, but this isn’t trading hours for dollars. You build a thing once and it keeps working after you walk away from the desk. Hustles end the moment you stop. Assets don’t. So, you own it. It compounds and it outlives the effort you put in. Now, reason number three, almost no cost and very low risk to start. You see, you don’t need inventory, no staff, no office, no loans. Uh the tools are a few bucks a month and you already start pay, you know, paying for themselves right away. What are you really risking? A weekend of effort? I can’t think of another real business in history with downside this small. And this is why it matters. The downside is small. The upside is real. You just got to put in the effort. So no matter what you want to build, okay, this is the point. Most people think, oh well, if I’m working with AI and I have to build an asset, it has to be software. Okay, well doesn’t matter. If you want to build a SAS platform, you want to create a uh, you know, a lead genen or write a book, build a salesunnel, you know, whatever you want to do, the system is there to do it. Hell, I’m using this right now to write a whole lot of cyberpunk novels. That’s nothing to do with business. That’s just my fun project. But the whole point is that the tools here and everything we’re showing you right now is all at your fingertips. All you got to do is follow the process. Okay. So, the timing window is right now and it’s closing and small and fast, like I said, is beating big and slow. Small firm AI use is climbing while big firms use dipped. And small firms now, like I said, lead in about 17 uh half of the 17 track use cases. Now, two years from now, everybody on their dog is doing this. The people who win big are the ones who learn this method while it’s still early and rare. That’s today. The gap between people who can direct AI to build things and everybody else is the widest it will ever be. Okay, so that’s five reasons. So, that’s the why. Here’s the what. Let me teach you the whole method on one screen. So this is it. Plan cross audit build cross audit ship and that’s it. One loop a machine runs. Five steps. And I’m going to go through each step here. Okay. So here’s why AI always looks done before it actually bloody well is done. So there’s a gate after every step where it generates something. You cross audit twice. Now let me walk it. Now the first leg is plan, brainstorming, clarify, plan, refine. This is where most people never even start. They just get excited. And you’ve seen all these absolutely terrible online apps that say, “Oh, build this wonderful thing with just one sentence.” That is the biggest pile of bollocks I’ve ever heard in my life. Most of the biggest problems come from a lack of planning. And this is really where even if you make the best plans, there’s still gaps in everything you do. Now, planning, planning, planning. If there’s a old phrase, if you measure twice, cut once. It’s double-checking everything from this stage, thinking it through. The more you plan, the better the output will become. But most people, you know, don’t even get started. They jump in all excited straight to the build with no plan and then they wonder why it fails. Now this is very very important. This is mistake number one. We don’t skip it. We make the machine plan first. Brainstorm, clarify, drill down. This is so important as you’ll see in a minute. Now here’s the thing. We should get the machine to actually interrogate you to get the plan tight because here’s the thing. There’s going to be things you don’t know. maybe not have even thought about that you have blind you have blind spots on and this is very important. Next we cross audit the plan. Now a cross audit may it it can even be within one model but what I like to do is I like to get multiple models in on this. So, for example, if I’m building, say, with Claude, uh, Opus or something like that, I’ll actually tell it to audit the plan, looking for gaps or problems or issues, things that I don’t see, and I’ll also feed that into something like Chat GPT and Gemini. What this does is it eliminates blind spots, hallucinations, and they all confer. They all talk together and then at the end of the day, you have a plan because obviously one of them has to be the judge and say, “Okay, well that’s a hallucination. We all disagree on that.” Da da da da. But an adversarial audit, a panel of judges checking each other’s homework eliminates 99% of all problems and also looks at things differently than you do. And the good thing with Wayland is again it can handle all of that plus connect everything together so they can all talk through it on your behalf and come back to you with an even better plan fixing any problems or gaps or shortsighted holes that you may have missed. Happens to me all the time. You don’t know what you don’t know. And all of these AIs are well basically PhD level experts in pretty much every domain. Then and only then do we move on to building. The machine does the labor. You direct. Now the machine does the heavy lifting. You point it builds. You’re not typing. You’re steering. You are the coordinator of the effort. And then we cross audit the bill. We call it the no slop gate. AI always looks done before it’s actually done. So after the build, the machine has to prove its own work against the plan before it’s allowed to move on. And we can bring in, as I say, multiple AIs to do that. And we do that once after the plan and again after the build. This gate catches the slot before it ships. The holes, the gaps, the security problems, the uh leaks, if you will, everything else, performance, resilience, whatever you’re doing. Now again, I’m using a software terms there, but think about it if it’s a book. Think about it. If you are writing a book to give away, you want to cross audit to make sure all the stuff is accurate, factual, that the diagrams, if you’re using them, work or what have you. Um, if you’re creating a website, making sure everything is good and works, there’s no broken links, yada yada yada, whatever that looks like. And if you’re not sure what that cross audit should look like, ask the bloody machine and it will tell you what it needs to check for in that regard. And then, and only then, once you’ve maybe done even two or three iterations of that, are you ready to ship? You see, never ship stuff that you haven’t double checked all the way through. And I guarant freaking tea, if you do this, if you go through this entire process, when you get to a final product, it will be infinitely better than if you just try to do it from scratch or like some of those [  ] things, one sentence and you’re done. You know, go up to a website, say, I want to build my own custom Netflix. And that’s the only information you give it. What do you expect to come out the other end? Okay. So yeah, this is why we do this. And for any project, if it was content creation, if it was I wanted 200 blog posts, you know, I’m going to go through this process for everything. Whand was built on this principle. Flux Router was built on this principle. You see, today what we’re doing today is just part one. You’re getting the whole method, not a preview. You walk out with this method and a plan started. Now, part two is simply where we build yours together. You see, here’s the problem. Quick recognition check, if you will. Think about the last time AI let you down on something real. You see, no plan, so it wandered off the rails. No quality gate, you know? Uh, it’s so it handed you [  ] to be honest. No ship, so it never got finished. You see, here’s the thing. Secret number one, if you will. It’s not about using AI tools. It’s about commanding them. One agent. So 90% right, then 3 hours finding the last 10% was garbage. And you couldn’t even tell which 10% that was not an AI problem. That’s a no quality gate problem right there. All right, enough theory. Just let me show you right now in front of you. I’m going to build a real working thing in three moves. Plan it, build it, ship it. And I’m not going to use some toy example. I’m actually going to solve the exact thing most of you walked in here stuck on and this is going to be very powerful. Now, full transparency, this part is not live. I pre-recorded it and I sped through the boring parts. Nobody wants to watch a generation bar crawl for an hour. So, it’s mind-numbing. We don’t want to do that, especially given the time crunch we have here. So, everything you’re about to see is real. I just fast forwarded through what uh so you can see what the actual work was and everything else. So, here’s what we’re going to do. So, we’re going to have a little bit of fun with this and I’m actually going to build something that’s going to be useful to you. Had this idea and I was thinking, okay, what will we do as a demo? But here’s the thing. People’s number one problem isn’t motivations, is they don’t know what to build. So, I’m going to build an answer uh live right now and I’m going to start the way you should with everything else. Now, here’s the thing. I’ve got a whole lot of tools I can use here. I can just start with a chat. I can use any one of the available assistants to think. I could say for example in this case I’m going to create a little micro app. So I could use any one of the uh dev ops or front-end dev or I could write a book or you know I could do like a special report or a giveaway or a product launch. There’s all sorts of things here. I’m not going to use any of these. Uh I could also create a project. So create your first project and we’ll call it build it. And I could give it a description about what we’re going to do. Choose a folder. Continue. draft instructions with AI and prompt it and get everything sighted up. I’m just going to create the base project here. Come into it and projects have all of the chats associated. All of the files that are created go in here. Uh I can create reference material if I want to drop in. So if I was writing a book, one of the things I’m doing right now, I’m writing a series of books, uh business books and everything else. Guess what? They’re all under each book is under its own project. That’s a great way to start. You can also use workflows which are pre-done uh setups uh with steps and you can create your own workflow uh automatically create we can create a team uh to create uh whatever we want. So again these are all individual like we have assistants imagine a team of assistants each one with their own skills building whatever I want. We’re not going to get into that. We’re going to keep it simple for right now because well for what we’re about to do it can be pretty simple. So, what I’m going to do is I’m going to put in a prompt and it’s going to be as simple as this. I’m going to use uh Whan core. I’m going to set everything on autopilot because again, my system is pretty good. And uh yeah, I I don’t have to go through a trust gate every time. Although again, you can run that whatever way you want. And I’m going to use flux auto as the model. So, it automatically picks the smart. So, it’s going to pick the best model to do the best job at the best price. And basically, the prompt is this. I want to build a giveaway web app for my audience. Their biggest problem is they don’t know what to build to make money with AI. I want a searchable library of real specific income ideas that they can build with an AI. Each one with a real playbook and the exact prompts to start. I don’t exactly know what that will look like yet. So, brainstorm with me. Ask me what you need to nail the plan and then give me the plan. Now, I’m going to hit the button. I’m going to let it do it and then I’m going to fast forward all the way to the end because we don’t need to go through all the rest of it. You just need to see it in effect. So that’s going to go. Let’s fast forward.

    All right. So here’s the thing. Just to recap what it did. It needed eight inputs. I gave it quick reply. Done. It created it. Also made recommendations. And here’s the plan. Now I have some ideas. I can go through this, decide what I want to do, how I like the idea, if it’s generated any ideas. And that’s it. Planned. I can go back now and I can reframe the plan. I can come back with any ideas, any suggestions. I can expand upon this and I’m I’ve already got an idea. I’ve already got a refined plan. So, you just watched the plan leg of the loop. Brainstorm, clarify, plan from I wouldn’t say a vague sentence. I had a good idea of what I was doing, but you can see it wasn’t that fleshed out. I wanted to seed the idea and then build from there by answering questions and going through that loop. Now, here’s the thing, and I want you to sit with this for a second. That person, me, didn’t write a line of anything. I just answered questions from a seed idea like a normal person having a conversation. Now, hold that thought because in a few moments, I’m going to come back to exactly what that means for you, especially if the word technical makes you nervous. Now, everyone can generate. Almost nobody can ship. The difference is the one step everyone skips. So, we’re going to do a cross audit gate.

    Okay. So to do a cross audit, it’s very very simple. I want to do an adversarial cross audit of this plan. I want to check for gaps, improvements, opportunities, problems. I want to anticipate anything from a flow perspective that would be a problem. Now I voice dictated that just for speed, but this is the thing. Now again you can also see say something like using other uh platforms like global code or Gemini or chat GPT of this player. This way I can get three different AIS or in this case four and say okay well what is available to me again this is actually has a system built in which we call JFW which means it just [ __ ] works. Um but this will allow it to spin up and have a look and say okay let’s get them all in on the action. So just going to hit that and again fast forward and we’re done. So here’s what it is. I created a cross audit file here an adversarial audit of your current plan. Let’s have a look at it. You can see it’s created it here and it’s made suggestions called da da da da pressure tested execute core things blah blah blah blah blah. Okay. And I would read through this agree with what I want monetization. So it went even deeper. So apply that to the plan. So we have a full build plan that we can execute. Done. So I’ll fast forward through that and we have a final plan.

    And so here we go. It’s created version two of the master plan. All good to go. It’s actually built a very extensive plan. Now, obviously, I’m speeding through this. I need to actually read it, but uh yeah, it’s actually got a full checklist. It’s got prompts. It’s got everything we need to actually build it. So, we are good to go. So, let me name what you just saw. That was the cross audit. And it’s the the gate, the no slop gate that makes AI output actually trustworthy. It helps eliminate hallucinations. It allows you to cross reference it with multiple AIs checking each other’s work. And that’s very powerful. It removes all the BS that potentially sleeps in there that you didn’t know about. This is the step that makes AI output trustworthy. Uh you’ll never get that just poking at a chatbot. It refuses to hand you garbage if you make other AIs check each other’s work. That’s why what comes out the other end is actually shippable. Now, the slot problem is real. The thing that’s burned you every time. And it’s a solved problem now. And the tool is real. And being non-technical is now an advantage, not a disqualifier. Your brain just said, “Maybe it’s not for me.” Maybe you believe the tool’s real now. And right now, that wall went up in your head. So, let me knock that down. I used to think uh the moat was knowing how to build. I spent years learning how to build by hand. And I thought that was the skill. I was wrong, especially in this day and age. Someone, a good friend of mine who’s never written a line of code, never produced an asset, never produced a product, a course, or anything else, sat down and shipped a working asset before I had even finished my coffee. And we were just at a coffee shop. I was showing them, gave them an install, let them play with it while I was ordering my coffee, and boom. They just flipped the laptop around, showed me what they built and what have you. Boom. And I was so impressed, even though I know what it’s capable of. They pointed way as an idea and was done before I’d even caught up. Now, the people drowning in how are the slowest. The ones who just say what clearly are the ones that win. The skill was never typing. The skill is knowing what you want and saying it plainly. See, no bad habits to unlearn here. You’re the director. Wayand is the crew. This is why you don’t need to be overly, I would say, you know, developer orientated or anything like that. You see, here’s the thing. You’re not in here there arguing with Wayland about something that should be built. You tell it what you want. It handles the how. Okay, that’s the whole point. The plumber doesn’t lay every pipe by hand anymore. He directs the crew. You tell what you and what. Like I said, it handles the how. Non-technical means zero bad habits to unlearn. Don’t know what to build? Good. The method finds it with you. You bring you don’t bring the idea. That’s why step one of the loop is the brainstorm and clarification. The method does the hardest part helping you decide. Remember the demo vague idea to a concrete plan just like that just by answering a few questions. Now stop thinking about my example. What is your example? What would help you where you are right now? What’s the first thing that comes in into your head? The author you’ve been sat on, the tool in your niche uh that they would pay for the book. The method runs what you put in. And right now, I’m sure in your head, you’re already picking it right now in your head. That’s where it all happens. That’s not an accident. That think of today as part one. You’re already at day zero with a target. See, non-technical isn’t your disqualifier. It’s your head start. You don’t need to be technical. You don’t even need to arrive at an idea. This is where the brainstorm and the planning kicks in. The method finds it with you. Now, secret number three is external. You don’t need money, time or luck. You need one shipped asset. Now, there are four external objections and they all come under one flag of the world won’t let me. So, let’s go through them one at a time. The first one is no time. Okay, the world won’t let me because I have no time. Well, it’s a loop, not a marathon. You ship one asset. The master class is 7 days because that’s all it takes. And Wayland does the hours, not you. This is the important thing. No money. Well, you already pay for the tools sitting unused in your browser tabs. Wayand is the one agent that finally puts them to work. You’re not buying more tools. You’re using the ones you have. You have no audience. That’s the thing. One world won’t let me cuz I have no audience. The asset is how you build one. The asset is how you sell or the thing that gets you clients or the lead magnet that builds the audience that that you don’t have yet. The world won’t let me because I’m too late. Well, this is the opposite. You’re early to the part where regular people can actually do it. 6 months ago, this stuff took a developer. today. It takes a director and a desktop app, which you already have, and the window is open right now, and you’re standing right in it. You see, I blows my mind how few people are actually getting results with AI, getting the focus to do what it needs to take. You’re early to the party. Non-technical people can actually do it. The tools only got better this year. And that’s why I built Whand. That’s why we you we use this in our team. Okay, this the origin story of Wayland was we used this to wrangle everything together that was AI into one simple system. And that’s why we built this. Then we polished it and thought, hey, everyone else could benefit from this as well, which is why we then spent the next few months optimizing this and making it ready for you. And now that’s what you have right now. You’re standing right in it. Don’t blink. So now it’s time to ship the part where it becomes real. You’ve seen the plan, the brainstorm, the cross audit. You’ve seen the build and the cross audit. Well, now it’s time to put it out there. Let me show you the last leg and then I’m going to show you something that changes how you see this entire whole workshop. And now comes the fun part. We’re actually going to build and ship this. So we’re going to do a build, cross audit, and then ship it. I’m going to do that real quick. very similar to what we just did. I’m going to tell it to build from the plan. Then I’m going to tell it to All right, that’s great. Cross audit and then we’re going to build it. So, we’ll do that real quick. All right, following the master plan, I not only want you to build it, but I want you to generate 500 to a,000, even 2,000 ideas. See what you can do and let’s go build it in detail aligned with the session, the notes, the plan. And I wanted high quality output based on that. And I want it to look like a premium product. All right. So we are done. And what I did here again just going through all this. I won’t go through all the code it generated and a couple of mockups that were generated. Let me just show you. I went through a couple of times of design styles. So you can see actual previews here and then it just got better uh mocked up. I just wanted to get a design style in play and then got demo playbooks and stuff like that. So, I went through a couple of iterations until it came up with the full freaking app right here, which uh doesn’t preview here. So, I’m just going to open it up in a system app. And here we go. Wayand. What can you build with Wayland? So, actually, you know what? I’m just going to do this. Yeah, there we go. incognito mode. So you can see the email gate and let’s just do sean at some.com. It actually has validation. So let’s unlock the list. This email domain card. So okay, let’s just do uh one of my throwaway ones. Okay. Boomki. There we are. Here’s the app. And let’s just say what can you build with Wayland? Okay. So now we’ve got all these demos, all these different things. Let’s just say uh micro SAS. Okay, cuz we got 1,389 uh suggestions, 17 industries. Let’s have a look. See? Whoops. No, let’s do micro. There we go. Here’s a micro SAS idea. There we go. Medium barrier. A week or two. Blah blah blah. You could probably do it quicker. Uh breaks it down into who, what, why, where, when. There’s your prompts again. Easy copy. Easy copy. There you go. There’s all the stuff you need. Copy the first build prompt and open it and build it. There you go. Now, admittedly, that took about 2 hours of building. Uh, I went back and forth a couple of times. What I should have done honestly is in the plan stage, done the full mockup and build and everything else, but this was just a play demo. So, I did that after the fact during the build. Couple of cross audits. Same kind of same kind of process, you know, boom, can you do it? Can you do this? Reverse audit. Um, you know, I would like to look for gaps, problems, challenge that process. And now we’re done. And we have a full app ready to roll. That’s the power of this process. And now it’s ready for me to throw up on a server and I’m shipped and I’m good. So there you go. That’s it. Built. And here’s the thing. You’re standing inside the proof right now. For example, the entire sales page that brought you here, the registration page and everything else built by Wayland. The bundle and everything else that we’re going to be talking about in a few moments, built by Wayland. The community, the Discord community that goes with Wayland itself, built by Wayland. The install flow, everything you saw that got you here, even Wayland itself was built by Wayland. Can you believe that? It built itself. When we said it’s self-evolving, we actually really meant it. And now, here’s the other thing. this thing that you’re seeing right now, this presentation built by Whand. And here’s the thing, I’m not using PowerPoint. I honestly it one of the biggest things that takes me months is to build a proper PowerPoint presentation when I’m doing these master classes and I hate it. So, I got Wayland to build it for me. But not only that, the software itself that’s under the hood. Watch this. This is the system. I actually built the entire slide deck and the PowerPoint system. In fact, here I even built a presenter view so I can actually present this to you. Watch this. I mean, just to What the hell slide was I on? Okay, I was on 8 slide 84 here. I even built cuz I wanted to do drawing tools. This is all built by Wayland. I will never use PowerPoint again. I didn’t make a single bloody slide here. This was all created by Wayland. So, you’ve seen what Wayland can do. Let me put that back to full screen here. Yeah, this is all done in a browser. By the way, this is this entire presentation is just running as one master HTML file. Even these little particle effects that you’re seeing floating up the screen. Again, can’t do this stuff in PowerPoint. This blew me away. I actually built this entire bloody thing in an afternoon, including the slide deck that goes with it. So, you’ve seen what Wayan did. Now, let me show you what’s inside it. It built, like I said, everything, the demos, the slides, everything you’ve just seen, but there’s so much more to it. So, feature one, for example, it is the core system itself. It’s a self-evolving agent. Control any agent you already have, one unified interface. It’s bloody powerful. So, you can also do projects, which we gave you a sneak peek of, organize your work across any agent, shared project memory, upload files and references, actually get [  ] done. uh 73 assistants are actually useful built to like I said get [  ] done. I tend to say that a lot but 73 pre-trained agents all with their own skills create your own in clicks. You’ve got the quick launch bar which sits on your desktop for the ones you use most. And it’s even got a co-work mode so it can work with your desktop and your computer and everything else. You got 176 workflows from idea to actual outcome. They can work with you or work for you or work autonomously. Uh, it’s very bloody powerful. Schedule tasks so you can set up repeated tasks just by asking. Schedule anything you need. Run real recurring work. Keep awake so even when you’re um walking away from your computer and everything else, boom, it’s in the background doing its thing. So, it’s real hands-off and autopilot. Actually, 50 teams in the just the last couple of days. I added a whole load more teams. So, whole load of self assembling specialists all working together. Your agents working together. uh all working from shared tasks and blackboards and everything else. I won’t go nerdy there. Uh shared memory so everything is remembered across sessions across projects and even you know if you have claude or chat GPT working together on your machine with codecs they all can talk to each other and remember everything between sessions. Over 2200 skills experts on demand all autoloaded when needed and everything else that Wayan does. You know, like we said earlier, so that is Whand, the engine that does the work. And the proof isn’t a dollar figure. It’s a shipped asset. Now, your circumstances aren’t the disqualified that you thought. The method removes that exa the exact things you were missing. So, money, time, team, audience, timing. You have what you actually need, a thing you want and a tool that actually ships it. So, here’s what our beta testers said. real beta testers. You know, I thought, you know, again, Marcus, I thought every AI course out there, you know, bought every single one and by Wednesday had a real live capture page with my name on it. The first time AI actually finished something instead of leaving me with 20 tabs. And you know, Jennifer, not technical, got she got an offer page up uh that she was about to build for two years, which I thought was great. I know that story. Well, the deadline is the whole thing. 5 days live, no escape. I shipped the content engine for my coaching business and landed the first client off of it the following week. That’s David and so many more. I mean, you know, again, I what clicked for me was the cross audit, you know, and uh came in with no idea of what to build. By the end of day one, I had a money map plan. That’s perfect. By day three, it was live. And I got a folder full of halfbuilt someday projects. Now, actually started get, you know, get me moving between sessions. This is what it’s all about. So, that’s the whole method, not a teaser. the actual bloody thing. Plan, build, ship, and you get cross audit twice. Once after the build, once again after, well, after the plan, then after the build. All of it. Now, I told you I’d teach you the real method, and I did. Now, you could take all of this and go build it by yourself, right? Yes, absolutely you can. Honestly, yeah, some of you will, and that’s I genuinely cheer for you. So, the no slop gate catches the machine’s mistakes. It can’t catch your plan pointed at the wrong bloody thing. See, that demo took me 20 minutes because I’ve run this loop hundreds of times. Your first loop alone with nobody to catch the wrong plan before you spend the week building it, that’s where three weeks disappear into the ether. See, knowing how to swim and having a coach in the water on your first open water mile, those are two very different things. So, that’s the whole method and the honest wall of doing it alone, which is exactly why I built a master class that’s going to start on Monday to actually do it with you. Remember what I asked you at the very start? I said I’d show you how to build a real sellable thing with AI with no code, no team, no fortune in days, not years, even possibly done by today, not someday. And that I prove every word live. Well, you didn’t just hear it, you actually watch me do it. The funnel you came through, the demos, this whole presentation, the software driving this presentation, even Wayland itself was built by Wayland. All built with the engine live. That was part one. The proof is real. Now, part two is the part you came for. How do you do it? So, let me show you exactly how to do it yourself. Now, you can build one real income asset with AI starting right now. Maybe even done by next week. Maybe even done even sooner. You know the method now. What you don’t have is me looking at your plan with you, helping you build the plan, build the idea while you build the real thing with Wayland. You know, the thing is like Sean, could I do this with you? My actual asset built live this week. Well, absolutely. Yeah. That’s why I built it. So, let me show you. So, I built this master class and it starts Monday and we go for an entire week with you and we’re going to kick ass all the way through. Watching me build mine is one thing. The thing that actually changes your life is building yours. So, that’s what the next seven days are going to be for. Now, quick quick heads up. This isn’t going to be for everyone, okay? It’s a live build week with a hard cap on seats because I only have so much bandwidth and I want to make sure everyone has my personal time and attention so we can focus on you and your uh business, your assets, your plans, your builds, everything else because I’m actually in there with you every step of the way. And if you want, of course, to binge and never open, well, it’s the wrong thing. Keep your money. This is a live masterass. So this is the AI income engine masterass. Seven days together, plan together, build together, ship together. You walk out having built one real income asset with AI with Wayland. Well, by the end of the week or the end of the month, depending on how deep a product it is. Remember, I called today part one because part two is just you hitting go with me next to you starting Monday at 11:00 a.m. with session one. Now you’ve got the method, you’ve got your asset picked, and this is something I’ll talk about in a moment. So you’re at day zero with a plan in your hand. This is what we’re going to do. So this is the week that drags a finished asset out of you. Plan, cross, audit the plan, build, cross audit the build, ship, and the same five-step method you watch day run across the week. Every day exists to push you one step closer to life. So 7 days, one shipped asset, no way out. So, day one is plan. Day two build. Day three ship. Day four what’s next? The most important day of all. Day five is a live Q&A with me. Day six is what we call operators hour. Day seven is when we end the masterass. Everything shuts down and we move on. So, let me go through each one in detail. Day one plan then cross audit the plan. We plan your asset together live. You walk in with a candidate. You walk out with a plan that we have cross audited before anything even starts. You bring an idea, even a half-formed one, leave with a clarified build ready plan. We run the no slop gate on the plan first and then we’re ready for day two, which is build. We point Wayland at your plan. Wayan does the hours, not you. You bring your decisions. It brings the work. Day three is we cross audit the build, then ship. We run a second cross audit on what we built. Then we get your thing live, actually put it together. a real URL, a real outcome, a real asset. So, like I say, we cross audit the build before it goes out, a real thing on the internet that you built, whatever that may look like. And like I said, this is kind of like dopamine day in many ways. Then the most important day, this is the day the whole week pays off into a path forward. We turn the one thing you shipped into a repeatable income engine and map out the next 30 days so the momentum doesn’t die when the live energy does. The shift from I built one thing to I run engines. Your shipped asset becomes a repeatable income engine. A clear 30-day map forward so you never drift back to zero. Now, here’s the flip side of this. I’ll just keep doing this myself now, one engine at a time. Well, that’s the plan you’ll write in your head the second the first thing goes live. And it’s the plan that quietly puts you right back where you started. Let me show you why and what beats it. One asset is a win. a repeatable engine and it can be life-changing. Most people who learn this build exactly one thing, feel proud and stop. The operators do something different. They turn that one thing into a pattern they can run on purpose, then point it at the next opportunity and the next and repeat the same method, new target. That’s the whole gap between a good week and a different year. So, shipped asset, repeatable income engine two, three, and onwards and upwards. So, this is built around the asset you ship this week. Not a generic template. Turns the now what into a dated 30-day path you can follow on autopilot. Yours free, included in the live week. No upsell required to use it. So, day four closes with a gate. And I want to be careful how I say this because it matters. I’m qualifying you for commitment. And I ask three questions out loud. Question one, the ship gate. Okay. Did you actually ship by day three or are you on a real honest track to ship by the end of the masterass on Sunday? Gate two, the time gate. Will you commit about 4 hours a week for the next 60 days? The buyer gate. Do you have one buyer in mind right now by name? You see, this is what it’s all about at the end of the day. Then day five is the Q&A, the ask Shan anything. Your specific roadblocks solved live, not generic. yours. Bring the thing you’re stuck on. We unstick it on the call. And then day six, which is the 4th of July. So for my American brothers and sisters, it may be a little bit of a challenge, but hey, this one’s kind of a a free run, if you will. And you’ll see behind the curtain on how I actually run this across my business, the stuff I don’t share in the slides. I can’t share in the slides. Uh how the method runs in the real world, the operator view, not the highlight reel. And then day seven is the last day. It’s when everything closes down. We’re done with the week of the master class. We’ll celebrate what shipped. Crown the week’s winners from the prize pool. Yes, I’m actually going to put up $1,000 of my own money to help you kickstart everything off with whatever you want to do. And we’re going to be judging those who shipped. Who shipped the best thing for the week and a few other different ways of doing it. So, lock it in. Ship anything still open. Plan the next one. We celebrate what the room actually shipped. We announce the week’s winners from the prize pool and we are rocking and rolling. So then we tie off your asset and leave with momentum, not a finish line because the end of the week is the start of the future. Now it’s built so you can’t not ship. Okay? See what that structure does? Every day pushes you one step closer to life. That’s the whole point. Now everyone who joins this week is a charter member of launch one. And this is the first version. Your founding price is locked. the lowest it’ll ever be. Every class after launch one will pay more, but you got here first. You’re the founding class. So, this is not for you if you want magic buttons and zero effort. So, if you’re thinking about, hey, I want to be a millionaire by dawn and all that [  ] This is not for you. You know, the magic button seekers who want money for nothing. This is for people who with something they’ve been meaning to build or want to build or need to build. It is for people who are sick of the idea of just sitting there. Now, if that’s you, lean in. Let me build the pile. So, here’s what we’re going to do. I’m going to stoke the fire here. Here’s everything you’re getting. And let me build the pile. Like I said, watch the number in the corner. We’re going to add up every single piece and then show you the price next to that number. So, 5 days live training with me. So, you’re going to build along in real time. Daily action plans plus hands-on coaching with me in the room live on your build, not a moderator. You always know the next move and I unstick you live. Okay, the no slop gate run twice and everything else specifically for you and your plan. So, what you put out is business grade. You’re a charter member. Founding price is locked in and the lowest it’ll ever be, plus six more pieces in your seat, each real deliverable, and I’m going to show you every single one. So, the value so far, $1,294. Now, you also get access for the entire week to the Forge community, a private room of AI builders where everything operates. Okay, the operators in the cohort actually shipping with you, not a dead Facebook group or some [  ] like that. You’ll be able to get answers between sessions. Help each other out. Also get advice from me, my team. Get unstuck, keep moving. You never build alone during this week. And the momentum room for the build week is very, very powerful. It carries you through to Sunday. Then we ship. Then the live room closes. Once this masterass is done, boom, everything shuts down. So that’s a value of 297 for the week. Then on top of that, every session we do, you’ll get session session transcripts. Search it, skim it, reuse it. Every session written up, copy the exact prompts and steps. Your build playbook in text. You also get detailed cliff notes and guides. Everything we do, if I find an opportunity to do a cheat sheet or a quick brief version and cliff notes from that, there’s your quick reference guides. Everything pulled down, broken down, find what you need fast, hand it to your future self. That’s valued at $97. On top of that, like I said, the live ask me anything bonus session, which is day five. That is very powerful. This is like having me on tap. That sounds actually a little bit weird. Let me rephrase that. I’m there with you every step of the way. And I you can throw me any curveball you like. I’ve never been stumped yet. So fire question any question at me live on the call. Get your specific blocker solved in the room. No ticket cue, just real answers direct in real time. And then we also give you a spouse or partner seat. So bring your plus one. We even have people bring kids to learn this stuff and that’s very very valuable. So if you’ve got a plus one that you want to bring then hey great build it together. two heads, one shipped asset, split the work, double the momentum. And that, you know, the person who doubted it watches it go live as well. And you know what I’m saying right there. So that’s a value of 197 on top of that. So far, the grand total is 2376 when you bring in the 24 hours access to the replays. Miss a session, no problem. The replays will be up for 24 hours, so you can pick it up before the next session. Never fall behind. If you miss a session, catch the replay. You’re all cool. Stay on pace even when life gets in the way. And this is your safety net. That’s valued at 197. So, and and a little thing and I thought about this is that little app we built earlier on. Guess what? It’s yours when you join. And everything else, you get access to this 1,389 income ideas. Everyone with the full playbook and the exact prompts to build it. Yours the second you join. So, and the engine that does all of it, well, that’s yours free. You already have it. But you can see how much value is in that alone. Now, we’re going to show you how to get the most out of it. So, $2,376 worth of gear and training, 5 days plus daily coaching, six more pieces in your seat, and again, make sure you finish and keep going. That value is real, and it’s big. What comes next is going to feel almost unfair in your favor. So, I’m not charging $2,376. Not even close. Here’s what we’re doing. Go to the aiincome engine.com/join. Lock in your seat. It’s only $47.47

    bloody. The charter member price for launch one. It will never be this low again. Now, here’s the thing. Three reasons, honest reasons. It’s $47. One, it’s launch one. I want founding members, not maximum margin. I could easily charge 10 times this. You’ve seen what we’re doing here. But this is launch one. This is the starting point for me. I have some big plans and you’re going to be the first ones in the door being well basically my future success stories. I make my money doing this. Okay? You’ve seen what I’ve built and everything else. Not just teaching. So I don’t need to gouge a course like I see a lot of people do. I’d rather have a room full of people who shipped than a handful of people who paid a fortune. Your win is my future marketing. Like I said, this is launch one. I’ll do many launches in the future. The only thing I ask from you is at the end of this, give me a testimonial. Okay, that that’s my reward right there. Give me a case study, a testimonial, a success story. That helps me in the future. That’s why we’re doing this so cost-ffectively. So, and of course, the engine is yours to keep regardless. Okay? I just want to be very clear on that. That’s unconditional. When I say you keep Wayland, I mean it. The app’s yours, not crippled. No trial that dies. You install it. you keep building with it as long as the work, you know, long after the workshop ends. Okay, so get started. Go to the aiincome engine.com/join. Link should be in the chat so you can click it and where where you are now and where you’ll be after this masterass. Look, Sunday night before Halfu ideas, where you are probably right now, Halfuilt Ideas, you know, you’re spending whatever on AI every month that’s never paid off. You know, look from your spouse at another one, right? Uh, I’ve been there. You may be very capable, but you’re behind and quietly furious at the things you have not been able to do yet. And nothing real with your name on it. However, after this week, one real income asset live and public, the engine from your desktop, one outcome, a page to show your spouse, your name on it, your identity back, you run the engine, and the method to do it again with number two, number three, and so on and so forth. So for $47, here is the entire stack. The 7 days live with me. Build along 90 minutes a day. One real income asset ship by day three. Whand set up when you join. Yours to keep my proven build method walk through live. A match starter blueprint or bring your own. An idea to asset planner the second you join. Daily live Q&A. And we’re doing a build derby. and I’m putting $1,000 of my own money at the end of it for I would say the best project at the end of the week. Charter member status plus founder pricing for life. The Forge community and that is our uh private Facebook group and 24-hour replay access so you never miss a thing. Okay, that’s a total value of $2376 today. Just $47. Go to the aiincome engine.comjoin and get started. Now, this is just the starting point. We do have a few optional extras and the path beyond this is entirely up to you. So, we got three optional ways to go further. You do not need any of these to win at the $47 price point. Okay? But for the people who already know they want more than their first asset, here’s what’s on the menu. Okay? So, optional upgrade number one, the red carpet. This upgrade lets you own the live week for 30 days for the replays uh instead of just attending it cuz for the base program, you’ve got replays for 24 hours. If you want to go beyond that again, then you get the red carpet. Okay? You get what we call the operator’s vault. The exact Whan command recipes I build with prompt packs and asset templates ready to load. Steal the system and skip the trial and error. the 30-day momentum map included a day-by-day plan for the uh month after the live week so you can ship engine number two while the method is still hot. Uh it turns I built one into a habit plan and build cross audits live with me in the room. In fact, here’s the thing I’m going to do after each session. You get access to a extended session live with me and this is where we’ll review the day with you live. Okay, so I need to hammer this one home. After every single session, we’ll do an extended session, just you, me, and a select few red carpet people, and we’ll go through what you’re building, where you are, what you’re doing. And this is more intimate. It’s a little more of a meeting than a uh uh class, so to speak, and we’ll be able to go, you can unmute yourself. We can ask questions. You can ask me questions. Very, very valuable. That’s worth $996. On top of that, you have the inner circle. This includes the engine blueprint library included, done for you blueprint, so you can always know what to build next in any niche. This goes way beyond uh the little planner I gave you earlier on. A niche to engine selector. Now, this is very important. It takes your niche and points you at the best engine personalized for that particular niche. So, you go from what do I build to this onein minutes system. So the picker is uh for the free build list you already have and then lifetime access to all the trainings plus two advanced trainings. The second engine and the repeat system templatize and batch. So each new engine takes hours not days. And then the 30-day inner circle room for every future training free for life. Buy once and keep getting more forever. The win doesn’t expire Sunday night. Plus, you get lifetime access to all of the trainings that we do that week, and that’s all of yours. So, that stacks on top of everything else, including the red carpet. That’s a value of $5,051 in total. And then we have the forge. Now, the forge, this one is, how do I describe this? What we do in a week, we are only skimming the surface. I want to share the best of the best, but only with a handful. So, this is a full one-day intensive where I build one complete bigger income asset with you. I like to call these anchor assets and each one of your smaller assets can feed into this. This can be the central pillar of your entire bloody business. This is what I do. You can consider Wayland, which was a mammoth task. Don’t get me wrong. It’s way beyond, but this is an anchor asset. Now, I’m giving it away for free, obviously, but there’s other things that I do as anchor assets. And all of my little assets, all of my little income generators, all of my lead generators, they feed into these. So, I’m going to break down how I do this. How I build six, seven, and even eight figure businesses doing exactly this. How I transform struggling businesses into income generators at a higher level with one anchor asset. This is where we hit the anvil hard. So, all done with you inside a single day. The whole day of my time building one strategy with you end to end. My hands on your build the entire way. Not a course, not a call I watch from. Okay, this is we’re building anchor assets. So, we lock in your strategy first before the day even starts using the niche to engine selector plus a blueprint to pick the single highest leverage build. So, the day itself is all about building. Okay. Now, it may take you longer than the day to build it because like anchor assets, they could be intensive, but consider what we do before this, the trial run, the practices. It’s the once you get an idea of the flow and you’re ready to build an anchor asset. These are the ones that create fortunes. And it’s a different animal. It really is. But this is where we get into it. So the full session recording as well, yours for life, plus priority access and charter member founder pricing locked in because even beyond this, we got something that we’ll discuss only live on this call. I’m not talking about it here. I can’t talk about it here, but there is obviously something a little bit bigger even beyond this and I have to keep that private. So only discuss that in this session. So that’s valued at $1,791. So, the total so far, $6,842 in value. Add the whole machine up. Honestly, that’s Yeah, like I said, $6,842. So, that’s $2376 for the core program, the red carpet, the inner circle, the forge. Each piece is something I would sell on its own. So, you’re already in. I know you decided you want to do this. That’s fine. But here’s the smarter way in. See, door A is the easy yes. $47 and you’re already in. Door B is the upgrade. The complete bundle $4.97 everything at once. The bundle real win isn’t even in the money. It’s that you start complete instead of stopping to make four more buying decisions in the middle. You can take path A. You can pick which upgrades you want. That’s fine. Or the easy button, so to speak, is get bloody everything. $4.97 for the complete bundle. You get the masterass, all three upgrades. You can pay $4.97 or you can split it into 297. Uh, so 297 today, 297 in a month. Start complete. No more four decisions to make. It’s the better door and you can rock and roll. So go to the aiincome engine.com/join. Let’s get you started. Now, one scoop at a time is 838. Let me just really hammer this down. You see, if you bought each upgrade individually, the total price of each one, if you buy, if you start from $4.97 and buy each one, that’s $838 in total. That’s why I did the bundle. The bundle actually saves you a bloody fortune right off the bat. You save over $341. So, today or a month from now, same you, one decision apart. The gap isn’t talent or money. It’s one decision and one focused week. Go to the aiincome engine.com/join and get started. See, right now the idea is still in your head where it’s lived for months. Tools open, nothing shipped telling yourself someday or I’ll finish that tomorrow. See, 30 days from now you’ll have a real thing, maybe one, maybe two, maybe more that you built an asset with your name on it and proof that you could do this again. So go to the aiincome engine.com/join. And like I say, if you change nothing, nothing will change. Aren’t you tired of staying exactly where you bloody are? How many times have you said, “Well, maybe you’ve gone and bought lots of different things, but never actually been able to apply them, never actually be able to get started. You’ve seen what we’ve done today. Hell, I built an entire app for you in minutes. And that’s going to help you pick from over 1,300 ideas that you can start building as soon as the master class starts or customize an idea for your specific needs. But if you change nothing, nothing will change. Wherever you are right now, it’s not a good place to be. That’s why you’re here. You’re looking for a solution. You’re looking for options. looking for a way to actually apply and get [ __ ] done. That’s what I’m here to help you with. That’s why you need to go and get started right now. The aiincome engine.com/join. There are limited seats for this. And once we’re full, the door closes. If you go there and it says sold out, it’s too late. Someone else has got your seat. That’s it. So, an expense leaves. This is something I I teach my trading students. An expense leaves. an investment stays and works. Most people spend more than $47 this week on stuff they won’t even remember by Friday. This is the one purchase that comes home with an asset attached. So, let me give you a little bit of a promise, my little guarantee, if you will. The show up and ship promise. This is a live training with a real seat you’re taking off the weight list. So, all sales are final. Okay, here’s what I do stand behind them. do the work that week and you walk out with a real live income generating asset or I’ll personally cross audit with you and get you on the way or I personally cross audit your build with you on the closing call until it’s right and either way 47 or 497 you keep Wayland door A or door B go to the aiincome engine.com/join click the link in the chat you should see that and rock and All right. So, picture Friday of our build week. Think about it. Start the week with an idea. By Friday, the room’s buzzing. People are dropping links to what they’ve already shipped. One of those links is yours. You hit deploy and you can sit back and watch other people cheer you on. You made that.

    And I can’t tell you how powerful that moment is, especially when it becomes just your first one. Then you do it again and do it again and do it again until you become a master of the process. The whole second you join, the whole system unlocks itself. There’s no waiting on me, no check your email in 3 to 5 days. You connect once and the whole machine lights up. And that automation, well, yes, built by Whan 2, but you’re not buying a course that sits in a folder. You’re stepping into a machine that’s already running. And between now when you join and the start of the masterass, which is Monday the 29th at 11:00 a.m. for session one, you can start planning what you’re going to build. Hell, you can even make a leap forward if you want to applying and starting. But the whole point of this is I don’t want you sat idle. I want you starting planning maybe one, two, three assets. I want you to start brainstorming what you need in your business. What could help you? what problems you’re solving. All of that work will turbocharge everything we do when we hit the ground running in the master class. Now, I’ve got your seat here and I know you’re going to join. That’s great and it’s fantastic and I really want to be there when you ship your first asset. I want to cheer you on and make sure that you’re rocking and rolling. But again, you’re standing inside the proof right now that it works. You’ve seen what we’ve done just here today. So go connect it. Go to the aiincome engine.com/join. Let’s get you started. Join. Connect on Discord. Everything unlocks. So the reason people don’t act isn’t the $47. When you think about it, for everything we’re talking about here. It’s no [  ] brainer to be honest. Excuse my accent in French. But it’s the quiet fear that they’ll buy it and still not finish. That’s exactly why it’s live and we ship together in one week instead of a course to die in your downloads folder somewhere. That’s what this is all about. So again, like I said, there are limited seats and as you can imagine, there’s a lot of people signing up for this program. I can only do well, I think it’s 500 is the Zoom limit. I have to think about that for a second, but I think it’s 500 is total number of people we can have in this. But once we filled that up, and we will fill it up, then there’s no way in. And I don’t want that to be you. Okay? So if not this, then what? And if not now, then when? Someday has a graveyard, and it’s full of assets that never got built. The masterass starts Monday, June 29th, 11:00 a.m. Now is on the table. Someday isn’t a date. Make now the day. Go to the aiincome engine.com/join and let’s get you started. Now, I won’t fake pressure you. The real facts are stronger. The doors close Sunday, midnight, Eastern. Simple as that. Because we start the next day. We do have a hard gap of 500 seats so I can give you real time focus attention and again I want to make sure everyone in there has the resources and you know access to everything we’re doing but also like I said it’s a hard constraint of Zoom that’s why that number is real and if this bills before Sunday like I said the doors close early the masterass starts Monday June 29th 11:00 a.m. And it’s actually 7 days. Uh, every bonus, nothing hidden. $2,376 of value for 47 if you choose door A or the whole machine is worth $6,842. So you can start complete for $4.97 or two payments of $297. Save $341 on that. You don’t need more time. You need a system that needs less of it. That’s exactly why seven focused days with Wayland doing the heavy lifting instead of a 40-hour course, you’ll never bloody start. So, build anything that makes money does not mean write code. I want to hammer this home. A lot of people think, “Oh, well, if I’m using AI to do this or it has to be a it has to be code, it has to be this.” You watch the demo. I instructed Wayland in plain English and drove the tools that did the work. It means point the machine and steer. You cannot waste the week on the wrong thing. So day one, we clarify down to the one thing that actually ships. Then we cross audit that plan together before a single line gets built. The wrong turn gets caught on paper, not after you’ve burned the week. So pick your door, get started. Either the $47 or the full bundle. Go to the aiincome engine.com/join. Get started and let’s get you planning in advance what you want to build on Monday. Okay. Now, if $497 is tight this month, then take door A seriously. I’d rather have you in the room at $47 than on the sidelines. And so, again, door A is the masterass. And then you can choose and pick and choose any upgrade you want. You don’t have to choose a single bloody one if you do not want to get in and start building. Add a scoop when you’re ready. Okay. Then, if you want to like, you know what, really, I would really like the whole enchilada. Actually, scoop, let’s use the ice cream metaphor. You want you want the whole bowl of ice cream. And personally, that would be my choice because I like ice cream and I want to mix and match. I like a little bit of everything. So, you get every upgrade, every bonus or if you want to split it up, two payments of $297 and you’ll save $341. So, go to the aiincome engine.com/join. And there’s three questions, one at a time. If you said yes three times, you already know the answer. Do you believe you could build something real with the system you just watched? Yes or no? Would me and a group of builders live for seven days make you more likely to actually finish? Yes or no? And is getting started worth $47? Yeah, I think you know the answer. And if you’re still thinking, what specifically are you waiting to find out whether you’ll show up? You will. It’s live. Whether it works, just watched it work. Whether it’s worth $47, it’s $47. I think the thinking’s done. Go to the aiincome engine.com. Go save your seat and let’s get you bloody started. Two ways to feel in a week. One, you joined, you’re building, you’re in the room. Two, you didn’t. You’re watching other people drop their links wishing you jumped in. One of those is a $47 regret you can erase right now. The other you can’t get back because seats will be gone. So, who is this really for? Well, if that’s you, what I’m about to talk about, then this was built for you and I’d be glad to have you. The person tired of the idea of just sitting there. The person who doesn’t want another course, they want a result and who will give seven days to finally ship a thing. Listen, we’re right close to the end now. It’s time to decide. Go to the aiincome engine.com/join. Pick door A, the masterclass at $47 and get started. or doorb the bundle $4.97 or two payments of $297 you get everything start complete save $341 either one do it now before the page closes on Sunday okay now joining is the easy part here’s the whole flow land on start here soon as you purchased there’s a little start here uh page that helps you get set up make sure that you’ve got whand installed if you haven’t done it already make sure that you got everything taken care of connects you up to the community. So, you’ll connect Discord. Uh the rooms and bonuses all unlocked. They’re all delivered in Discord. You grab Whan from the install page. I’ll show you as well. And then you show up Monday ready to build. I’m not disappearing after you buy as well. I’m in the room from the very start. It’s live. It’s me. 7 days. When you ship your thing, I’m going to see it. And that’s why seats are capped. If you’ve been waiting for permission, here it is. Come build with me and let’s finally get you moving forward. Now, there is no next week for this launch. There’s now. Doors close Sunday at midnight. Only 500 people total. And if it if you go there and it says sold out, well, sorry, you were too late. You dragged your heels. We start Monday, June 29th. Either way, there is no later. So, go to the aiincome engine.com/join. And that’s everything. No more pitch, just the door. And it’s an open just for now. Okay. 497 door a get started. Pick your upgrades if you want to or the full bundle. Get everything we’ve talked about. The red carpet, the inner circle, the forge one day anchor asset builder. There’s so much going up, but I’m going to give you the whole bloody lot. So, if you got a question, now is the time to ask it. This is where I’ll I’ll take a few moments here, and I want if you’ve got and the people I want to hear from are the people who are on the fence. They’re just on the edge of pressing that button to join, but they got a question. So, I’m I’m gonna take a few moments here and ask. And uh All right. So, drop your questions in the box and I’m going to keep this page up while we talk. All right. Soda’s got a question here. It’s the first one uh I see flagged here. Is this what’s the catch with Whan? Why is it free? Well, here’s the thing. uh it’s open source and that is I’m a very big advocate for the open source community and this is tool like I said that we built ourselves uh for me and my team which helped us run our software development our research lab I actually have a full AI research lab um we do a lot with cognitive research uh some all sorts of ideas I’ve got stacks and stacks of notebooks and ideas I’ve built over the years uh wrote down so I pick through those and think about what ideas would be able to be Um, we build systems. We build We actually do a lot with Okay, I’m trying I’m trying not to nerd out. I realize I’m uh we do a lot. We build a lot. We research a lot. So, we built this tool for ourselves. And I thought, well, you know what? This would be really good to solve a lot of the problems I see out there, which is exactly what we’re doing in this master class. People who try and do things, but they never ship. They never get stuff out there. And when they do, oh, [  ] me. It’s terrible. It’s all broken as [  ] insecure breaks. I’ve been doing this a long dirty time. So, that’s that’s one of the core reasons. Now, in the future, uh we may do a pro version, which is a like a hosted version cuz you can deploy this in the cloud, by the way. Um I didn’t want to nerd out on that in this uh webinar here because we’ve only got a short time, but we may do a hosted version and we’ll add some extra functions and features into that version. I mean, that’s still on the the the road map. Uh, we’re considering doing that, but for now, I just wanted to give the tool out. Now, it’s in beta. It’s I would say it’s not uh bug free or anything like that, and I don’t think anything ever truly is. I’ve been doing this for 27 years, software development. Nothing is ever truly bugree, but the community helps me make this better. So, uh, and one thing is someone says, “What if we find problems?” and some couple of other people said they found a couple of little things that they’re confused on or they’re not sure if it’s a bug. There’s actually a report bug reporting system right in uh the system and you can click on that submit a bug and then our team will pick it up and we’ve actually got an entire flow for that. So uh if if you find a bug yeah let us know. Uh actually uh Amad here is asking a question. Can I connect to this on my phone? Can I run it on my phone? It doesn’t install on your phone. It’s a desktop app or it can be deployed in the cloud. But we do have a feature in there where it’s called web UI and all you do is you can install it on the cloud or on your desktop. You uh turn on the web UI, scan a code like a little QR code and you can run it right from there. We use a system called tail scale uh well one I recommend which is a secure tunnel. You can connect your phone to your computer, scan that code, and it loads up in your phone. And then, I mean, I was developing a tool using Wayland at 30,000 ft, flying to Japan recently, and I built the entire tool from my cell phone with Wayland on my desktop back home. I thought that was pretty [  ] cool. I was very happy with that. And uh uh Okay, so another question here. I’m just looking through. And by the way, some of these I’m not going to be able to get to every single question here, but like I said, the the uh questions from people who primarily want to uh join and are on that sticking point. So, okay. Uh is there a paid support option? No, this is open source software. Um we don’t Okay, we don’t do tech support in the group. I just want to be very clear on that. If you’ve got a problem, you got a bug, like I said, submit it through uh GitHub. That’s how we handle that. But of course, you know, we want to make sure you’re up and running and rolling, and that’s the whole point of this. So, yeah, you’re all cool on that, but there’s not a paid support option. Okay. And uh Okay, so next question here. Does this only work on Mac or does it work on PC? Yeah, it works on everything. Uh we work on Intel Macs, Silicon Maxs, we also work on Windows, uh also work on Linux as well for my fellow nerds out there. Uh so yeah, we it is very bloody powerful. Okay, another question here. Uh, can I upgrade from the 497 to the full bundle? That’s up to you. Uh, if if you already bought the 497 or sorry, the the 47 option and you want to upgrade to the 497, well, refund one, purchase on the other. Okay, we’ll take care of that. That’s fine if that’s your reason. Like I said, there’s no refunds, but for that, we can take care of that. Okay, that’s not a problem. Okay, another question here. Is Whan locked? Uh, can we only build one asset? No, you can do whatever the hell you want. I’m actually Okay, so okay, here’s the thing. Wayand, I can build anything. And I do build anything. I’m right now I’m using it to write a series of cyberpunk books. I’m using it to write some uh an actual uh non-fiction book. I’m using it to build websites. I use it to build Well, you you’ve seen I’ve used it to build uh software. I’ve used it to build the entire salesunnel. All of the presentation here is built between me and uh Wayland and we started off with the frameworks. I I fed it a existing uh webinar of mine and then we reframed it, reworked it as uh again Wayland acting as a team uh with a team of copywriters, a team of designers and you know what? If I had paid a studio to do this, it would have cost me like $2 to $5,000 to get this done. I did it in an afternoon with me and Wayland and a few ideas. Now I went back and forth because I wanted to change words here, change phrases, change like the flow, dictate what needs to more emphasis. And again, this is where as you have experience, you’re the director. Okay, that’s how you get this done. But the whole thing is you can build freaking anything. All you’ve got to do is define the tasks, define the processes, and then get it done. Um, okay. So, there’s a question here. Uh, do I have a few a full video course on using Wayand like actually like a YouTube channel? No, not yet. The reason being is we only opened the doors and we only opened the doors on this. Whand released it to the public a couple of weeks ago and we did it as a very what we call a soft launch. And the reason for that is I wanted to get it out there to see people break it because we we’ve been building this for months and months to make it publicly available so to speak. And I wanted to find all of the the biggest problems first. Okay? And then once it goes out the public, public will find things that you never expected. And they did. And we’ve spent the last 2 weeks hammering out any problems or issues that we can. And I’m sure there’s still going to be a few in there just like every other piece of software out there that newly launches and what have you. I wanted to get that done before we did this masterass so I can give it to you. Okay, that’s that’s one of the big differences. This is also planning ahead and being smart. So the what was I going to say there? So I haven’t done the oh yeah the the videos. Haven’t done videos yet because I want to get a few more steps ahead before I do that. But the main thing is it’s very intuitive. That’s the whole point of this. And by the way, we do have very extensive docs on the Get Wayland website with a lot of tutorials, a lot of how-tos and things like that. But the best way oftent times is just get stuck in. Now we will we are planning on doing videos later. But remember, this isn’t a commercial per se product. It’s commercial grade. It’s very secure. It’s built with that in mind. But, uh, you know, all the video tutorials, honestly, just go press some buttons. It’s all sandboxed anyway. Uh, so you can, you can just play around with it. Try and build something. Just play around with it. See, walk through a couple of things. Press some buttons. No harm, no foul. That’s good fun. Often times, that’s also the best way to discover. But later on, yeah, we’re going to build out some uh videos and how-tos and walking through features. But yeah, honestly, best way to do it. So, there you go, ladies and gentlemen. Go to the aiincome engine.com/join. Go get started right now. And before you claim before you go, claim your gifts. We did say if you got the code at the very beginning, then you got a couple of gifts you can go pick up. And if you go to the aiincome engine.com/kit and enter your code word ship, that unlocks the build kit, which is your quick start kit. And a chance, one person is going to get a private hour with me to help build their engine live. Every live attendee is entered automatically. One will one winner gets a full hour building with me. You know what? I’m going to expand it. I’m going to make it two hours drawn when the launch closes. Go jump there real quick. the AI income engine.com/kit. Enter the keyword ship. You’re good to go. But to actually join the masterclass, go to the aiincome engine.com/join. Get started. I’ll see you on day one. Let’s go build something real. All right, with that being said, ladies and gentlemen, I appreciate your time and attention. We’re going to wrap it up right there. Thank you so much. Go get started. Either door A, door B, whichever one suits you best. and I’m looking forward to seeing you getting started and help you get your first income asset built. All right, thank you so much. Take care. We’ll see you there. Now, I’m going to stay on for a few moments, see if I can answer as many questions as possible. But again, that time is ticking. That countdown is going. Let’s get you started.

  • 最新發現:地球原來真是一座監獄!

    思绪飞扬,朋友们好。今天我们来聊一个很玄奇的传说:地球是一个监狱,也是一处宇宙流放地。请问它的目的是什么呢?

    2024年的一天,普林斯顿大学的天体物理学家皮萨尼正在实验室里用计算机分析模拟宇宙,他的双眼紧盯着屏幕,准确地说是虚拟现实头盔里的屏幕。而屏幕上抓住他眼球的不是那些点缀着星光的彩色光带,而是光带之间的黑黢黢的空洞,又叫做巨洞。这个巨洞叫做KBC空洞,是2013年由发现它的三个科学家的首字母来命名的。

    这是目前发现的最大的宇宙空洞。空洞的意思就是空无一物,没有任何物质,它的直径超过了20亿光年。一光年大约是9.46万亿公里,是地球到太阳距离的63000倍。地球所在的银河系就位于宇宙空洞的中心处,所以它又叫做本地空洞;而银河系所在的庞大本地星系群拉尼亚凯亚超星系团也在这个空洞之中。

    皮萨尼发现,我们地球所在的这个超星系团看起来就像是一座孤岛,孤零零地屹立在一片黑暗的海洋中。这样的孤岛图景,不禁让人联想到大西洋当中的圣赫勒拿岛。它距离非洲西海岸大约1900公里,距离美洲东海岸大约3400公里,孤悬大洋,前不着村、后不着店。19世纪初,法兰西第一帝国皇帝拿破仑在滑铁卢战败之后,反法同盟为他所物色的最佳流放地,就是这个圣赫勒拿岛。各国君主都希望这个可怕的家伙从此消失在我们的视线之外,永远不要在欧洲大陆再出现。事实证明这个流放地没选错,拿破仑在岛上生活了六年就去世了。大西洋上的这座孤岛圣赫勒拿岛是葡萄牙航海家在1502年发现的,1659年之后它成为了英国的殖民地,直到20世纪初,圣赫勒拿岛仍然是大英帝国的囚犯流放地。

    如果把大西洋看作是宇宙KBC空洞,那么地球所在的拉尼亚凯亚超星系团就像是圣赫勒拿岛了。圣赫勒拿岛原本是一座监狱,是囚犯的流放地,这就不由得让人产生联想:地球会不会也是宇宙生命的流放地呢?要回答这个问题,我们得先从一奇人和他的一本惊世奇书说起。

    1828年6月5日,一个叫纽伯勒的人出生在了美国俄亥俄州莫西坎维尔附近的一间小木屋里。他的父亲老纽伯勒是英国人,曾经就读于威廉玛丽学院,是受过近代科学教育的人,所以老纽伯勒对于什么灵界、神界是不放在心上的,认为那都是无稽之谈,不靠谱。纽伯勒的母亲伊丽莎白是瑞士人,和她先生不同,伊丽莎白不仅信神,而且对灵界的存在深信不疑。

    小纽伯勒深受母亲的影响,对灵界的存在也非常相信,而且还能够不时地看到和听到。他有的时侯也会和父亲分享自己看到的灵界事物、听到的灵界声音或者接收到的灵界信息。老爹每次听完之后都会毫不客气地修理小纽伯勒,因为他认为信这些东西是没有出息的,必须借着严厉的教训儿子,让他明白得好好读书才行。小纽伯勒因此就没少挨揍。随着年龄的增长,他也就不再和父亲交流灵界的感受了。

    小纽伯勒按照父亲为他设计的人生路线,考入了辛辛那提医学院的牙科专业。牙医是很赚钱的职业,老爸见儿子出息了,也就放下了心。小纽伯勒医学院毕业后,先在俄亥俄州的戴顿开了诊所,然后又去了辛辛那提,之后又去了纽约,事业做得红红火火。他在技术方面颇有天赋,搞出了一种新型合成材料,是做假牙板的好材料。当时假牙板的材料是被固特异橡胶公司所垄断的,纽伯勒的新材料质量好、价格又便宜,于是让固特异橡胶公司非常紧张。公司就把纽伯勒告上了法庭,说他盗版侵权。法庭判决的结果是纽伯勒胜诉。从此以后,纽伯勒哪怕只靠这个新材料,都能够赚得盆满钵满。

    但是,虽然事业有成,纽伯勒从小和灵界的沟通却其实一直持续着,并没有因为父亲的严厉而中断,也没有因为事业的发展而终止。就在和固特异橡胶公司的官司终审判决的那天早晨,纽伯勒和一位神灵沟通上了。这位神灵过去也经常和他联系。神灵告诉纽伯勒,未来他应该致力于灵性方面的工作,物质世界不是他的重心。然而纽伯勒当时并不能理解神灵的意思,所以仍然是一边做牙医,一边推广他的新材料。

    纽伯勒的母亲过世比较早,老爸独居,所以纽伯勒会不时地去探望一下老爸。有一天他老爸突然对他说,其实他自己也会偶尔听到纽伯勒过世母亲的声音。老爸说现在他才明白,原来灵界真的存在,自己因为以前不信灵界,对小纽伯勒非常严苛,现在真的很后悔。老爸叮嘱小纽伯勒,如果他还能接收到来自灵界的信息,那他就应该好好研究一下。

    纽伯勒紧紧握住了老爹的手,父子俩在这个问题上多年的隔阂瞬间消失无踪。从此之后,纽伯勒开始大量接触关于灵界的著作。他也经常咨询那位联系他的神灵,自己如何才能更好地和灵界生命沟通呢?那位神灵建议他要放淡对物质的欲望。纽伯勒乖乖照做了。不久以后,果然纽伯勒就可以沟通灵界了。他接受到神灵的指示,让他写一本书。

    书的写作方式也很特别,并不需要他自己构思。他只需要去写,每天写完之后就放在一边,第二天接着写,不去看也不去读,直到得到新的指示为止。于是纽伯勒开始写作了。他每天早晨去诊所之前都要写上半个小时。他通常拿好纸笔,当一束光照亮他笔头的时候,他就能感受到写作的冲动,然后他就在纸上刷刷刷地一口气写下大量内容。

    不到两年时间,一部两百多万字的巨著就写出来了。当全部工作完成以后,神灵才指示纽伯勒:你可以去读一下自己写下的内容了。纽伯勒于是兴致勃勃地回头去看,这一读他就停不下来了。他突然发现自己代笔写下的这本巨著,居然堪与历史上的神圣之作相比肩。1882年,纽伯勒出版了自己记录下的大作,书名叫做《奥斯佩》(Oahspe)。这个词的意思是天空、大地和精神。大地也代表物质和肉体吗?换句话说,奥斯佩就是一切物质世界和精神世界的知识总和。你听这个书的名头确实很大,但是纽伯勒说他并不是宗教书籍,也不是科学书籍,而是一部历史,也是一部预言。它记载的历史跨越了八万年的时间,超越了人类任何历史记录;它记载的预言,纽伯勒说也会在将来某个时间兑现。

    最奇特的是,纽伯勒说书的作者其实并不是他自己。是谁呢?是创世主。他只不过是一位书写员罢了。书中提到的八万年地球历史,也不是简单的人类文明历史,而是揭示了地球孤岛的来历,以及创造这孤岛的缘由。

    接下来让我们介绍一下这本奇书的大致内容。书的第一部分叫做《创世主之书》。书中的创世主有很多名字,比如伟大的神灵、沃玛自得等等。书中有很多名词听起来很怪,比如“沃玛自得”就是它来自于人类不曾使用过的语言,有可能是史前文明的语言,或者是天上的语言,只能够音译。

    创世主说他在造人之后,让人给他一个称谓,人于是按照创世主的意愿,用风吹过的名字给了他一个名字叫做“文乎”,后来演变成耶和华。创世主又说他为人类创造了一个宇宙结构,由三个部分组成,他也让人来给他们命名。人于是把这三个境界分别叫做物质界、氛围界和以太界。

    物质界是人类生活的可见环境,包括大地和地上的一切生物。氛围界和以太界是眼睛看不见的。创世主说他要让看不见的境界管理看得见的境界。人们所说的天使、灵界生命都生活在看不见的境界当中,也就是在氛围界和以太界当中。这两个境界在书中也常常被合称为“ES”。所以奥斯佩所揭示的宇宙结构也是三界。

    物质界就相当于佛教当中所说的欲界比较低的那一部分;氛围界就相当于佛教中的欲界天和色界那一部分;而以太界就相当于是无色界。创世主又说他用旋风之力,在中间的这一大层氛围界又分出了三个境界,从下往上分别叫做“内布拉”、“吉爱”和“阿吉”,也全都是人类不曾使用过的语言,只能够音译。顺便插一句,道家的太极图案、佛家的万字符号都是螺旋状;银河系和已经观测到的星系大约有60%也都是旋涡状星系,只是旋涡的形态各有不同。那这和奥斯佩当中所说的创世主以旋风之力创造宇宙非常类似。在这部奇书诞生之前,还没有这些观测宇宙的发现。奥斯佩书中说,人们所认为的天堂就在氛围界和以太界之中,也就是三界的高两层。管理人类和物质的神灵们也都居住在以太界之中,而人们所说的地狱其实是在氛围界内。

    人类在物质身体死亡之后,不朽的灵就会离开躯体,它们和天使并没有差别。这些不朽的灵会根据它们一生当中的所识、所想、所做、所言,决定它们未来去到哪里。它们有可能立刻回归物质界再次做人;也有可能升入氛围界做天使;当然也可能进入氛围界中的地狱和恶灵为伍。他们当中很少的一部分可以直接进入以太界,成为那里的高阶天使。创世主说天使有不同的层次,能力也不同,而且即便是一个人类认为的神,也有不同的能力和层次。

    而且最重要的是,创世主开创三界是为了给堕落天使们一个生存的环境,在这里他们可以学习修炼回升,是为了达到这样一个目的。打个比方,天使从某个宇宙世界被移送到地球生活,就像反法同盟把拿破仑从欧洲流放到圣赫勒拿岛。不同的是,宇宙生命被流放到孤岛,并不是为了永远禁锢这些生命,而是为他们创造一个可以回升的环境。这个环境和他们降级之后的振动频率相匹配,所以他们可以在地球的环境中有滋有味地生活,有苦有乐,有悲有喜。

    所以奥斯佩中所记载的创世三境界——物质界、氛围界和以太界,它们所组成的这个宇宙区域整体上是一个精心设计过的宇宙区域。奥斯佩中所记载的最接近人类世界的天使和佛教中欲界六天的天人们非常相像,它们也有七情六欲,只是和人类比,对物质更为淡薄。可见三界这种宇宙构造在东西方的文化里有共同认知。

    奥斯佩里的创世主又揭示说,人类认为的神其实层次相差很大。三界中最高的管理者确实叫做神(God)或者女神(Goddess),他们各自执掌一方天地,有众多个位阶不同的天使协助他们管理。神们在以太界通常有自己的天国城市,有自己的王座,也有自己的管理委员会。他们在那里代表创世主管理众天使和一方人类。神之下还有“主”(Lord),神委托他们直接帮助人类管理大地上的事务。这些“主”们常常直接操心人类的事情,他们是创世主所委任的最低级别的神灵。这些神和主们在三界内执行任务的时间,按地球的时间来算,一般在200年至1000年,最多不会超过3000年。当创世主发出一种特殊的光叫做“丹”扫过地球的时候,神和主们的任期就结束了,他们就会离开三界。

    离任的神和主们会进入创世主的以太王国。虽然也叫以太,但是那些地方远比三界中的以太更为神圣。创世主会派出自己以太王国的神和主们去迎接那些卸任的、来自三界的“神”和“主”们圆满回归。他们的智慧已经在物质、氛围、以太这三界当中得到了锤炼,生命变得更为纯净,已经有资格晋升到更高的境界,所以创世主才派三界外的大神来迎接他们。然而在一般情况下,三界外的生命是不能够随便进入三界的,三界内的生命也出不去,这就更加凸显了这座宇宙孤岛的特殊性。

    同时,创世主会从三界之外委派新的大神进入三界。这些大神又会组建新的天国,选择他们之下新的“主”们,重新组建新的三界管理委员会。这些新的“主”和管理委员会的成员们,通常又是从物质界经过锤炼晋升上来的天使们,他们也是在智慧和能力上不断提升,才能够胜任这项任务的。在神和主们的之下还有不同层级的天使,数量多到无法计量。人们最常谈到的一种天使叫做守护天使,那这里我们就简单介绍一下奇书《奥斯佩》解释这些守护天使往往来自于物质界。他们通常曾经是人类,因为具备善良、有责任心等等美德,死后升入氛围界成为天使。他们往往很关心自己曾经的同类——人类,所以非常愿意做人的守护者,也能够尽心尽力,做的效果不错。但是他们无法成为更高阶的天使,因为他们不知道还有更高级别的天堂存在。除了守护天使,人们还常常听到大天使,大天使的级别很高,仅仅低于神和主。他们通常管理以太界的一个较大区域,对应着地球上的一个地区或者一个民族。他们也是离人很近,常常和“主”们一起倾听人类的声音,帮助人类。天使的级别和种类还有非常多,这里就不一一罗列了。奇书《奥斯佩》中还谈到人类世界也是周期性的,大周期里嵌套着小周期,文明循环也是这样往复不断。而人类被流放到地球,大约是从八万年前开始。

    《奥斯佩》里所提到的三界这个宇宙构造,其实能够很好地解答外星人之谜——著名的费米悖论。这个悖论是著名的物理学家费米提出来的,所以以他的名字命名。

    话说明1950年夏季的一天,美国的洛斯阿拉莫斯国家实验室正在举行午餐会。餐会上四位物理学家聊性震憾,他们大聊UFO传闻以及超光速旅行的可行性。费米就是其中的一员。他们无意间聊到了《纽约客》杂志上的一幅漫画,漫画中的外星人兴高采烈地从飞碟中走出来,手里拎着一个从纽约街头偷来的垃圾桶。这个时候,费米突然发问:“外星人都到哪去了呢?”意思是既然外星人或者外星文明遍布宇宙,我们怎么从来都没看到过他们呢?甚至连他们发射的信号,我们都探测不到。外星文明存在的概率很高很高,按理说我们应该非常容易碰到外星人,然而事实上,不仅我们从来没有碰到过他们,甚至连他们存在的证据都很难拿到。那这不就自相矛盾了吗?这就构成了悖论。科学家们为了解答这个悖论,提出了各种各样的假说。

    一种叫做“地球稀有说”,这种假说认为像地球这样的适合高级智慧生命的星球在宇宙中极为罕见,地球甚至很可能是宇宙中的唯一,所以人类也是全宇宙唯一的高级生命,压根就没有外星人的存在。

    第二种解释叫做“大过滤器假说”。这种假说认为宇宙中文明的发展可能存在着一些无法逾越的障碍,绝大多数文明都没有办法超越。简单的说就是,宇宙中有人也有外星人,但是大家的技术相对于这个辽阔的宇宙来讲都还是太落后了,就像宇宙中的原始人。原始人没有办法跨越大洋,所以所有星球上的人也没有办法跨越星际间的辽阔空间,因此大家就看不到彼此的存在了。

    第三种解释比较谦虚,叫做“人类技术极限论”。意思是外星人的技术不知道比我们高了多少倍,他们的通信方式是我们现在落后的技术无法探知的,所以我们既不能探测到,也不能够接触到比我们更高级的文明。

    第四种假说则是建立在第三种之上的,叫做“不干涉说”。意思是外星的先进文明有意避免和我们人类这种低端文明直接接触,原因可能是出于尊重,也可能是为了避免冲突,或者是其他某种我们不知道的理由。

    各路专家拿着这四种解释争争吵吵了几十年,谁也说服不了谁。而《奥斯佩》中讲到地球周边的环境是特殊创造出来的孤立体系,就是有意不让你接触到宇宙的别的部分,那这个说法就很好地解释了费米悖论。因为按照这个说法,人类曾经生活在宇宙不同的世界,后来他们变坏了,就被流放到地球来学习锻炼。地球生命原本来自于高层世界,有很大的能力,但为了达到学习锻炼的目的,在流放地就被抹去了以前的记忆,拿掉了以前的能力。那当然也就无法再接触高于人的生命了。在这里,人类在苦中学习提高,等到创世主打造地球王国的那一天,他们就可以学成回归了。为了这个目的,宇宙中的其他生命,包括外星人都不能够随便和人类接触,但是他们都在密切关注着人类。

    为了避免不知情的高层生命误闯地球所在的宇宙孤岛,按照《奥斯佩》书中所以,创世主做了许许多多精密的安排,而其中某些安排现代科学家也可以略窥一二。

    故事开头讲到天体物理学家皮萨尼专注于KBC宇宙空洞的研究。他发现空洞内部有两种力量发挥着决定性作用:一个是引力,来自于一个叫巨引元的构造,它位于拉尼亚凯亚超星系团的中心,它的质量是银河系的数万倍,距离我们地球1.5亿到2.5亿光年。但同时,KBC空洞内部还存在着一个巨大的排斥力,它来自于银河系附近的一个排斥力中心,在2017年首次被探测到。它看起来像是一个巨大的虚空,但是产生着巨大的排斥力。巨引元和排斥力中心,一个吸引,一个排斥,保证了KBC空洞始终处于膨胀之中,从而也就保证了地球周边的构造始终是一个宇宙孤岛。外面的东西够不着也进不来,里面的东西也始终跑不出去。

    皮萨尼认为地球所存在的宇宙空洞里暗能量很可能有异常,所以导致了排斥力和宇宙其他地方不同。他正在致力于了解这种不同的背后原因到底是什么。不过他对于什么时候能够得到答案很不乐观。所谓暗能量是现代宇宙模型当中最重要的组成因素,它在宇宙能量中的占比大约是68.3%。皮萨尼推测的暗能量异常,也表示地球孤岛的确很特殊,有许许多多还不为我们所知的复杂构造,让它和宇宙的其他地方不同。

    按照奇书《奥斯佩》所说,到现在为止,人类从宇宙某处被流放到地球来学习提升已经过了八万年了。能不能学成归去,就看各位自己了。人类不是只在这里蹲监狱,而是生活且领悟着,有苦有乐,有目的也有意义。奥斯佩又提到,人类的文明在创世主的指引下,从最初的蒙昧状态,到有了语言、文字、音乐和美术,乃至今天非常复杂的文化现象。人们在任何文明表现的背后,都能够体悟创世主的存在,处处皆是修炼。当创世主降临地球的那一天,他们就有机会得到救助,回到自己的世界了。

    那么好,今天的故事就分享到这,谢谢大家。如果您觉得今天的话题或者咱们这个频道有意思的话,就请关注一下,下回更新不迷路。散会!

    生在流放地,长在流放地,就不知道美好世界是啥样了。

  • How I Built a Self Improving Polymarket Copy Trading Bot – Hermes Tutorial

    I’ve built hundreds of Poly Market trading bots. But the easiest bot to build is actually [music] not a prediction bot. It’s a copy trading bot. But the version I want to teach you how to build here today does not just find a whale and blindly follow whatever they do [music] because that breaks too fast. A wallet can show massive profit and still be a terrible copy target. Maybe all the profit came from one lucky trade or a few lucky trades. Maybe the wallet is only good in one category. Maybe the markets are too illquid. Maybe by the time you [music] see the trade, the price has already moved way too far. So this bot starts one step earlier because before it copies trades, it finds [music] the wallets worth copying. It pulls the Poly Market leaderboard, scans the top 500 wallets, studies the last 30 days, scores each buy ROI, consistency, and copyability. Then it trades the best signals [music] with simulated $5 to $20 positions. The whole thing runs through Hermes agent and the performance shows up in a dashboard inside [music] of my own mission control. Hermes scans the leaderboard, updates the wallet profiles, watches new trades, and basically runs [music] almost everything for us, and then sends us an end of day report. Look, I’ve had strategies make me thousands a month, and I’ve had strategies lose me thousands [music] a month. By the end of this video, you should have yourself a strategy that improves with time on its own without you having to do anything but monitor it every once in a while. If you keep watching this video till the end, I’ll also be giving you the full prompt to build out everything I’m about [music] to outline in this video. So, this is not just a trading bot. It’s a copy trading research [music] system that has to prove the edge before it earns autonomy. And the first problem is not how to place trades. The first problem is figuring out who is actually worth copying.

    Let’s get started. The beginner mistake is thinking the leaderboard tells you who to copy because it doesn’t. The leaderboard tells you who made the most money. And that is very useful information, but that’s not enough. A wallet can make money in a way that is impossible for you to follow. If one wallet made most of its profit from one massive trade or from like three big trades, that is not a repeatable signal yet. If one wallet trades tiny markets with no liquidity, the return might look amazing for that wallet, but copying it could be impossible. And if one wallet enters early and moves the price too high, you might always arrive late. Something very important. If one wallet is great at, say, politics, but terrible at crypto, copying every trade from that wallet, including the trades or the categories it sucks at, is just a recipe for disaster. So, the first part of the bot that I recommend you build out is a leaderboard scanner that pulls the top 500 wallets from Poly Market. Then, it does not ask who made the most money. It asks who is copyable. Here’s the difference. Let me explain. For every wallet, the bot should calculate three main scores. ROI, consistency, and copyability. ROI tells us whether the wallet made money. Consistency tells us whether the wallet seems repeatable or whether the results came from just a few lucky hits. Copyability tells us whether we can realistically follow the wallet without getting wrecked by uh late entries, bad spreads, or just category mismatch. That score is the real starting point for any of your bots because if the wallet universe is bad, the rest of the system is just beautifully organized chaos. The bot should also rank wallets by category. Politics, crypto, sports, macro, so on and so forth. A wallet should not get treated as universally smart just because it was right in one lane. That is where a lot of copy trading systems get sloppy. They treat a wallet like a genius when the wallet might only have edge in one specific market type. So before the bot watches trades, it creates wallet profiles and whether blind copying that wallet would have worked over the last 30 days because you always want to have comparison, a baseline that gives the bot a better foundation. But once we know which wallets are worth copying, we still should not blindly copy every trade. That is the next mistake. The dumb version of copy trading is simple. Wallet bought yes. So I buy yes. That’s not a strategy. That is outsourcing your bad decisions to someone else’s wallets. A better copy trading bot starts with a better question. Is this trade still worth copying right now? That means every new wallet trade gets scored before anything happens. Who made the trade? What category is this wallet actually good for? What price did they get in? What price can we get in now? How far has the market moved since their entry? How soon does this market resolve? And is this wallet usually early enough to copy or is this a real thesis, not just signal? The decision labels that your wallet uses should be simple. Copy, watch list, or skip. Copy means the trade is strong, the category is a fit, the market is liquid enough, the entry is not too late, it passes all the checks. So, we copy. Watch list means the signal is interesting, but the entry is not clean yet. So, the bot watches it. It does not copy it, but it places us on its watch list to see how it’s done later on. Should we have copied it? Was it a good decision not to copy it? So on and so forth. Skip. The last one means the trade is too late, too liquid, too noisy, or just outside that wallet’s proven edge. This is where the bot becomes super useful. Not because it predicts everything, because it refuses most of the bad copies. A good skip is as important as a good entry. Trust me when I say this. If the bot stops you from chasing a wallet after the market already moved like 25%, that is valuable. If it ignores a high ROI wallet because the wallet only made money from a few small trades, that is valuable. If it says a wallet is interesting but only in crypto markets, that is valuable. But filtering one trade is still not enough. The real edge comes when the bot tracks whether its filters actually worked. That is why the next layer is paper trading. Okay, hear me out when I say this. Ask someone who’s done this hundreds of times before. The first version of your copy trading bot should not place real trades. As much as you want it out in the wild making you as much money as early as possible, it should paper trade first. Paper trading means the bot acts as it is placing real money, but it does not actually execute anything. It just simulates that it is. If a high-scoring wallet enters a market and the trade passes the filter, the bot creates a simulated position, it assumes as though it’s placed money on it and then it tracks. By the time of closing, it sees did we make money, did we lose money, was it a good bet, a bad bet. The way I typically place my copy trading wallet is the following. I have three tiers. It places $5 bets for a decent signal, $10 bets for a strong signal, and $20 bets for the highest confidence signals. This mitigates the risk so that you’re not just $20, $20, $20, and you end up wrecked after a couple of uh not days, hours. Then Hermes updates the paper P&L every single hour. The bot should not only ask, did we make money on paper, it should ask, did our filtering improve the strategy. If blind copying the leaderboard beats our bot, then the bot is not adding value. If the filtered strategy beats blind copying, now we have something worth studying. I also want the bot to track missed winners and avoided losers because those are both lessons that it can use to learn and improve. If the bot skips a trade because liquidity was bad and that trade later loses, that was a good skip. If the bot skips a trade because the entry looked late or bad and the market keeps running for some reason, maybe the late entry rule we have is a bit too strict. The point is that paper trading creates evidence and without evidence, the bot is just confident for no reason. With evidence, however, the bot can improve and the evidence lives inside the decision journal. This is the soul of your system. Every signal needs a decision journal entry. Not just what happened, why the bot made the decision. For example, wallet A bought yes on a crypto market at 42 cents. The current price is 45 cents. The spread is 3 cents. The wallet has a strong crypto track record. Market resolves in two hours. Liquidity is acceptable. Decision copy. That is what a journal entry should look like. Uh along with a reason. This wallet was strong. Uh good category fit still early enough. Price movement is not too far. Your bot should place its reasoning for copying the trade. That journal is what lets your bot get better. Later, when the market moves or resolves, the bot can review all of its previous decisions. Did paper copy trades actually improve after the signal? Did watchless traders become better entries later? Did skip save us from bad trades? This is where the self-improvement part of this video actually happens. Maybe the bot learns not to paper copy if the price has already moved more than 12 cents. Maybe it learns that a certain wallet is only copyable for crypto-reated events. Maybe it raises the minimum liquidity threshold. This is what self-improving should mean. Not the agent magically becomes a genius overnight decision loop that tracks its own reasoning and gets less stupid over time or smarter over time, however you want to see it. And because this is paper trading, I recommend the rule updates to happen automatically. Again, the bot is not trading real money at this stage yet. So, it should not ask you before changing a paper trading threshold. It should just log what changed. Then why rule version one becomes rule version two. Uh the dashboard shows the old rule, the new rule, and the evidence and the reason Hermes changed it. That is the difference between a notification bot and an agent. A notification bot tells you what happened. An agent changes how it decides based on what happened. Now the question is what we actually need to build. On to step five. I recommend you build this in nine parts. And again as I promised at the end of this video I’m going to give you the full prompt so that you can build this out yourself. But when I say I recommend you build this in nine parts, it’s me saying I recommend that you check each of those nine parts work step by step chronologically. So don’t fix step five before step one works. That being said, let’s start with one. First thing is the leaderboard scanner. It should pull the top 500 wallets and create a wallet universe. It’s just, you know, a universe where wallets exist and are being tracked. Second is the wallet profiler. It scores ROI, consistency, copyability. It takes every single thing you would want to take a look at and it gives it a score so that you minimize copying traders that are one hit wonders or that make just a few good trades or that impossible to copy because they trade at the very last second of a market. Third is a trade monitor. This should watch selected wallets and detect new trades. The fourth would be the trade scorer. It should check whether the new trade should be paper copied, watched or skipped. Right? Copy, watch, skip. Fifth would be the decision journal. This is again where it records the score, the reason, the risks and the rules that it changed every time it decides to adapt. Sixth is the paper trading engine. It should create simulated positions. That’s up to you whether you want it to be like mine where it trades between5 to $20 positions or if you want to just yolo and go straight to $100. It’s paper trading anyways. So really, you can choose whatever you want. I recommend you simulate it as though it is real. And say you want to place $100 inside your wallet once it goes actually live and starts trading actual money. Then you know don’t simulate $100 per trade. Simulate as though the wallet has $100 in total. So simulate reality. Seventh would be the hourly P&L updater, profit and loss updater. Uh you should have a system that checks prices and updates your P&L every single hour. Eighth would be the outcome reviewer. This should check what happened after 1 hour, after 6 hours, after 24 hours and the final resolution. And [snorts] ninth, finally, the rule updator. It reviews performance and automatically updates scoring rules with version history, aka how your bot improves with time. That is the actual system, and Hermes is the operating layer sitting on top of all of that. But if Hermes is running the loop, chat is not enough to supervise it. That is why we move on to one of the most important pieces of the puzzle, the dashboard. I want my copy trader to live inside my Hermes agents mission control. I call mine Hermy HQ. Uh Telegram is good for summaries, don’t get me wrong. Hermes is good for doing the work, but performance needs visualization. We’re visual creatures. It her my Hermes could send me a block of text and I could be like, “Okay, cool.” But just seeing that P&L go up is what signals to my ape brain that, “Oh my god, this is working.” The dashboard should answer three questions immediately. Are we profitable on paper? Which wallets are worth copying? And what did the bot learn today? That’s it. You shouldn’t get analysis paralysis by looking at thousands of different things on your screen. There shouldn’t be a giant wall of text or charts that makes you feel smart but does not change the decision. The overview page should show paper win rate, open paper positions, active tracked wallets, copy candidates today, latest rule changes, and an end of day report status. It’s your dashboard. So, if there’s something that you prefer to see or something that you prefer not to see, then feel free to change that. This is where you can get creative. This is where I recommend you get creative because the dashboard really should be something you enjoy looking at. You enjoy watching, you enjoy opening up and seeing whether you’ve made money or lost. For the actual build, I literally asked Hermes to refine my initial copy trading agent and this is what it gave me. Build me a Hermes powered self-improving polyarket copy trading bot with a Verscell dashboard that can be added to Max HQ. This is my uh mission control, but for you, I would change it added to my mission control. Or if you don’t have a mission control, here’s where I recommend you just remove that with a dashboard. Versel doesn’t matter. So feel free to customize this depending on your situation. Uh and then as you can see, this is a very very very [clears throat] long prompt. it will take. Hence why at the beginning of the video I said an hour of back and forth because there was a lot to build and focus on. That being said, uh what I did, I took this and I copied it onto my Hermes agent so I could build one out for you guys. Literally here you can see me pasting that massive mammoth of a prompt and then it literally running through and building it out. And this is what it looks like now that it’s done. It started trading at 9:00 a.m. today. It’s currently 11. So, it’s been two hours exactly that it’s been live. And as you can see, it just started and it’s updating its positions accordingly. Uh it’s currently $5 in profit. But again, uh this is paper trading right now. This is where it starts developing its uh thesis. it starts improving every single day, every single week. And at this point, you just want to let it run. Let it improve. Let it find a profitable strategy or profitable strategies plural. And then you can start running it. This is essentially what it can look like once it is completely uh live, once it’s learned a lot more, once it’s developed its own strategies uh essentially. And as you can see, it can start improving so on and so forth and scoring itself after every uh improvement. And as you can see, not only should it show you your P&L, it should show you your win rate. Should show you which version it’s on and what it has learned with every single version, with every single new version that it implements. And that’s pretty much it. That’s what it should look like. By the way, quick update here. Just before I go to sleep, uh I wanted to quickly check on our copy trading bot. And this is where we are at. We are $27 in profit with a 57% win rate. It’s only copied six positions today. Yesterday, uh just exactly when we set it up, it was at 7 uh just right before we sleep. So, it’s been 24 hours. And as you can see, right, started $5 negative, then went up to eight, went back to break even, and boom, all of a sudden almost $30 in profit. I went ahead and asked my Hermes agent what was up, uh, what was driving that, and it’s mostly some of these trades, which are USA versus Australia. Uh the match just happened today and our bet won which won us $15. Again, this is paper trading money, so we don’t actually make anything yet, but just goes to show the strategy is on uh a good turn. Our bot is currently self updating and on version three. So yeah, this is just version three. The long-term goal for you should be autonomy for the bot to be able to run on its own, but autonomy has to be earned. I would not let this place real trades just because the dashboard looks cool. I would want at least 30 days of paper trading, positive paper trading, at least 100 paper trades, a clear win uh over blind leaderboard copying. no major data failures and a draw down profile that does not look insane. Until then, this is a research agent and that is not a limitation by the way. That is the point. If the paper version proves the edge, then real execution becomes a separate problem. [snorts] If the paper version fails, then the bot saved us from automating a losing strategy. And that my friend is also a win as well because the goal is not to make an agent gamble. The goal is to build an evidence layer before money is involved. Look, a good polyarket copy trading bot is not a whale following bot. It’s a filtering system. That is the part most bots skip. They chase signals, but they do not review their own decisions. And if you do not review decisions, your bot simply can’t improve. So the system you should follow for any copy trading bot is very simple. A leaderboard scanner, a wallet profiler, a trade scorer, a decision journal for self-improvement, a paper trading engine for testing validation, a rule updater, and a dashboard for ease of access. If you want to build this yourself, I will put the full build prompt in the description. But please, please, please make yourself a favor. Do yourself a favor. Start with paper trading first. Make the bot prove the edge. Then decide whether it deserves real

  • 07/16/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Social Security, Medicare, and Your Retirement

    All right, welcome everyone. Thanks for joining us today to our webinar presented by Alliant Retirement and Investment Services in partnership with Alliant Credit Union. We’ll we will have a live Q&A session uh at the end of the presentation. Please submit your questions regarding today’s topic which is social security, Medicare and your retirement or about Alliant Retirement and Investment Services in the chat or the Q&A. The presentation is recorded and a link will be provided later by email for on demand viewing. Our speaker today is Tom Davia of Alliant Retirement and Investment Services. Tom is one of our financial consultants. He’s based in Chicago uh in the Chicago area. He holds the certified financial planner designation and has over 27 years of experience in the financial services industry, including nine years with Alliant. During the Q&A session, we’re going to launch a poll uh asking if you’d like an appointment with Tom. We encourage everyone to answer the poll uh so we can learn what’s helpful to you as members and continue to bring financial education to you. Please be sure to adjust your volume to an appropriate level as settings vary by user. Now, let’s start our presentation. Social Security, Medicare, and Your Retirement.

    Hello everyone. Thank you for joining me today. My name is Tom Davia. I’m a financial consultant here at Alliant Retirement and Investment Services. Today, we’re going to be talking about Social Security, Medicare, and your retirement. We’re going to be talking about how Social Security and Medicare programs work. uh discussing some important issues facing both programs and a few effective strategies for supplementing these retirement benefits. If you’ve been concerned about Social Security and Medicare being reduced or eliminated, you’re not alone. Both programs have been in the news quite a bit lately and there’s some talks of insolveny, tax hikes, increased eligibility ages, all that’s uh created a lot of confusion around these programs. So, we’re here today to kind of walk you through that and answer some of your questions.

    Some educational resources for you. Our team here at Alliant Retirement and Investment Services is focused on helping you understand the ins and outs of investing and saving for retirement and much more. So take a look at our website if you get a chance. It is a aris.allcreditun.com.

    There you can see the list of our weekly webinars, our podcast which I’m the co-host of, and our financial blog and resources available to you as well.

    So, how can we help you? We are a full services financial planning organization here at the credit union, a fiduciary firm. We can help you with retirement planning, we can help you with your investments, life events, and generational planning. So whether you have questions about today’s topic, social security, your 401k plans, current investments, if you’d like to do an investment review, or if you had any major life events, it’s a good time to check in on your financial plan and make sure it is structured correctly to meet your goals.

    All right, today’s agenda. We’re going to begin today’s seminar with a quick look at the changing face of retirement. We’ll review the structure of both social security benefits and Medicare. We’ll talk a little bit about uh metag gap insurance and health savings account. And finally, we’ll talk about some effective strategies for meeting your financial and medical needs during retirement as well, just so you don’t have to solely rely on Social Security and Medicare.

    First of all, we start by talking about the changing face of retirement. Planning for retirement now is more important than ever. Things look different today than they did for previous generations. planning for retirement. We have people living longer uh longevity concerns. We have careers that are less linear than they were in the past. And really the responsibility of funding retirement has shifted towards the individual instead of the company offering the traditional pension plan. So it’s more on the individual at this point. Retirement in the future can cost significantly more. We all hear about inflation in the news. We have inflation concerns as costs continue to rise, health care expenses, longer lifespans. Really, what all that means is you need to plan for your money to last 20 or 30 or even more years. So, help is available, right? That’s why we’re here. We’re doing these meetings to let you know we have a financial planning services of the credit union available to you. So, help is available. We have professional guidance to help you figure all this out. And really when you have these conversations, timing matters. The earlier you start planning, the more options you typically have. And today’s topic, understanding Social Security and Medicare benefits is even more important now as you make your planning efforts. Social Security and Medicare are key pieces of the retirement puzzle, but they’re often misunderstood. and knowing when to claim benefits, how those payments are calculated, and how the Medicare coverage works. This can all have a significant impact on your retirement and your income and your health care costs.

    Okay, let’s first start and talk about social security.

    Social Security is really a general term that describes a number of related programs. So, Social Security can cover retirement benefits, disability benefits, family and survivor benefit programs as well. It’s really designed to supplement private savings and retirement plans. And in 2024, 68 million Americans received Social Security benefits. But when you look at the numbers, Social Security benefits typically represent about 30% of income of retirees. And that’s according to the Social Security Administration.

    So how does Social Security work? Well, it is mandatory funding. So you probably see your contributions coming out of your payubs either as social security taxes or FICA taxes. So it’s mandatory funding that comes out of our paychecks and the tax proceeds they go into a special trust fund that’s established exclusively to pay social security and Medicare benefits and some administrative expenses. Now to receive benefits uh you depend on your full retirement age. So some people full retirement age may be 66 and a few months. Most of us it’s turned into age 67 but you do have the ability to take what they call reduced benefits as early as age 62. So your benefit amount depends on your earnings work history. So it’s based on the highest 35 years of earnings. And you can see that calculation in your social security statement if you haven’t looked that up before. It’s available within your online account at ssa.gov.

    Now, if you are receiving if you wait past your full retirement age, you could receive up to an 8% increase per year in benefits if you postponed your benefits.

    Now, here are some of the issues that you might be hearing in the news about social security and the payments of the benefits. So, we have the retiring baby boomer generation right now, which is causing a lot more payments out of the system than money is being received. People are living longer than was originally calculated in life expecties. So, more money again is coming out of the system than being paid in. we have fewer workers paying into the system. It’s a pay as you go system. So all the taxes collected in a specific month would be paid out the next month. So fewer workers have less money coming into the system. And you put that all together and it’s estimated by the year 2035, Social Security would exhaust the trust fund and may not be able to meet all of its obligations as promised to all retirees. It’s currently estimated that if nothing changes that there would be a 20% reduction in social security benefits across the board by the year 2035.

    Now there are some proposals on the table for improving the situation and not running out of money in 2035. So a few options here on the table raising the retirement age as I mentioned some of us it’s 66 in a few months it’s been raised to 67 there’s some discussion about raising the retirement age to age 70 or starting incrementally to bring it up to age 70 there’s also talk of means testing what that means is cutting benefits for wealthier seniors there’s also the cost of living increase every year so Social Security each year will give you a cost of living adjustment based on inflation. There’s some talks of reducing that a bit not to make it as much of an increase each year. There’s also talk about investing trust fund dollars in the stock market and possibly diverting some of the payroll taxes to private accounts which would then have some stock market exposure to it. Withstanding the market crisis of 2008 2009, stocks historically have performed better better than any other type of investment. Although past performance can be no guarantee of future results.

    Next, we’re going to talk about Medicare. All right. Medicare is a federal government program that helps older and some disabled Americans obtain and pay for medical care. It’s administrated by the US Department of Health and Human Services, and it’s the nation’s largest health insurance program, which covered more than 66 million Americans in 2024. Now, Medicare is really broken down into two parts. Part A, hospital insurance. Part B, medical insurance. Part A, hospital insurance, covers most of the costs of a stay in the hospital, as well as some follow-up costs after time in the hospital. Part A pays some other outpatient medical services, including some home health care, but it does not cover the cost of prescription drugs. And under most circumstances, you do not have to pay a premium for part A. Part B, a little different. Part B is medical insurance. This optional coverage is intended to help pay doctor’s bills for treatments in or out of the hospital. It also covers many other medical expenses you incur when you are not in the hospital, such as the costs of medical equipment and tests. If you elect Part B, a monthly premium is automatically deducted from your Social Security check.

    You have two options for Medicare coverage. The original Medicare plan and Medicare Advantage, a managed care plan. Each of these programs have their pros and cons. The original Medicare plan, you pay your Part B monthly premium and then you pay additional services as you use them. In 2025, the standard monthly premium was $185. Additionally, Medicare PartB deductible was $257 in 2025. If your modified adjusted gross income uh from 2 years ago is above a certain amount, you may pay more for Part B. Now, Medicare Advantage plans, it’s an optional program through private insurance companies. They provide HMO type coverage. To determine which program is right for you or for your needs, you can call Medicare 1 800 Medicare which is 633-4227 or you can also log on to www.medare.gov.

    There are also some other options to consider. Metagap insurance and health savings accounts. We’ll take a look at each one of these health savings accounts. So, we have the creation of tax-free health savings accounts for anyone under age 65 who is enrolled in a high deductible medical plan. That’s defined as one with a deductible of at least $1,650 for an individual or $3,300 for families. And these amounts are adjusted for inflation. The contributions are taxdeductible. The maximum contribution to an HSA plan in 2025 was $4,300 for an individual and $8,550 for a family. There’s also a $1,000 catch-up contribution for individuals between the ages of 55 and 64. So much like a retirement account or an IRA, health savings accounts allow for account holders to select a variety of investments that can suit their time horizon or risk uh tolerance. Also, the account balance can be maintained from one year to the next. Now, distributions for qualified medical costs are tax-free, but non-qualified, right? if they don’t qualify for medical cost. Non-qualified withdrawals are taxed as income and may be subject to a 10% penalty.

    Medigap insurance. If you choose the original Medicare plan, you might also be interested in receiving Medicare supplemental insurance or metagap insurance. The term metagap comes from the notion that these insurance policies will cover the gaps in Medicare payments. Metagap doesn’t fill in all the gaps, but it may help. So before you buy a metagap insurance policy, consider not only the services that are covered, but also the amount of benefits and the monthly costs of the policy. Also pay attention to how much premiums may rise in years to come. You may want to also compare Medigap with Medicare Advantage. For more information on Metagap insurance, you can again call 1800 Medicare. That is 1 800633-4227.

    Okay. Now, we’re going to shift gears a little bit. We are going to be talking about planning for retirement and preparing for your financial well-being. Now, up to this point, we spent most of our time learning why you shouldn’t count on Social Security and Medicare to cover all of your needs during retirement. Now, let’s talk a little bit about what you can do to ensure a comfortable retirement for yourself. Now, fortunately, today we have more choices than ever, which we’ll discuss in a moment. But with these choices, however, more responsibility. It’s up to you to determine whether you should contribute to a retirement plan, how much to save, and what investment choices to choose. So, regardless of your age, investing for retirement should be among your top financial priorities. However, one of the greatest challenges for most people is realizing the need for a retirement investing program. According to financial experts, you’ll need 70% or more of your final working year’s salary each year during retirement.

    Okay. Now, here’s some retirement savings vehicles you might be familiar with, right? Traditional 401ks, 403bs, IRA. So, we’ve established, right, since social security was never meant to be the sole means of support in retirement, you have other options for retirement savings. There’s several tax advantage investment options for retirement savings. Like I mentioned here, 401ks, 403bs, 403bs generally cover nonprofit and healthcare organizations, and IRA are your individual retirement accounts. Now, when you look at these, there’s two types of 401ks and 403bs. You have the traditional and you have the Roth plans. Traditional plans offer tax benefits. Contributions are taken out of your paycheck before income taxes are assessed. That’s kind of pre-tax. You pay taxes on a lower amount. Now, what’s more, earnings on your traditional 401k or 403b, they can potentially grow and compound without losing some of that growth to taxes each year. So, they grow tax deferred. Now, Roth plans are a little bit different. Roth plans feature after tax contributions, so you pay the taxes on it today, but qualified distributions are taxfree. Roth 401ks and 403bs, they’re really available based on the uh discretion of the employer. So, you need to ask your benefits administrator if your company offers this type of savings options. In addition, uh many other employers uh offer a match portion for these plans, which may potentially be the easiest money you’ll ever receive. If your employer matches a portion of your 401k contributions at a rate of 50 cents on the dollar, that’s an automatic 50% return on the part of the money that you’ve been investing. If your employer offers a 401k or similar plan, take advantage of it. Also, try to contribute the maximum to the plan. Remember that early withdrawals before age 59 and a half might be subject to an additional 10% penalty tax as well. Expanding on the IAS or individual retirement accounts. This is another important way to save for retirement through a traditional or a Roth IRA and they offer significant tax benefits as well. Again, with a traditional IRA, your investment is potentially taxdeductible when you make the contribution depending on your income level. And like a traditional 401k plan, earnings can grow and compound tax deferred. A Roth IRA doesn’t allow for deductible contributions. But however, earnings grow tax deferred and the big payoff comes in at the end at retirement when you could tap into Roth assets. you could tap into the earnings without paying federal income taxes provided you’re at least 59 and a half or older and held the account for 5 years. And just like the 401k plans, most early withdrawals from IAS are subject to a tax penalty. So because of the complexities involved with these retirement savings vehicles, you might want to consider using the services of a qualified financial professional to help you make your investment decisions.

    Just a few final thoughts for you to keep in mind today. We’ve covered the state of Social Security and Medicare, possibly the two most important issues facing current and future retirees. We also reviewed the importance of planning for retirement and taking advantage of those investment options available to you. The next step, right, next step is yours. Perhaps you make an appointment with one of us here to sort out the wide range of choices available to you. You may also want to contact the Social Security Administration to obtain your estimate of benefits. Make sure they’re tracking your benefits correctly for you as well. Whatever your situation, keep the following in mind. Again, don’t expect Social Security and Medicare to cover all of your retirement costs, and you need to stay up with the Social Security and Medicare benefits and plan wisely. One last point to consider, you could spend more than a third of your lifetime in retirement planning for your retirement so you don’t have to rely solely on uncertain futures. Social Security and Medicare planning is time well spent.

    Again, here at Alliance Retirement and Investment Services, we’re here to help you. Again, we can help answer some of the questions you might have on today’s presentation. Social Security, Medicare planning. Uh we can help you make some of the investment choices in those retirement plans, consider retirement income options for you, review investment accounts, discuss life events with you, uh and also help you out with your estate planning, beneficiaries, or generational planning as well. I’d like to thank you for joining me today in discussing these important topics. This is my contact information. Uh my phone number, uh email address, and the QR code will take you right to my calendar link if you’d like to set up a time to talk a little bit more about your specific situation or creating your personal comprehensive financial plan. Thank you for joining me today.

    Sorry, my video is not coming back on. There we are. Okay. Thank you so much. Thanks, Tom, for that great presentation. Let’s go ahead and get started with our Q&A session. And if you have any questions for Tom, you can put them in the chat or the Q&A and um we’ll try to get to that. If we’re not able to answer it in the time that we have, we’ll be sure to follow up with you on it. All right. Our first question is, does Social Security estimate the amount increased um that the increases monthly before full retirement age or does it update less often, once in 6 months, uh after you’ve reach reach the full retirement age? Okay. Thank you, Brooke. Uh I hopefully understand this question. And I think I’m going to hopefully answer it correctly for you. Some of these questions are your um your questions, your thoughts maybe need to be answered on an individual basis. We can go into your specific situation. I believe the question is regarding your social security benefits, how it’s calculated over time. And I think that really falls back to your uh statement of benefits that you can access on ssa.gov. What they’re going to do on that statement is they’re going to look at your past earnings history and then they’re going to project into the future thinking you’re along the same path of continuing the same type of earnings. So they’re going to show you estimates of benefits starting at age 62 and every year till you’re 70. So there’s going to be some assumptions in there that you continue to work. There’s going to be inflation assumptions in there as well, but really that’s going to be an annual statement that they’re going to provide to you. So if you look at it on an annual basis, you want to make sure that the numbers are correct. Maybe a few years ago, make sure that the income you earned is actually reflected in there. Again, the highest 35 years of earnings. So you just want to make sure there’s no zeros in there when it should be an earnings year just to make sure those benefits are correct. But yeah, it’s going to do forward projections for you and be available on an annual basis. Great. Great. Question from Candy. I’m turning 66, but I haven’t signed up for Medicare because I’m still covered by my husband’s work plan. When should I sign up? Okay, so Medicare, you have three things you’re watching there. Uh, one is called the initial enrollment period, which Candy you’ve missed. That is going to be initial enrollment period 3 months before your 65th birthday. The month of your 65th birthday, 3 months after your 65th birthday. So, for some of you out there, the initial enrollment period might be important to you, but uh Candy, you’ve gone beyond the initial enrollment period, which is fine because you’re still covered by your husband’s group plan. And then we define a group plan is a uh a plan having company having over uh 20 employees. So, what you’re going to do is you are going to go into the next phase, which would be at some point in time your special enrollment period. And that really means a qualifying event. If your husband leaves his job, that’s a qualifying event. There’s an eight-month window where you could then sign up or you both can sign up for Medicare. No penalties, no problems for that. There is an 8-month kind of window there. But with those eight months, you really want to make sure you coordinate benefits. So, one plan stops, Medicare begins in the next month because if there’s a gap, Medicare is supposed to be covering that. So, you might have a lot of out- of- pocket expenses. So, make sure you coordinate the special enrollment period. If by chance you miss everything, the third category is called the general enrollment period. You’ve missed your initial, you missed your special period. You go into the general. If you go into the general, there’s some problems that might be involved. There might be a penalty if you don’t sign up in a in a timely manner. So, in your situation, you really want to keep an eye on that special enrollment period when your husband stops working. Excellent. Excellent. This next one I’m going to um I’m just going to summarize a little bit. I do not qualify for social security and I must fund my own retirement. Um I I don’t qualify for Medicaid as I have investments. Um and I don’t have enough to live on after this deduction. How can I maximize my spending income?

    Okay. So I I just took some notes as you were talking there, Brooke. Um the one focused on there’s a few things going on and this might be one of the situations that’s kind of best addressed on a uh a personal basis. Sure. The one I really kind of took away from is the very last comment I think you said I I don’t have enough to live on. Right. Right. One of the things we do here at the credit union, we are a fullervice financial planning firm. So we do do financial planning. We do take a look at a comprehensive personal situation like this to try to help you navigate through all these bullet points or all these facts that you kind of you gave us today. But we want to find out what the best course of action is for your situation. So when we run a financial plan, we want to make sure that it has the longevity concern that you do have enough to live on that it’s going to last a long period of time for you. So we need to gather some more facts to really help you out personally. But in a situation like that, when I end on that last note, not enough to live on, we have to look at some ways to either maybe keep you working for a longer bit, get you involved in some more retirement savings. Um, look at your budget, maybe look at some areas to reduce some of the spending so everything kind of works out for you, not only today, but 5 years down the road, 10 years down the road, 20 years down the road as well. So, I’d give a little plug for our financial planning services. I think that can help you, but I also think that conversation could be helped a little bit more on a one-to-one basis if you have some time to talk with me. Excellent. Great. Thank you. Is there a deadline for the distribution of the um um of medical costs? Let’s see. For the distribution um for HSA. HSA. Okay, there we go. HSA. Yeah, that’s a good one. Uh HSA is one of my favorite investments. HSA is like a Roth IRA account, which I mentioned in the presentation, not taxed on the front side, not taxed on the back side. Uh, the only thing you need to have it not taxed on the backside is a receipt. You need some out-of- pocket medical expenses. It’s a great question. I bring this up all the time to my clients. If you have a receipt, that receipt never expires. So, there is no deadline. So you can continue saving in your HSA account. You can continue to contribute to it. Most plans will have the option if your balance gets above a certain level, you can have an investment component. So it can really grow tax-free like a Roth account. But then along all those times, along all those years, you can save all your receipts. They do not expire. So in retirement, if medical expenses really kind of spike up, you can go to that file cabinet. You can pick a receipt from 5 years ago, 10 years ago, 15 years ago. You really grab some old receipts, uh uh submit them to the HSA and get that taxfree distribution. Great question. No expiration on HSA. Got it. Got it. I’m just We have a lot of good questions coming in. So I’m taking taking them down and seeing what we can do and how we can talk about it. Um, what does it cost for estate planning?

    Great question. Um, like a lot of answers in my profession, I’m going to say it depends. Right. Right. It depends. So, uh, I’m here in Illinois. Um, I’m at the quarter headquarters of the credit union. So, in the Chicago area, Chicago area, I do have some estate planning attorney contacts that we work with. You really do uh kind of take a look at what your needs are. First of all, um general answer to that is a will, a trust, power of attorney, healthc care directives. You get kind of the full estate planning package. Um some clients will debate, you know, back and forth, do I need a trust? Do I need the added expense of doing something like that? So, kind of individual conversation. So, if you go to an estate planning attorney, so I can help with estate planning, but I can’t prepare documents. But if you go to an attorney, you’re going to have some attorneys fees to get all those documents put into place. Um, it could get costly, could be in the neighborhood, depending on your state, your city, could be a few thousand or so to get all that put together. There’s also online resources. There’s some uh lowerc cost options available online to prepare some of those basic documents for you. Um, personal situation, personal budget, how you want to attack everything. Some clients will say, “As long as I’m going through the process of getting this done, I want to make sure this is done absolutely correct, tees are uh crossed, eyes dotted, that kind of thing.” So, if uh anything comes into play down the road, I I know that everything’s taken care of in in good uh good order. So, it’s important to have those documents in place. There’s going to be a cost, maybe less online, maybe more with an attorney, and it’s just kind of determining what documents are appropriate for your situation. Excellent. Good. Good. I just remind everyone that um we put up a poll asking if you want to have an appointment with Tom. Um we would love to have an answer either way. Um just so that we uh it’s how we track engagement so we can let you know uh we can continue doing these pieces um uh and provide this education to you. So, all right. Going back to the HSA conversation, Ken, and I think um maybe we can just expand on this a little bit, but can you talk about HS HSAs being used in retirement and during retirement? Yeah, a couple ways to do that. Um, so again, I’m going to relate it. It is not, but I’m going to relate it to a Roth. So, it’s going to be taxfree for you. So, you make taxfree distributions. Brooke, when you say retirement, to me, I always think of like retirement income, things like that, right? Yeah, I agree. As retirement income, we can also talk about it as uh retirement medical expenses. So, I saw a couple questions. We’re probably going to get to this, but uh there was a couple questions in there about uh under age under 65 medical plans. They’re going to be expensive, but if you’re working on your retirement and your retirement plan is under age 65, you’re not going to have the Medicare coverage that we’ve been talking about. So, you have to go out of pocket. It’s going to get expensive. So, an HSA, as you pay for that, if you built up a nice balance in the HSA, you could offset some of those under 65 healthcare cost with the HSA with those current receipts or past receipts. If you’re in retirement, you’re doing income planning. We talk about diversifying your assets between stocks and bonds and all these different things. But we also talk about in financial planning, diversifying your investments by tax treatment. You have some pre-tax money in a 401k. You have to pay the taxes on it. You have some after tax money either with a Roth or the HSA. Again, if you have old HSA qualified receipts, you could use that as part of the income distribution. just depending on what the balance is in the HSA. You could even put it at the tail end long-term planning in a plan and say I am somewhat worried based on my family history about long-term care planning needs. This can be used as part of that as well. So, a lot of functionality to the HSA just got to curtail it to uh what we what we mean by retirement. Yep. Okay. Got it. Got it. Are some of the services you’ve mentioned free to alliant clients or are some of them fee based? Can you talk a little bit about that? Yeah, I’m going to answer that where it depends. It depends. Um, so it just does everything we do here uh consultations, financial planning, discussions, answering questions, all this no cost, no obligation service of your membership of the credit union. So if we meet with you, if we talk with you, if we go into, you know, if it requires a financial plan, all that is getting us to understand your situation better and make any recommendations to you, no charge, right? We’re going to do that for you if you’re a member of the credit union. But I will say, uh, I’m also a registered investment adviser. So, as we go through that process and that journey together, I may make some recommendations to you investment wise to help you reach those goals. maybe lower volatility in the market, growing and protecting your assets, distributing your income to you. So, there’s a lot we can talk about. So, if we go into an investment relationship, I always say some investments do have a fee, some investments don’t have a fee. Uh we’re completely transparent with a fee structure, but once we get into investments, we’ll have those conversations and let you know exactly what uh what you might be looking at. Okay. question on uh Medicare. Is metagap coverage the same as original Medicare part B? Medigap uh we’re going to be a little bit different. Uh original, right? The original plan, original plan is going to have your part A hospital, part B doctor. Um original is going to allow you to choose your doctors. Uh it’s going to be a little bit more flexible. You don’t need as much referrals. uh predictable costs. Original plans are good. If you also travel state to state, it’s going to have more flexibility because you don’t have as much uh doctor referrals needed for something like that. I believe uh Brookwood advantage if we get into advantage plans, I think that’s really kind of the comparison there. Uh advantage plans going to be just a little bit different. Maybe lower upfront cost, lower monthly premium. Um, but you got to get into the referral system, into the network. So, if you have a network you’re comfortable with, if you don’t travel a lot, um, you know, you might want to look at one of those, uh, advantage plans. Yep. Okay. Um,

    all right. Let’s see. Good questions coming in. Uh, question. Is there anything parents can do for their children at birth, when they’re a teenager, college age? What can um what can we do to kind of set our kids up for success? Yes. So, uh my kids, right, they are 26 and 24. And I was always frustrated in school because nobody teaches finance. Nobody teaches investing. Nobody teaches stocks. Nobody teaches the power of compounding which these kids have on their side. Right? Birth. I don’t know. I talked about retirement. So we got 40 years, 50, 60 years. Power of compounding is incredible for children. First thing I’m going to mention just came out Trump accounts. $1,000 from the government to sign up. It’s an index fund. You go in the S&P 500. You can add up to $5,500 per year in the plan. It’s really not accessible until they’re 18. Some ordinary income tax issues when they’re 18 out of those Trump accounts. Could tell you more about that if you have interest in it. That’s the new thing everybody talks about. Separate from that birth. The first thing I think of is 529 college savings programs. It’s a great way to tuck money away. It’s a great way to have friends and family, presents, gifts. goes right into the 529. Not taxable. Not taxable for higher education distributions. If their birth rate, they got 18 years grows over a period of time. But it just seems like, you know, with college planning, which we could talk about as well, it’s just everything’s not enough. The inflation rate on college expending has been so much. So, it’s good to start early, save as much as you can. The problem with the 529 plans is really based on college. Some clients will say to me, I don’t know if my grandkids are going to college. I don’t want to tie them down into that. So, our third category for kids, plain old, separate, just investment account, right? They’re young. They’re not age of majority. They can’t own an investment account, but you could have a custodian on the account, usually a parent or grandparent. You’re in an investment account. You can invest in anything you want. You could have a stock. If they really love Disney World, you could have Disney stock. If they buy that Apple stuff, they could have Apple. It could have mutual funds. They’re uh children, so they’ll have some preferential tax treatment on this along the way. Now, the good thing is with an investment account, it grows, right? But they could take it out whenever they want to. The custodian will uh uh do that for them before they’re the age of majority. You could use it for a car. You can use it for a house. You could use it for retirement. You could use it for college. You could leave it alone and let it grow. But it will have preferential tax treatment down the road if they take the money out. Capital gains rates of 15% which is better than ordinary income rates of going through the marginal tax bracket. So only three ways to uh to help kids out. But help kids out in my view is just have these conversations with them. Get them involved in investing. Let them know the power of compounding over time. I’m answering this question a long one because this one is important to me too. Yeah, if you have kids or grandkids that work, they have any kind of summer employment, anything like that, they are eligible for a Roth IRA. So, you might want to look at it and say, I’m going to gift some money into a Roth IRA for my child or grandchild. Limitations, you can only, you know, put in 7,500 per year if they make that much. But all of a sudden now we’re talking about this retirement account growing for 30 or 40 years. The numbers get astronomical. But that’s a a good way to help them out. I call it again gift gift of a lifetime. That’s great. Great. Good financial opportunities or educational opportunities. Help the children. Yes. Yes. Um real quick, there’s been a couple questions about um a replay of the presentation. So couple options there. We will be sending out an email uh later today that has a link to the presentation so you’re able to view it again. Um Tom’s information will also be in that uh email so you’ll be able to reach out to him directly to ask any questions that you have or get some clarifications. If the couple of you that um have had questions that um uh Tom said he needs to dig in to a little bit more with you, please feel free to reach out. go ahead and you can put yes to an appointment um and we will we’ll prioritize those folks and and uh make sure to reach out to them. So, couple of ways to to get those um to to um view the material again. One, um let’s see, this one I like. Is it true that a person can retire at 67 and turn around and get a full-time job with no limit on income received and still receive by full Social Security benefits? Yes, I think that’s I think a lot of people have that question because I what you know can I can I have both if I how does that work? The uh the big thing there is 67. Mhm. So at 67 you are full retirement age. So you will not have what they call the earnings offset which means if you’re younger than 67 if you’re working they may reduce your benefits because you’re making too much money. So key there is 67. So, if you’re working and you’re receiving social security benefits, it’s fine. But what you have to consider is when you work and you get your paycheck, you’re still going to have that little line item deduction FICA tax. So, you’re still going to be paying into the system. You’re going to be receiving a benefit from the system. And then when you get the benefit payment from the system, that’s going to be taxable to you as well. So, you’re being taxed when you get paid and you’re being taxed when you get paid. So you might have a double taxation going on with something like that. So you just have to watch the uh the taxes. Now it’s based on the highest 35 years of earnings. So in 35 years if you have a couple non- workinging years, zero years, lower years while you’re working, you could still increase your benefits. So that double taxation may work to your benefit, but if you never replace a lower year, you’re paying taxes when you get paid and you’re paying taxes when you get your social security benefits. So, we could kind of uh, you know, walk you through that. Take a look at the ideal times to start your benefits. One thing I would mention is if you wait from 67 to 70, benefits max out at 70. What you’re doing is you’re receiving what they call your deferred credits. Basically, that means it’s guaranteed your payments are guaranteed to grow go up 8% per year every year you wait beyond 67. Not only that, Brooke, wait, there’s more. It goes goes up by inflation as well. So inflation, just call it 2%. So 8% guaranteed, cost of living adjustment 2%. So your payments could be going up 10% per year for every year that you potentially uh defer from 67 to 70. I’m in the investment world. I’ve been in the investment world for 20ome 28 years. I have no investment that will guarantee an 8% return. So, we really want to kind of dig in there a little bit and say, you know, number one, financial need. Do I need it? Number two, can I can I take advantage of those deferred credits? Good. All right. Do you have recommended options for self-employed retirement savings? Is there anything that Alliant offers? Yes. So, um, typically if you’re with a company, you get the 401k. If uh you don’t have a 401k, you have access to an IRA. And an IRA typically if you’re over 50, you get $8,600 that you could put into an IRA. If you’re self-employed, you get the SE IRA. SE IRA is for self-employed individuals. Higher limits, right? You don’t have the 401k, you’re self-employed, but they’re going to give you much higher limits than a typical IRA. So, we have different ways we could take that conversation. And there’s different plans available depending on your situation, your company, your employees, things like that. The easiest answer is a self-employed SE IRA. Way higher uh contribution amounts than a typical IRA. We can help you through that. Um number one, when you get an IRA, whether it’s a traditional IRA, Roth IRA, a SE IRA, any kind of IRA, a lot of people when I ask them, I say, “Well, what’s your IRA invested in?” They’re like, “I don’t know. It’s an IRA. It’s an IRA. So you can have an IRA. You can have an IRA in anything except collectibles. No baseball cards, no wine, no art, things like that. But an IRA can be invested in anything else. Savings account IRA, stock IRA, mutual fund IRA, portfol. So you really want to look at those IAS whether it’s through self-employment, whether it’s a Roth and really kind of maximizing your growth potential. It’s going to be based on your goals, based on your time horizon. Uh, typically we see Roth IAS at the longer end of a financial plan just because they grow taxfree. So, we want to have a little bit more of a lean in that asset class just because it all grows tax-free. So, good question. Many ways to take it, but uh yeah, look at a SE IRA. Okay, good. Good. Um, how do you verify that social security has all your contributions correctly? Go to ssa.gov. Go to uh log in there. I think this system they use now is called my gov. Govt govt ID. Yes. Set up your user ID. Set up your password. Uh first thing you’re doing that for is to make sure no nefarious actors go in there and steal your identification and mess with your social security benefits. So you want to secure the account, number one. Number two, you want to go in there and look at your current statement of benefits, and that’s where you’re going to verify employment income. So, they’re going to show you all your employment income. They’re going to summarize some of the years. They might, if it’s a long time ago, lump them together in 5-year increments. It’s going to look like you made a lot of money 20 years ago, but they’re going to up that for inflation. But, you just want to keep checking on that periodically just to make sure it looks okay. Make sure they didn’t miss any years. You don’t want any zeros there when you’re actually working. If you see anything like that, you want to report it as soon as possible. Contact uh Social Security, let them know, hey, there’s a uh disparity here. We need to get that corrected. That goes through the uh financial planning process, right? So, you don’t want to retire uh on Monday and work on your financial plan and your retirement on Tuesday. If there’s an issue like that, it’s social security. It’s the government. It may take a long time to fix something like that. That’s why I always tell my kids, proper preparation prevents poor performance. We want to do the proper preparation, right? We want to set this up for you ahead of time. We’ll check into that. One of the first questions I ask when we do a financial plan is, do you have your statement of benefits from Social Security so we know what the numbers are? Third part of logging into that account, again, I said it before, it’ll show you your age 62 amount, 63, 64, full retirement age, and projections all the way to uh to age 70 as well. So, a lot of good reasons to get uh logged in. Yep. Speaking of consultation, what is the cost of a consultation with you? No cost, no obligation service. Happy to talk with you. Um, some people I talk to uh they have questions, financial concerns, financial questions, investment questions. Um, some people don’t require a full financial plan, comprehensive meeting that’s available to you if uh if appropriate. But, uh, we’re here to help. We always say a credit union is defined as members helping members. I’m a member. Brook’s a member. you’re a member. So, uh, we’d like to help you out with these topics. That’s why we do these presentations, just to let you know we exist. We have a financial firm here. Um, I always say we’re the best kept secret at the credit union. So, can’t help everybody. Brooke, I think we’re 900,000 members deep in this credit union. Close to a million. We do these meetings just to to get the word out that you have some resources here. So whether it’s a simple question, you need clarification, whether it’s some uh advanced planning, we’re here to help. Excellent. All right, we have time for one more question. Um we have a several questions around HSA. So um I think that’s something that we’ll we’ll we’ll take back and and and Tom have you and Brandon work out um answering some of those questions. But um this last one is what is the best way to take money out from the traditional 401k at retirement age?

    What was it? The big question. Oh, is it? Sorry, I don’t I don’t I don’t like to end with a softball. You’re ending on a 20-minute answer. Uh best go. I’m sorry. Could you repeat? Best way to take money out of a 401k at uh best way to take money out from the traditional 401k at retirement age. Okay, retirement age is going to be a question mark there. So, we don’t know exactly. We’re not going to define that. So, here’s the problem with traditional 401k or traditional IRA, right? It’s always taxable. It’s always going to be taxable whenever you take the money out. it’s going to compound over time. It’s going to get bigger and you’re going to have bigger amounts that are all going to be taxable to you. So, we do estate planning, we do tax planning, we do all these wonderful things, but when it comes down to traditional IRA pre-tax, traditional uh 401k pre-tax, all that pre-tax money, there’s not a lot of fancy things that can be done. And what happens is you either have to take the money out and pay the taxes or you have to do a Roth conversion. Roth conversion, you pay the taxes, goes into the Roth, never have to pay the taxes again. A lot of wonderful points about that. There’s also a third category down the road for some people. You can actually, if you’re over age 70, you can do a uh charitable distribution directly from your IRA. So no matter what you do, you have to pay the taxes on this money. So to the question, what’s the best way to take money out at retirement age? So it depends again on your accounts, right? We want to do this in a tax efficient manner because you have to pay taxes on it. So is your best course of action doing some of those Roth conversions before retirement age. Is it best to do the Roth conversions and kind of delay taking money out of the traditional IRA? So there’s going to be a lot of options on the table for you to do that. different totally different way to answer that. I’m going to throw everything I said out the window and I’m going to say at retirement age, right? Things are different. It’s easy when you’re saving money, right? You just save in the 401k. Market goes up, market goes down, you’re adding to everything’s easy on the front side. On the back side, right, we have all those things we talked about today. Medical expenses, longevity, taxation, children, like all these things you have to consider. So when you start withdrawing funds, you have to say where do I withdraw my funds from? A good way to approach this is what we affectionately call the bucket strategy or segmenting some of those traditional 401k assets. What I mean by that is one bucket short-term nothing to do with the market. It’s there. It’s available to you. You can distribute. It doesn’t matter if the market goes down 20%. It’ll eventually catch itself up. But your bucket number one is safe, secure, and distributing to you. Bucket number two, an investment account, a lower volatility investment account. There’s greater growth potential, but if the market goes down, it doesn’t really hurt you in that situation. Long-term bucket, let it grow. Market cycles go up and down, but it’s the best performing asset class in history to have some market exposure. So, over time, what happens is as you’re making withdrawals, if you need to replenish bucket number one, right? Markets are doing great. They’re up. I’m going to take some from three. I’m gonna replenish number one so I can continuously keep this cycle and not have to sell my investments in a down market. So, that’s one way to take a look at it. But again, not a 20-minute answer, but there’s a lot that No, you did. You did great. Put it all in there. And of course, everybody add to that, everybody’s different. Everybody’s putting together their retirement with different with well, different buckets and and things. So, a consultation is always going to going to help get you to the right place. So, yes. Yes. And I always say if you’re somewhat thinking about retirement, approaching retirement age, uh it is worth the journey to explore those Roth conversions I mentioned. And I just say that because so many members of the credit union, they’ll come to me when they’re approaching required distribution age 73, 75. And unfortunately, a lot of people, it gets to be too late. they’ve lost the power of compounding in that Roth conversion story. So again, that’s something that we offer. We can model Roth conversions and see if it can help you. Excellent. Well, thank you, Tom. Thank you so much. This is the end of our Q&A and and our session today. If you have any additional questions, uh or you’d like to schedule some time with Tom, all that information is going to be in the email that you’ll get after um later today along with the link to the presentation. If you’re not currently an Alliant member, visit alliancreditun.com to learn how you can support your family uh with a gift of membership. You can view our savings rates and helocks there, too. Have a great day and thank you everyone. Thanks, everyone. Have a good afternoon.

  • 07/15/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Estate Planning – Principles of Preserving Wealth

    Hi everyone. Hey, this is Mike. We still have a couple of minutes, but I just wanted to log on. Uh, thank everybody and welcome everybody. Uh, thank you very much for being here. Uh, we still have some folks logging in and it looks like looks like I have two o’clock straight up, but there’s still some folks logging in. So, we’ll give it a minute or so and then we will we’ll get started. I hope everyone’s doing well out there. Um, it seems like this is a rinse and repeat for me to say I hope the weather’s much better because here in Houston the weather has been eventful. So, I was worried for a second we might not have power in our building, but everything worked out. Storm’s passed. Everything’s good. Oh, let’s uh give it one more minute.

    It is good to see

    a lot of new new names. Uh some regulars, so it’s always nice. All right.

    So, if you’re hearing an echo, I don’t know if that’s everyone. That is not on our side, I think. Um, I only have one mic. Let me see.

    So, the person who just emailed me that it looks like you’re logged in twice. I can remove.

    Yeah, it looks like you’re logged in twice. So, that might be it. So maybe close out one of your uh one of your windows when you joined us. I could close you out, but I don’t know which one. So I didn’t want to do that.

    So all right. So let’s go ahead and get started. 2011. Um if you’re joining us for the first time or me for the first time, uh welcome. My name is Michael Marx, certified financial planner and financial consultant with Alliant Retirement Investment Services or AIS for short, A R I S. Uh, as I said earlier, I live in Texas, specifically Houston. Uh, I’ve been doing this for over 30 years. Um, family been tied to Alliant for well longer than I’ve been alive. Uh, for those of you not familiar with Alliance history, uh, Alliant is Continental Airlines or actually United Airlines. all me saying Continental since since I’m here in Houston. Uh United Airlines Credit Union and my folks have been with um with the airlines since like the 1960s. So longer longer than I’ve been around. So um you know I realize that some of you may have found us through different channels, right? So obviously United or Continental or maybe Google or Tesla, CVS, Suzie Orman, however you’re here, welcome. I’m glad you’re here. Just a quick bit of housekeeping. [snorts] Uh so today’s session, let me read this. So today’s session is for educational purposes and includes proprietary material to protect both the content and everyone’s privacy. We ask that attendees please do not record or capture the presentation whether by video, audio, screen sharing or AI tools without prior consent. So, thank you so much for your understanding and again we are glad you’re here and bravo to that other person who’s in Houston too. So, and again I’m not sure if you joined this webinar via the email directly from us or if you signed up via the Alliant Credit Union’s website. So, I just want to take a couple of minutes and talk to you about ARIS. So, we are the wealth management and investment planning division of Alliant. So, people say, “Hey, do you actually work for Alliant?” I’m like, “Yes, we do.” If you go to the website, you’ll see my smiling face on there. Um, our services and our product offers are pretty broad. Everything from fixed rate guaranteed to as aggressive as you want to be out in the market, strategies to hedge against loss, or maybe a multiplier on the upside. Uh, most retail places cannot do that. Most of your self-directed stuff don’t allow you to do those things. But um just some of the different ways we can help right the complimentary financial planning uh I’m a CFP uh advanced planning if it becomes a little more complicated than that you know some of the conversions cash management flow tax strategies things like that uh estate planning today this will be a very high level uh obviously the investment management which is our primary what I would say is our primary job here um and then just broad range of investments so that’s our two minutes on what We do. Uh so if this is your first webinar, we do multiple webinars on various topics throughout the week with different presenters. Uh you can find a list of our upcoming webinars on our website uh which is found right on the Alliancredit Union’s website. So you can either go directly to our website at aerys.alliancreditun.com Alliancreditun.com events. Um, or if you just go to the Alliant Credit Union’s homepage, we’re up in the investment tab or on the investment tab in the upper right hand corner and you can just click that and it’ll take you to the website and schedule and all that good stuff. So, you can find our our podcast, blogs, um, wealth of other resources. I encourage you to take a look if you have not been there already. Uh, each of us host webinars twice a month. I usually do one in the evening and one in the afternoon. So, my next webinar will be in the evening. Uh that is July 28th on Tuesday at 6:00 p.m. Central and 700 p.m. Eastern. We’ll be talking about long-term care planning. Uh so, and really of all the potential challenges, right, potential headwinds and things like that of retirement planning, I would say this is like one of the more financially devastating if it does happen and you’re not prepared for it. Uh, and it’s one of the easier ones to prepare for if you even need it. Um, and just to be clear though, this is not a webinar on on long-term care insurance pitch. It It’s not that, you know, we we’ll talk about the headwinds and the options that are out there. Um, and and frankly, why it should be part of your retirement planning or at least a consideration. It doesn’t necessarily have to be in there, but at least it’s considered on the whatifs. And we’ll talk a little bit about that. um retirement income my one back in the afternoon will be in August. So August 12th on Wednesday and that is 12 central 1 Eastern. So a little bit earlier than today’s and it is titled the fragile decade. And what this does is we look at the 5 years before and the 5 years after retirement and what that looks like. Uh we’ll put some timelines out there how you get ready. Frankly, you should already start getting ready maybe 10 years before you start to retire so you can maybe get some of those tax strategies, income strategies in place. Uh, and it kind of allows you benchmarks as far as where you should be and what that should look like.

    Voila. So, I appreciate your patience with the housekeeping. So, let’s jump right in. So, what is the purpose of estate management? So estate management is about preserving your assets that you’ve spent your whole lifetime building. It’s about protecting your spouse, your children, their heirs, and ensuring that your assets are distributed how you want them to be. Um, it’s really about managing the amount of the estate taxes that may be due. Now, I will tell you, um, most of you will probably not have estate taxes, but there are other taxes that go with it. Um, so we’ll look at some of the fundamental estate management principles and how to enable you to manage your financial and personal affairs during your lifetime, right? So you can distribute that wealth after death. So there’s two objectives for estate management. First is managing your financial and personal affairs during your lifetime, right? And second, distributing your wealth after your death in an efficient manner in the way that you want it to do. So if it’s done well, it can make a huge difference, right? And you can you can be able to spell out how your health care wishes are and in ways that you ensure they’re carried out, right? Even if you’re unable to communicate, right? So you haven’t died, but you’re not you’re not where you can communicate these things. All of these things are in the in between. some of the things that we’ll just we’ll touch on today, right? You know, how you choose your heirs, um you know, how you might want to communicate that as far as what your your wishes are, right? So they can have a better idea because it is really difficult because you know, we’ve seen this with other clients where where someone passed away, you know, and and they have no idea. So it it it makes things just a lot easier for those who are frankly left behind.

    So we found it helpful to illustrate the various estate management principles and strategies as a pyramid. Right? So the foundation is formed by an understanding of how estate taxes work and as we move up we encounter more critical estate management documents at the top. It’s really specific tactics for for the management of it. So let’s talk a little bit about the foundation and how how they work. So in order to understand how they work, we’re going to take a little look at the history of estate taxes. So the first estate tax was established back in the late 18th century, so 1797. Um, and it was really to fund the undeclared naval war with France. So shortly after the war ended, that tax went away. And then it happened again for the Civil War and the SpanishAmerican War in the 1800s and Congress passed the estate tax to pay for the war. Then it repealed afterward. Now we know, and if everybody’s anybody’s a politician here or has family as politician, this is all tongue and cheek and my apologies for that. But we know how Congress in DC and when they start paying taxes, it’s very hard to give that up. So in 1916, the 16th amendment of the constitution passed in 1913, right? And that one gave Congress a right to lay and collect taxes on incomes from whatever source derived. The Revenue Act of 1916 established a state tax, and it’s been modified over the years, but it’s never been repealed. So, um, there was a sunset provision for some of you who might know that that back in 2010, it eliminated estate tax that year. So, I’m going to jokingly say that was a good year to die uh if you’re worth over a certain amount, but I don’t know if there’s any good year to die on that. But, so in 2012, right, uh, the American Tax Relief Code made the estate plan a permanent part of that tax code. [snorts] Um and in 2017, this will matter, uh the tax cuts in the jobs act doubled the estate tax exemption, right? So it went from about 5 1.5 million, it was 5.49, it went to 11.18 million. And that’s why I say most people the states won’t actually pay estate taxes. There’s other state there’s other taxes, but that that matters. So in 2020 uh cuz it was graduated so it rose to the 11.58 and in 2025 it rose to 13.9 million. That was supposed to um be a sunset provision at the end of last year but the one big beautiful bill act in July eliminated the sunset provision and it increased it to 15 million a person. So you actually have an exemption of 15 million before you actually even have to pay estate taxes. And that’s per person if it’s done right. So if you’re married and you position the assets correctly, it’s a $30 million exemption. So um this is a hypothetical example uh that shows the formula for estimating the estate taxes and and it’s actually quite simple. Uh note that we’re only going to talk about the federal estate tax though, right? because about a quarter of the states in their union have their own additional state estate tax. Uh so it’s actually 12 plus the District of Columbia have a state income tax in addition to the federal estate income tax. So uh if you don’t happen to have a complete set of IRS tables laying around, you can estimate the federal estate tax just by using a quick formula. Right? So this this this slide uses I think it’s 2024 numbers but it’s the same process. So you bring up the gross value of the estate, right? And you you would ex you would subtract that exemption value, right? So it was 15 million, but since it’s 2024 it was 13.6. So you’d have a taxable estate uh of just under 1.4 million. So 1,390,000 and 40,000 is your tax rate on that. So your estate tax that would be due to the federal government would be 556,000. Now there are multiple tiers just like your income tax. There’s multiple tiers um for estate tax as well. How much over that exemption? So that top tier is for a million and over. But the tiers, they start at 18% and they go up to 40%. So after you complete your estimation, right, you’ll find your tax, the yeah the estate tax bill. And so now I will tell you if in your head you’re doing that, you’re like, “Oh, I’m going to owe estate tax or at least my family will,” you probably will benefit from like more complex estate management. But we can talk about that at another time. So again, most people aren’t going to have this problem because the average person is not worth 15 million. The average married couple is not worth 30. So if you do have this problem, there’s statistically a pretty good chance that you already have your affairs in order, but some don’t. Okay, so your most basic, it really starts with a will. So more than half of Americans don’t even have a will. All right. So I would say a greater number of people are are impacted by the lack of basic planning. And this basic planning just begins with a will. So know this, you already have a will. The difference is whether it’s your wishes or if it’s determined by the state that your assets reside. So, if you die without a will or some type of planning document, right, you’ve died in testing, right? And if that happens, state specific laws determine who inherits your assets. Um, so it’s always better for you to decide instead of letting the government decide. At least I believe that to be true. So, there’s a number of critical documents that you’ll need to be part of your estate. And the first one is a will. Uh that’s the most basic estate planning document. There are other ways to set up your current accounts like your bank accounts, investment accounts, and to where it’ll bypass probate. So you don’t need a will. It would bypass the will. Uh but a will basically tells the world exactly where you want your assets distributed when you die. So, everybody should have a will, but according to one study, CNBC, 60% of Americans don’t have one.

    And what I would say is these aren’t just for the wealthy, right? Because an in if when an individual dies in testate or without a will, it’s up to the state to decide how those assets will be distributed. So, even if you have a trust, by the way, someone says, “Oh, well, I have a trust. I don’t need a will. [snorts] That will will take care of any of those holdings that are outside of the trust. Like did you put your car in the name of the trust or is it owned as you as an individual? You know, it’s things like that. So, you know, the person who did mine is a board certified estate attorney. He’s like, you know, we always run both because the reality is is that someone inevitably will forget to to title everything they have in the name of the trust. So, it’s easier. It’s a simple one. It’s relatively inexpensive to have one of those. If you don’t, we’ll talk about that at the end that we could probably help you with that. Um, so since a will is kind of the cornerstone of your estate, uh, your will names an executive who oversees the process of distributing those assets. Uh, you can name a guardian, uh, if you have minor children still. Um, [clears throat] and it allows you direct to direct how your propertyy’s distributed, right? So, not just your cash, not just your investments, but like your house, your car, things like that. Um, but really a lot of times the wills aren’t the be all end all, right? So they do have their own shortcomings. The first one is wills can be contested. So in fact that probate court will send out a notice of the will to let anyone who might have grounds to contest it. And frankly, even if they don’t have grounds, it doesn’t prevent them from contesting it. But if someone wants to contest it, there’s potential for a lengthy battle in probate court and it costs money. So sometimes it’s not always so smooth. So there might be more efficient ways to get some of those assets to the ones that you want. So wills are essential um since they’re essentially instructions to that probate court. They pretty much guarantee probate, right? The probate process can be expensive, but not always. Um and it can take many months to more than a year to resolve depending on how large your or complex your estate is or if [snorts] there is anyone who can test it. So probate so when you die right your assets go into something called probate where they’re kind of frozen and during that period of time those assets are made public they pass away that the estate exists. So if you owe money, creditors can lay claims to that. Beneficiaries can say, “Hey, wait a minute. I think I am also I should benefit from some of that.” Um, so that matters. Um, and during that time, that’s when the probate court will, you know, they’ll determine the validity of the will and everything’s good. Then they will say, “Yep.” they give you the blessing and who whoever is the executive the execut will go ahead and start liquidating assets. Um

    so if you only use a will, anyone can find out how much you left and frankly to whom. So, we’ll talk a little bit more about how you can avoid some of that probate and distribute your assets um to your heirs privately, but let’s talk about some of the essential documents that most people should consider having in place in addition to that. So,

    so part of this right is not just after you pass but while you are alive. So, you know, you want to really take care of your estate. A will isn’t the only document. So, there’s a set of documents that you should have in place. So, among these are called advanced directives. Uh, and this includes a living wall. And basically what that is is that’s, you know, you might have heard them as AMD, advanced medical directives. So, they’re guidance to doctors on medical treatments you would either would like to have or not like to have like a do not resuscitate. A DNR would be an example of one of those or the information that is contained in those. You’re a power of attorney and there are different types of powers of attorney where you give somebody the authority under certain situations uh to handle your affairs but while you’re alive not once you pass because once you pass that power of attorney is no longer valid. Um the durable power of attorney for health care. So they allow you to um that person who’s designated to still work on your behalf uh when you no longer have the mental capacity for example uh to make decisions on your own. [snorts] So you can kind of decide early while you can, right? So there are also financial documents and agreements like joint ownership, that durable power of attorney, living trust.

    So a little bit of a story. So back in like the late 90s, early 2000s, there was this case of Kerry Shyo. if I don’t know who’s on this or where we’re from so the ages but you know some of them are old enough to remember this but but this really brought that whole advanced directives to the forefront so if you remember or if you don’t so cherry drive was was severely incapacitated right and this was from like 1990 until 2005 so was cardiac arrest and resuscitated but had severe brain damage damage and she was left in a vegetative state. So her family battled for years about what should be done. So Carrie didn’t have a living will. So her wishes could not be known, right? So the husband argued that she wouldn’t want to exist in this state, but her parents disagreed. So they went to court. So this was just a high-profile case. So most Americans at that time still didn’t have healthcare documents, right? So so that’s why it’s important to not only have these documents, but to communicate to your loved ones as far as what level of care you want if you’re incapacitated. A living will provides specific instructions about your medical care if you become incapacitated and unable to communicate. So it goes into effect immediately upon your incapacity and it doesn’t need to go through any legal proceedings or at least additional legal proceedings. So the power of attorney document that’ll authorize someone to handle legal and financial decisions when you become incapacitated but to also give your effect upon your in they also going to effect upon your incapacity right and then they can trigger on an event that you specify. So, like having a living will, a power of attorney doesn’t need to go through any additional legal proceedings, but individual states, just know they have various power of attorney laws. So, consider, you know, just kind of where you’re at as far as when you make that decision on on what you’re going to do. The durable power of attorney is uh it authorizes someone to make decisions for your healthcare on your behalf. So like it’s like a living will and the power of attorney. It doesn’t need to go through additional legal proceedings.

    So this is actually interesting. So about 70% of older Americans have advanced medical directives before their death. Now I would hope that number will get higher. I think that is still a surprisingly low number after the Shybo incident. Um, but I will say from a decade ago, uh, that’s up from 30%. So, it was at 30% a decade ago and now we’re at 70%. So, we have come a long way and frankly, I think, uh, we still have a ways to go. So, you know, I mean, when we’re looking at extended life expectancy, there’s so many treatment options that are available. the chance that you or someone close to you will benefit from an advanced directive I would say is probably greater than ever and will continue to increase. So a little bit about financial documents and how we have those set that up. So joint ownership uh right of survivorship is the most common. And basically what that means if uh I would say me and my wife but it doesn’t even have to be your wife. It could be you and a friend have a joint account with right of survivorship. If one of you passes away the other person on that account automatically is takes ownership of the entire account. uh power of attorney. Uh look, you’re in this case, right? You authorize someone to read this. You authorize someone to make legal and financial decisions on your behalf in case of incapacity. Now, I know this goes without saying, but make sure it’s someone you trust and not just from an like from their moral compass side, right? And you want to make sure they’re doing the right thing, but you also want to make sure they have the capacity to make those decisions, right? Like I like them. They’re a nice person. When you look at your kids, and I’m going to jokingly say this, I have I come from a family of five. I you know, I have four other siblings. There are favorites and there are the most responsible. In my case, I just so happen to be both. I won’t tell my other siblings that, but we all know the truth. So there are different types of POAS but in all seriousness right so whenever you name that you are giving them authority to make these decisions so you want to make sure that they’re capable and more importantly they’re willing to right because it is you might have to make some really really heavy decisions so you want to make sure they’re okay with that I wouldn’t I wouldn’t just just name them without having that discussion first so they understand the scope potentially what they might they might need to do. So, um this isn’t mentioned here, but I would say I’d be remiss to not to mention the power of the TOD and POD, which is a transfer on death and payable on death. So, you know, it’s for your simple things like um like your IAS and your 401ks, life insurance things, they already have a named beneficiary, but you know, like your checking and your savings and your CDs, they don’t have a named beneficiary. So you can add what’s called a POD, which is a payable on death. So if you pass away, this doesn’t have to go through the probate process. It’s still added to the estate for estate calculation, but it automatically pays to that that that recipient. Once they show a death certificate for a to uh transfer on death, that’s used in for like brokerage accounts for non-cash. So I have, you know, a brokerage account with XYZ stock in there. Um, I have mine set up as a tod. So, if something were to happen to me, they can automatically liquidate or just take the shares as is. So, those are free to add. And that’s why that is a good thing to have on here. Uh, your accounts, it’s not a bad idea to set them up that way. If it’s simple, you know, if it’s like, hey, I got one or two people that I want to get the assets. If it’s more complicated, that’s where your wills and trusts come in.

    Uh, gifting. [snorts] So um so this is for 2024 because the gifting actually increases. So it the amount changes, right? So as of this for 2024, it shows that you can gift up to 18,000 without triggering a gift or an estate tax, right? So if you’re married, you can give twice that. You know, you want to say, “Hey, I’m going to give my son or my daughter or my grandchildren some money.” you can gift up to that per person. Um, so you know, in this case, if you could give away $18,000 and you gave away $19,000, the person technically that extra $1,000, you know, that 19 that you gave away, you get $18,000 as the exemption. You’re supposed to pay gift tax on that thousand. I’m not sure actually does, but you’re supposed to do it. But you can also file that against your um lifetime exclusion, you know, like the 15 million. Um but again, I’m not sure who does that. I’m just saying that’s what the law is. So in 2026, an individual can give away 15 million over his lifetime without owing any federal gift tax. Uh couples can leave twice that amount. So, but also keep in mind, by the way, so also keep in mind that they have their own estate tax regulations at the state level. So, so even though you might have it on the federal tax side, depending on where you live, you might still have to pay something on the state side. So, trusts can be another powerful estate management tool. So, it’s a legal entity that can own property, right? So, a trust when you pass away, basically a trust is an entity that lives on Um, so these can be used to avoid probate, right? So it avoids delays and the expenses that accompany probate. They’re not a matter of public record, which a lot of folks find that very comforting. And they are a so they’re a tool for maintaining your privacy. Um, but they can also provide an effective man management tool and distribution to your heirs. I’ll give you an example. So we have some client client who passed away. Well, they had um more than one child, right? More than one beneficiary. So, so beneficiary. Well, one of their children were not um how do I put this? One not financially responsible. So, they put in, you know, it’s like a spend a spinth a spend threat provision. Basically said, look, they get x amount of dollars when we pass away, they’ll get monthly, and every five years they’ll get a lump sum. etc. And then they put an exception in there. If there’s medical or some type of emergency, they’re allowed to access. Uh it looks like someone just asked a question. Uh unfortunately, there is no they they don’t record this. So So it’s a compliance issue. We had asked about this about being able to put these out there on demand for them to listen to, but unfortunately that’s a no. Um but if you have any questions, you can always just I’ll my information will end. Um so look so even after your death right these can allow you to have some control over how those assets are distributed to children and and other beneficiaries doesn’t have necessarily your children. Um and trusts are a lot more difficult to contest than a will. Uh so using a trust it’s it’s a it’s a more complex set of of rules of tax rules regulations. So before moving forward with the trust, you want to work with a professional who’s familiar with the rules and regulations. I can tell you the person who did mine, he’s a board certified estate attorney. We have some of the basic planning available to our members and certainly to our clients um at AIS. But if you have questions, you know, give us a call.

    So how does a trust work? So, [snorts] you know, the first thing is you have to look at like the value of your estate. You make this calculation. You you you include all of your property that you control, right? So, it’s not just it’s not just like your retirement accounts, your stocks, your bonds, brokerage accounts, checking, savings, CDs, etc. Right? You still have to look at like your home, your real estate, uh right? If you own a rental, if you just own some raw land out here, vehicles, uh what could be like a gun collection, a stamp collection, art, things like that, those can all have significant value. Any business interest you might have, life insurance is also included in that estate. Um including those death benefits if you don’t name them correctly. So,

    you have to exceed that 15 million for you to be subject to federal state taxes. So, this is one of those reasons why, you know, if if you’re around there, you might either start giving away some things early, spending down your estate. Um, but even if you’re not, frankly, you should consider getting your estate and healthcare documents in order so those wish issues are carried out. And and frankly, I would say yes, nobody wants to pay estate taxes, but more importantly, I would think it it impacts people to be able to make sure their assets go to where they’re supposed to go. Um, the second thing is is really this helps you get your your objectives in order, right? So, you can kind of ask yourself the following questions. And this doesn’t have to be set in stone, right? You you have the right to change this later. um unless you do something like an irrevocable trust, but that’s a little more complex planning. But as a general rule, you can change your mind later. [snorts] So, what you want to know is whom do you want to have inherit those assets, right? How much of that? Who do you want handling your financial affairs if you are ever incapacitated? uh who’s making those medical decisions for you if you’re unable to make them for yourself? Um how do you want to provide support for your spouse if you should die first? Right? Because there’s married couples and there’s children, grandchildren, etc. So, how do those assets go? Right? Like we don’t have children, but we have nieces and nephews and siblings. So, we were having this discussion. Obviously, our assets go to each other, but what if something happens to both of us? Where do we really want that to go? Um, so that, you know, that’s actually a whole separate discussion where a lot of folks may not actually have that discussion. So, you do want to have that. That’s important. And if you have young children, you know, how are they provided for and who is going to provide it, right? Who’s that guardian? Make sure you want to talk to them about it. Make sure they’re okay with it. And frankly, even pets, right? Um, if something happens to me, who gets my dog? Who takes care of my dog? I’ve already arranged arrange I’ve made arrangements for that. I provided money for that. Not I can’t remember who that was. They left like millions of dollars for the care of their cat. Um, someone from New York. But anyway, great story. Great cat story. Um, but but those things matter, right? This is an opportunity to talk about what is important for you. if you are not here. So, so life insurance, right? It can play critical roles in your estate management, right? If you’re using this in conjunction with a trust and frankly even if you’re not using it in conjunction with a trust because you might have a large qualified account, right? Like a um like an IRA. I got a big IRA. If I pass away, my spouse can take it over. So, that’s really easy. But if we both pass away, then my beneficiaries get it. And if a non-spouse gets it, they have to distribute that in 10 years. They change the laws a few years back where before you could take it over your lifetime. Now, nope, 10 years. So, when that goes to those beneficiaries, it’s due federal income taxes do it in their tax bracket. So, this matters and I have this discussion with our with our clients or the members who we manage their money and that when we’re looking at beneficiaries, I ask this question, you know, it’s like, well, you’re retired now. This is your tax bracket. How are your children doing? Are they successful? Yes, they are. They’re in a much higher tax bracket than I am. So, what do we do to prepare for that? And some say, “Yes, I would like to make those preparations. What’s a more taxefficient way to do it?” And others say, “Too bad. I don’t know.” So, they have to pay taxes on it. They’re still getting money. So, there’s no right answer. There’s no wrong answer for that. But, it should certainly be considered. So, you know, when you’re looking at you might have an irrevocable trust, right, which it removes it out of your assets and that funds it. Set up life insurance and we normally do this under really big tax liabilities and it doesn’t have to be a state, but it could be a large income tax um liability. So, they take that insurance policy, move it into that revocable trust, and at the death um those proceeds offset some of those taxes. So there there’s really there’s really a lot of factors that affect the costs, right? The availability of that insurance like your age, health, and like the amount and the type of insurance that you want. Um and they can have expenses, right? So you know what happens if it’s surrendered prematurely? What happens there? So it’s there’s just a lot of things, but those are things to consider. These are things that we talk about with the members um when we’re looking at hey what’s the estrade structure look like? What does that look like for you? So

    your two big questions, right? What’s the value of your estate? And what are your objectives for that estate? And you should visit that I want to say every year, but it’s unlikely that that’s something like that, but certainly every few years just to make sure all those things are still aligned or if there’s a major change with those beneficiaries like a marriage, a divorce, um not only just your own personal life, but like your beneficiary, your kids get married, your kids get divorced, they have a baby, now you have a grandchild. Is it something that you’re like, you know what, I would want money funding if something were to happen to pay for their college or care or their first home or whatever that is, right? Their first car. Um, there isn’t a right answer on whatever your objectives might be, but it allows you to get them organized and down on paper or electronically. I’m not sure if it’s on paper anymore, but um, so so here’s here’s a couple of things, right? So let’s just kind of an example of some of those scenarios. So your lower left hand side is Anthony and Selena. They’re a couple with a child. So that they might look at what’s the best way to gift assets to our children and our grandchildren, right? Because because this is a discussion that we have, right? You can wait until you pass away and get that to them or can we spend down some of those assets? Um and and frankly, they need it now, right? they might need it now. Uh and we get to see them enjoy it and benefit from it. So there is something that they benefit as well. Um if you have a blended family, right? So we have a lot of those in the United States now where we’ve come together in a union and each spouse has has children from a prior marriage. So how does that look like? Right? How do we structure for that? Um Dave, Christina, the upper right, they’re retired. So what would they want to know? So is a living trust worth the trouble and expense to set up? Depends. Depends on your assets. What’s the best way to take title of the assets? So Rebecca on the far left, she’s a single parent and business owner. Uh is there an estate value threshold that creating a trust makes sense compared to or not? So we’ll I’ll feel the questions. Oh yeah, I’m sorry. So thank you. So, for the folks who are putting questions in there, or if you’re not and you do have questions, go ahead and put those in the Q&A box and we’ll address those shortly. We’ll leave time at the end. We should have plenty of time at the end. Um, or even in the web chat. Um, so this one is very common, right? It’s very common for single parents and she just happens to be a business owner. So, how does she protect her business interest in the event of her passing? Um, do I have all the critical documents in case of a tragic change or catastrophic change in health? Now, I will tell you this. This is actually something very interesting for business owners. If you’re a business owner and you are attending this webinar, if you have a partner, right? And I’ll give you an example. So, let’s say you’re business partners and you both are married and one passes away. Well, that spouse just owns half your business. And so, now you get to do 100% of the work. and you get to share half of that revenue. So, not exciting. No one’s usually too excited about that. So, there’s there’s documents and structures that you’ll want to put in that force a buyout, right? Whether it’s um whether it’s cross purchase on the insurance, but you know, you value your your value the business. So, let’s say our business is uh worth 10 million and business owns like a $5 million policy and when one passes away, those proceeds are used to buy out the other spouse and they don’t have a say in it, right? That is something that is agreed on while you both are still alive. Um, so Isaac over there in the lower right hand with his laptop, he likes to do research online. So, are the critical healthcare documents I downloaded legally binding? So, depends on where you downloaded them from and how would you make sure to avoid probate and estate taxes. If some of those questions are, you know, give us a call. No problem on that. Um, so this is actually something that we just recently added because a lot of folks will say, hey, you know, do you have someone? And it’s like, well, depending on what you can do, there’s online that you can do. Um but we can help at least with a cost-effective solution on this. So we use a uh trust and will they provide access for legal documents right? So it’s a reduced cost for our members there. It’s actually free to actually clients of erys uh on how they do that and that’s some of the basic you know trust will power attorney etc that living will that we had talked about. If it’s more complicated than that, then we would have a um you’d have like another attorney and and I will tell you, so since we’re all over the country, I it would just kind of depend on where you’re at, but here the the person I use, the board certified estate attorney, he’s the one who actually didn’t mine. So, um so that’s just that’s just something out there. It’s just one of those things we offer. Now, we don’t actually make any money on this. So this is just something that we have so many that that we allow we have this done through a a third party at a a reduced rate. So with that we’ve come to the end. So we’re we’re actually at the Q&A part. So I want to thank everyone for attending. I’m going to put up a one question survey. And what this does is so we’re a full-ervice investment firm, right? Planning investments. We are fiduciaries. Uh, so while we’re going to do the Q&A, I’m going to put the uh quick survey whether you want to schedule some time with me or a call. If you have some questions about your specific situation, go ahead and click yes or just hit that QR code. And while you’re doing that, we’re actually going to go look at some of the questions out there. So,

    let’s see. So, uh, is there an estate value threshold that creating a trust makes sense compared to not? Well, the obvious one is if you’re over that 15 million or if you’re married, if it’s over 30 million. But I would tell you if you’re under it, which most people are, trust still makes sense. And kind of the general rule on that is is if your situation is a little more complicated on how your assets are supposed to be uh dissolved and distributed. Like for example, you’re like, well, you know, I got four kids and I want each of them to get 25%. Sell it, done, we’re fine. Um, however, let’s say I live here in Houston, right? So there’s a lot of farms here. Um or saying, “Look, you know, we have a family farm. We have three kids. Two of them really don’t care about it. One of them really does. So I want it done this way. Strike some of those assets to do a buyout. If if that person wants to keep it, if it doesn’t, then just sell the farm, distribute assets accordingly.” So that’s so those types of situations where where a trust is helpful because a trust is an entity that does not die when you die. um it continues on, right? It’ll actually even file the taxes or someone will file taxes on its behalf. So, those are the situations where where you would use a trust. Uh let’s see, we have a few questions here. Awesome.

    What’s the average cost of a simple will or trust? So, you know, online they have they have them as like the basic basic basic. I think I think they’re as little as like a couple hundred bucks, 150, $200 on like the basic basic. [snorts] Um, but again, a lot of those things could be or at least a lot of your assets could be removed too, right? Just by using POD and DoD. But yes, a basic trust will it’s usually for that package. Um, but usually a few hundred hours is use that and it could be a little more. or it would be more expensive depending on how complicated your your assets are. Uh what’s a ladybird deed or house will be paid off soon I want to leave to my children. Ah the ladybird deed. Okay. So a ladybird deed basically is like a it’s like a a tod for your house and and not all states have that by the way. So um I don’t know what state you’re in but Texas we have one. They’re pretty common in Florida. Uh so that’s basically what it is. So you can set up that deed and basically but you still have control of it. You’re still the owner. You are still Yeah. Okay. So you’re in Florida. So that’s probably the most common place that I think the Ladybird deed does. Um but it’s but it’s it’s I know we [snorts] use them here in Texas, too. And and they’re really common in Florida. So basically what it does, it names your beneficiary on your home. So when you pass away, it goes to them. However, while you’re still alive, you still have full control ownership of it. Um they don’t have access to any of the information on that. uh you could still sell your home if you want to move to something else and then you would just put that other home, you know, like if you said, “Look, I’m going to sell this house and move to a condo, like a something that that you would change that that asset and put that in there for your other beneficiaries.” It’s actually a pretty clean way to to do some things. Um we provide this service through trust and wills. Who specifically do we contact? Uh you can you can actually contact me and so we have a gatekeeper on this. So, it isn’t it isn’t someone that you can just click on um that will kind of get an idea. If you haven’t clicked [snorts] yes, just go ahead and click yes on this or or use that QR code and just give me a call um or take my contact information down and and we can get your information as far as what you’re trying to do and then you can say, “Yep, this is what it is.” If you’re not clients of Aerys, just clients of the credit union, um, not part of our division, then it’s a discounted rate for that. If you are clients of ours, um, like I said, we actually don’t make money on this. Actually, it’s a cost to us. So, we we offer that service or at least we’re test offering that service for right now. So, um, let’s see what else. Another question. That’s a good one. Here we go. trust which are created in the US and forcible in other countries. Uh they are not actually. So my husband and French and we have French property and live in the US with property here as well. So let me give you my disclosure. I’m not your state attorney, but generally speaking, no. And and also it gets a little weird too if if it becomes a citizenship thing. So like if you’re um if you’re married right with US assets um and and like my spouse for example your spouse weren’t a US citizen then there’s limits to how much they can actually inherit and the way they inherit that’s taxfree so it does matter. So the short answer is no assets over there they still fall under the jurisdiction of like in that case France. Um, but but I would say this by the way because because states because remember states

    I don’t know if I can actually put that survey back up. I’ll tell you what. So, um, just just take my number down or something or I have you I can give you a call here. I’ll just take your information down.

    We should have a way to to make that adjustment, right? So, in case you change your mind. So, I will uh I’ll give you a call. I’ll try to do it today, but it might be tomorrow. Um, so with that said though, I and I will tell you though, as far as property goes, this is the other reason. So, this is where it’s kind of matters on trusts and um because it is more complex of a of a um of a situation or or at least your will will will impact this too. So, let’s say I live here in Texas, but I love Florida, so I want to have a condo there somewhere in the Keys or something. I don’t know. Um or in Miami, cuz that’s cool, I guess. But, um it was pretty cool. So, so you know, if I pass away, so Texas has a state laws for Texas, but so does Florida. So, so these things still have to be taken care of under under those jurisdictions. So, that does matter. So depending on where your assets are and this is some of the things that we talk to when we do the planning for our clients but yes that does matter not only within countries thank you for that question but also in states where that property is. It is not uncommon for people to have a vacation home for example somewhere else. Um, let’s see. Let me go through these and make sure I got all of that. Any other questions?

    State tax. Oh, this is a good one. Okay, so um, someone asked on taxation for a retirement account. So, remember when I said um most people won’t pay estate taxes, but there are other types of taxes. One of those things is income tax, right? So, let’s say I have a retirement account that my wife’s supposed to get it and if she gets it, she just steps into my shoes, but we both pass away and our children are going to inherit it or grandchildren or whomever. um that is taxable at their tax bracket, right? They have to distribute over 10 years, but they have to pay income tax on that. So, there is still taxes due. Um so, it could be property taxes, things like that. So, the the thing I think that will will get most people is probably the income tax on retirement accounts. So, there’s things that you can do to kind of structure that or start making arrangements for that. Now I think that I think those are it. I think I got all the questions on there. Thank you so much for the participation. This makes this so much easier. Um and I really appreciate the engagement. Uh if there are any questions, please reach out to me. Uh thank you so much. we are going to officially end the uh the webinar, but I’ll still be around for a couple of minutes if anyone has any questions. So, thank you so much for attending everyone. Be safe and have a fantastic rest of your day. Take care. Bye now.

  • 07/14/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Estate Planning Basics – An Overview of the Estate Planning Process

    Good evening everybody. Thank you so much for joining me tonight. Uh it’s just a hair after six o’clock so we will get started. I do want to be very respectful of your time. Uh tonight’s topic is estate planning basics. My name is Joe Gaspari. I am one of the financial consultants here on the Alliant Retirement and Investment Services team. Uh what I do here typically every two weeks I do a different presentation. tonight on estate planning. Uh recently the seven things you need to do before retirement, then uh social security, Medicare, all of these various financial topics that might be important to you. So uh tonight we’re going to talk a little bit about uh estate planning where it says estate planning basics. I do want to be uh to let you know this is the basics of this. This is not getting too indepth. Hopefully, this is going to make you think, do I need to speak to someone? And hopefully, I will be putting up a survey at the end of this presentation that you and I can continue this conversation one-on-one with you directly and just to kind of dig into maybe just your future a little bit. And if it’s estate planning that’s uh heavy on your heart, then we can certainly talk about that. Maybe the answer might be I think you need to speak to an attorney um and get some uh you know estate things going especially if it’s complicated if you have multiple properties and or just a complicated uh beneficiary situation. So there’s many different reasons why someone might want a trust or just a will the powers of attorney for health care and uh financial all of these important documents that we’re going to touch on today. So, uh, as we get going with that, I do want to let you know that we cannot record these presentations. That does come up pretty much, uh, uh, quite often, uh, almost every presentation. Someone might ask if we can get a recording of it. We are not able to record and neither are listeners. Um, so we had seen some um, I believe it was competition that uh, uh, other adviserss that were recording our presentations. So it’s something that we cannot do. Uh so these cannot be recorded for compliance reasons. We are not able to also not able to give out the deck or the slides on these as well uh for compliance purposes. So hopefully if you do want to dig in a little bit more, please say yes at the end of the presentation uh and then uh we can certainly uh talk about what’s important to you and to see what steps are going to be next. I do have some other presentations coming up uh which is the IRA planning different you know traditional Roth uh the different tax consequences uh moving forward into retirement of uh many of us that I’ll use the term 401k rich meaning that that’s where a lot of our savings is um that and those are things that if it’s traditional regular 401k it’s all taxable coming out so I do want to uh let you know there’s some other opportun unities and planning that can be in place so every dime is not taxed in retirement. Maybe come up with some strategies for you there. So hopefully we’ll see you on that one. That’s Wednesday the 29th at 2 p.m. Then I have the Medicare presentation August 11th. Another evening presentation. This is a pretty popular topic. Same with Social Security. uh but uh digging into Medicare A B maybe the Medicare C uh the advantage plan Medicare D which is prescription drug coverage all of these different things how much are you expected to pay for this in retirement and we’ll dig into Medicare coming up soon uh educational resources you do also have access to see what other webinars are going to be available uh for you to listen to our uh invest savvy podcast and our Aerys Aerys meaning Alliant Retirement and Investment Services. Uh that is uh our team that I work with. So Aerys website and blog is available as I go through the presentation on estate planning. If you do think of a question, just go ahead and type it in at any time. If you think of that, just type it in. They will hold until the end of the presentation, which is when I will take those. But you can utilize the Q&A box or the chat box. It doesn’t matter which one. Uh but I I’ll have them both up and ready to go to answer any questions that you might have at the end of the presentation. So, let’s dig into what is an estate plan. It’s a map. It’s a road map of here’s what you want. Here’s how to put it in place to make sure things pass without maybe going through probate. Um, we’re going to talk about that. But, uh, you know, if we can avoid probate, if we can make sure that your wishes, maybe it’s, uh, artwork, maybe it’s jewelry that you have. Document, document, document. This is what, uh, basically a will is going to do for you. Documenting who gets what. Um, maybe there’s minor children under your care. Who’s going to take care of these minor children? That would be things that are in a will. So, a map reflects the way you want your personal and financial affairs to be handled in case of incapacity or death. Incapacity mean what if you’re in the hospital? What if you’re in a coma? What if? What if? What if? All of these various things that could certainly happen. And if you’re not able to act uh maybe even paying your bills uh because you’re in the hospital, who’s going to be able to take care of those things for you? So, who needs an estate plan? Chances are you do. uh not just for the wealthy. Without an estate plan, you can’t control what happens to your property if you die or become incapacitated. It makes your wishes clear, helps avoid family disputes. I’ve seen many many many uh times or cases of when someone passes away and maybe it’s just children, maybe it’s cousins, maybe it’s nieces and nephews that are beneficiaries, but family and money sometimes does not mix very well. Uh I’ve seen many cases of that. So, uh it’s certainly something please have things in writing. Uh proper estate planning can preserve assets and provide for loved ones. especially [clears throat] needed if your spouse is uncomfortable uh with financial matters. If you have minor children, who’s going to uh take care of or raise the children legally uh based on your wishes? uh your net if your net worth if you are in this range of over a $15 million net worth then we start to dig into estate taxes not state but estate taxes which is generally a flat 40% on stuff over 20 million or 15 million. So, as an example, 20 million, if someone has a $20 million estate and they pass away, the first 15 million is not subject to the estate tax, but anything above that, so 5 million would be uh subject to that 40% estate tax. If you own property in more than one state, you’ll definitely want to. There’s different state rules uh on especially if someone passes away on how things are passed. Uh financial privacy is a concern because probate is a public record. Uh so if it’s something that is important to you that you don’t want this to be public, then have an estate plan ready to go. And uh sorry for my voice here but uh sorry uh estate planning uh concepts. So planning for incapacity.

    So healthcare, property management, planning for death, wills, probate, tax basics, lifetime gifting. We’re going to talk about gifting. How much you can give away while you’re alive legally. uh life insurance and trusts planning for incapacity. Incapacity can strike anyone at any time. Uh there’s been a case, it was a very famous case back in the ‘9s. Uh Terry Shybo, if that name rings a bell at all. I believe she was about 26 years old. Um she went into cardiac arrest and she was in a coma for a very long time. Uh so now her husband this is in the state of Florida her husband after a long period of time and doctors saying she’s not going to come out of this uh said let’s remove the feeding tube her parents got involved then again in the state of Florida and said no we are we should have a say so over the husband the parents should have a say so now we have courts involved where the husband says remove the feeding tube the parents said, “No, don’t do it.” And so then there was court case, court case, court case, and they finally sided with the husband and said, “You could remove it.” It was um eventually overturned and said, “Nope, side with the parents. Don’t do it.” It was about a I believe it was about a a 14-year process uh where this dragged on, dragged on, dragged on, and they ultimately said the Supreme Court got involved and said they could remove the feeding tube and she ended up passing away some days, you know, several days later. But, uh things that are not uh written now, we’re talking about a 26-year-old uh that who would have thought we need to do estate planning at 26 years old. But uh again, it could happen to anyone at any time. Failing to plan means the court would have to appoint a guardian, especially if there’s minor children. Uh lack of planning increases the burden for the guardian and your guardian’s decisions might not be what you want. So if it’s the court appoints someone that is not uh in favor of what your wishes are, they can do what they want to do because the court put them in charge of your estate. healthc care directives. Uh living will number one, having a will. A will is going to be put your instructions in writing. Here’s what I want to have [laughter] happen. So, and I’m going to talk about my parents in a little bit. Uh with my when my dad passed away in 2015, my mother was diagnosed with cancer weeks after my dad passed away. And uh then when she passed away about a year and 3 months after my father did um she updated some things, but she didn’t get to everything we found out. Uh but uh she did update her will. Um but the will opens up probate. So we’re going to talk about even if you have a will, you can still go through probate. So but it does put instructions in writing. So this is where you would put if you have jewelry, if you have artwork, if you have minor children, all your instructions, what you would like to have happen. Sometimes it’s even the emotional things that you could put in there um you know that uh of what your wishes are. Durable power uh power of attorney for healthcare. There are two documents for uh power of attorney. The first one this health care and the second one coming up is going to be for uh property or like accounts to have someone able to pay bills for you. They are separate documents but they are both important documents to have. The first one is the power of attorney for health care. Lets you designate someone to sign for you if you need a surgery to have the say so of um take the feeding tube out or don’t take the feeding tube out. Uh like the Terry Shyo case. So someone needs to be in charge of that and it needs to be in writing. [clears throat] Do not resuscitate. This is an example of actually my mother-in-law uh had a DNR. uh do not resuscitate where when uh she passed away, she uh you know cancer and you know all sorts of things going on with her body and she went into cardiac arrest and they did some measures but it was a do not resuscitate. They can only do so much according to the instructions on there and she did pass away. directs uh that resuscitative uh measures be withheld or withdrawn planning for incapacity for property. Now having joint owners could be very uh important to have but there comes with a little bit I don’t even want to use the word risk but when I explain joint ownership means that someone has access to your property. So, if you are a, let’s say, a single person and you have adult children and you want to put one or all of your adult children as joint owners on your accounts just in case, maybe they’re trustworthy children and you want to just have them joint on your account. So, uh, if you need if you’re in the hospital that someone can act on your behalf, they have power to, you know, sign on checks and things like that. Uh, great. One of the big butts on that is what if something happened with one of those joint people. Let’s say maybe it was an accident or [clears throat] maybe it was their fault, maybe something they got sued for something. Your assets are now in play if there happens to be some type of court case and payment and your assets could be at risk on something like that. So that is certainly it’s a it’s kind of a stretch but it’s certainly something that could happen. Why someone would want joint ownership uh maybe adult children and why someone would not want uh joint ownership. Verbal power of attorney. This is also the document that someone can pay bills for you and have access to your accounts. They’re not joint owners. They can only do things on your behalf. If they ever got sued, it’s not their asset. So there’s no risk on that part, but someone can help you pay your bills and do financial things for you um on your behalf. So they can just sign your name, POA, power of attorney, and then that that person’s name. Living trusts. So we’re going to talk about trust. Maybe it’s a revocable trust or an irrevocable trust. Just so you know, most trusts that people do, most family trusts or living trusts or whatever type of trust are typically revocable, meaning you control it. You might be your own trustee of your own trust and but it is a separate entity that owns your property. It’s out of your um your personal ownership. It is owned by the trust, but you would control the trust. What happens if you die without an estate plan? Some property passes automatically to a joint owner or or designated beneficiary. So all of those accounts that if you have a 401k and you have beneficiaries named, you don’t need to have that in a will, you don’t need to have that in a trust, nothing like that. you have beneficiaries named and if you passed away uh death certificate and the beneficiary has an ID and they can open up an account and inherit those uh funds um or take control of a savings account or just move it to their own savings. So it does pass seamlessly if you name beneficiaries. Same thing if it is a joint owner and you passed away the joint owner already owns the account. All other property generally passes according to state estate and testasy laws. Probate what happens if you die without an estate intestasy. They vary from state to state. So probate rules are very different. My mother and fathers uh which I’m going to talk about here. Uh typical pattern of distribution divides uh property between uh the spouse and the children. So here’s an example of if you don’t have something in writing. Maybe you had an individual account. If you have a spouse and you have children, maybe your wishes were to say, “I’m going to just, yeah, it’s my wife’s. I’m just going to leave this, of course, to my wife first so she can move on.” And uh but some state um laws might be that if you passed away, if a husband passed away in this case, the wife gets half and the kids split the half. Maybe that wasn’t your wishes, but that could happen in certain states. So, here’s an example of even a spousal situation. You definitely want to make sure that you either have a spouse as a beneficiary or joint on that those accounts. Your actual wishes are irre irrelevant. Uh when we talk about um intestasy, it’s up to a judge and there could certainly be uh potential problems there. Wills and probate. So here’s where my mom and dad’s uh situation. Uh my father passed away in 2015. Uh my mother was happened to be diagnosed with cancer 5 weeks after my dad passed away. So 2015 still and she was going through her health issues and kind of settling my you know father’s estate. She was the beneficiary on his retirement account. So that was all smooth uh seamless on that and he was joint on accounts. She took his name off of some of the accounts that we saw and everything was pretty smooth we thought and she went to the attorney to update her will to take you know 50% of hers to her my my father her husband and uh so it was just I’m one of five kids so everything 20% to five kids is what she put in the will. Uh, so she ends up passing away a year later and now we’re going to settle her estate. So we’re at the down in Florida, all five of us are spouses. We do the funeral and now we’re starting to settle things. We see an attorney about her condo um that she owned and then some some accounts she had. We had statements. We had her her IRA account. And so we’re talking to the attorney and the attorney is going through the pile. Oh, there’s no beneficiaries on this one. Uh, we’ll talk about that. Oh, this one has beneficiaries. Go ahead and you can close these out. Anything with beneficiaries, we were able to take care of immediately. There were some accounts that did not have beneficiaries. And same with her condo. So, her condo at the time was valued at about 220,000. And the two accounts or two or three accounts that totaled about 80,000 did not have beneficiaries named. So, we had a $300,000 estate. It doesn’t didn’t count the IRA or anything else that had beneficiaries. The estate for probate purposes are just the things that are still in play, uh, which is the condo and the 80,000 accounts. So, 300,000 estate goes into probate. Now, this is in the state of Florida. And now we’re at the mercy of just waiting. Uh now this is when when people say you know is a you know shouldn’t take too long. I mean it’s pretty smooth. Everything was in the will which she did update but it’s a six sevenmon period in Florida somewhere in that range. And uh what if someone comes forward? A will can be contested. Uh which means if someone says hey she said she was going to leave me some of that you know I I get some. Now, there’s got to be documentation and proof things like that, but it can it certainly delay or add extra costs and things like that. It certainly could. So, uh we ended up going through and it was 6 7 months later we finally uh the judge says, “Yep, everything’s fine. 20% for the 80,000.” Put the condo in the kids’ names, which we ended up selling uh the condo. So, that was all it was all fine after a while, but boy, what a waiting game. And [clears throat] the biggest part of that is the attorney costs us between $9 and $10,000 for that 6 to 7 months. So probate attorney, it’s not a cheap process. So this is one of those when people say if I talk to an attorney, if I have to open up a trust, if I do, it might cost a couple of thousand, but it’s not going to be 9 or 10,000 that it could cost your beneficiaries after the fact. So in the will in our case when you see in the middle one here names an executive u uh my sister as an example was the executive of the estate and the attorney actually looked at all five of us in this room. He’s like just so you know all five of you if you call me I can’t talk to you. I can only talk to the executive. So we all met periodically and so we ended up finally settling the estate um and getting those counts. What a waiting game and what an expensive waiting game that was. Wills and probate the process. Most wills must be probated. And just so you know the term when the do when the doctor when the attorney uh had said u that you know he has this will. It’s updated. We’re going through statements and things. He said the first thing I’m going to do um you know whatever the next day or within the next couple of days is I take this to the court and file it. Now it gets filed. That’s when probate begins. So in just having the will is not enough just to say everything goes to who you say. The will opens up probate. Uh so wills filed uh with the probate court. Executive collects assets. So we had to continue to pay the association. We had to pay the property taxes. We had to pay insurance on the home still and all the different things. We still had to pay all the bills and we had to make sure those funds were available. Typically process lasts several months to a year, which was pretty typical for our case. Again, I’m just going to throw a reminder that if you do have some questions, type away in the chat box or the Q&A, and I will get to those at the end of the presentation. Uh probate uh pros and cons. Uh time and cost could uh typically modest. Uh depends on uh what your attorney fees and things like that are um for uh for probate. Court supervision protects against creditors. If there are, you know, if there was credit card debt or anything or mortgage, thankfully my, you know, the condo was paid off. My mother did not have credit card debt. In fact, I think she bought something for about $200 around before she passed away that we had to pay $200 to the credit card. Uh, but if there are is debt, it is protected until probate ends. uh can be timeconuming for complex estates uh title transfer delays. There’s could be a lot of fees which we had paid and ancillary probate which means if there is let’s say properties in another state you’re not just dealing with probate in the state that you’re in like we were in the state of Florida that’s where my mother lived but let’s say she still owned a property here in Illinois she didn’t but just in case she did there could be ancillary probate in Illinois then so it’s where things could be especially if they’re not in a trust or something like that. Uh it is public record like I said. So um you’re you know it’s so that privacy if it is important get your estate plan wills and probate avoiding probate. Can it be avoided? Absolutely. Yes. Uh this is where we’re going to you know having beneficiaries named is there a trust needed? Uh all those different things. So, joint ownership, uh, complete beneficiary designations on IRA, 401ks, any other retirement plans, life insurance. Make sure you have your beneficiaries up to date on that. Uh, use a trust if you think you might need a trust, and we’re going to talk about that toward the end of the presentation. We’re going to dig a little bit more on that. But, uh, uh, creating a trust is certainly something to consider. uh could be it’s a little more cost than wills uh and wills and power of attorney documents. But there is also and I’m going to share a screen toward the end of this some online do-it-yourself sources for some of these. If you think you’re savvy that you can do this on your own, there are some outlets for that. Uh making lifetime gifts, you can start to give away money uh throughout uh your living years so you don’t have to wait until you pass away to give it. Uh, some people want to see their family enjoy it while they’re still here. Transfer taxes include federal gift tax. So, if you start to give money away, it could be taxed. There’s an exclusion for how much you can give without it being taxed. Estate tax is basically imposed on transfers made upon your death. So, gift tax is while you’re still alive. Giving money away, if you give too much away, it could be taxed. The estate tax is when you pass away is there could be an additional estate tax. Then there’s also an additional if you are separate uh for if you skip generations giving uh you know when you pass away [sighs] uh which is grandchildren, great grandchildren.

    So the federal gift tax, lifetime transfer. So gift tax applies to transfers made during your life. You can give up to $19,000 a year uh individually to anyone or as many people as you would like. If you have five children and you want to gift each of them 19,000, you certainly can. If your five children are all married and have spouses, you can gift your son or daughter-in-law 19,000. So, you can give each family 38,000. And you could do that to every you can give to your grandchildren. You can give to anyone $19,000 a year without it being taxed. All of this totals up that you can give away up to $15 million whether still alive in combination of living and at death without it being taxed. Uh the 15 million exclusion is the largest. So it’s been it crept up over the years. There’s been years, many years where it was lower. Uh and uh of course uh now at 15 million, this is the highest it’s ever been. So the federal estate tax uh applies on transfers made at death. Generally does not apply to transfers made to spouse or a charity. So you can give to your spouse even if you have a healthy estate like this without it being taxed. 15 million uh excluded from all transfers, gifts and estates combined in 2026. All any portion or excuse me any portion of exclusion from uh used for gifts will be unavailable to the estate.

    New feature important for married couples. It is portable. So if your estate it could be let’s say 15 million without go being uh through the estate tax but if your spouse has let’s say $15 million you can pass away you can gift $15 million to your spouse and then your spouse can gift 30 million. So your 15 million can kind of move forward to the spouse and when the spouse passes away up to 30 million can go um without being uh taxed on the estate tax. So this is the generation skipping tax where there’s an additional 15 million for this that if you gift directly to uh grandchildren or greatg grandandchildren skipping a generation. So here’s where the taxes are for the estate tax and it’s a flat 40%. Uh so it was 2024 13.6 13.9 now it’s at 15 million. Uh and it is so again if it is a $20 million estate and someone passes away the first 15 million is not taxed but the 5 million after that could be taxed at [clears throat] five uh at 40%. So this is how do we avoid things like that? You start to give away early if you can. Lifetime gifting allows you can do 19,000 uh to as many or as people as you would like. Uh it removes future appreciation of property from your taxable estate and no step up in basis. Here’s what that means. No step up in basis. So I’m going to use a step up example first. though, if someone owns a stock, let’s say they have a brokerage account and they have a stock and I’ve seen something like this. So, I’ll use like an old oil stock as an example. Someone bought an oil stock, you know, 50 years ago and they still have this stock. They bought it for, let’s say, $30,000 and it’s worth $200,000 now. And it’s just grown over the years. Now, there has been no tax on that gain until it’s actually sold. If that living person sold the stock, they would pay capital gains from the 30 up to the 200,000. So there would be hefty capital gains paid on that. Now, if that person passes away and someone inherits that stock, it steps up to the 200,000. Let’s say on day of death, that value was 200,000. If the beneficiary of that sold it immediately for 200,000, there’s no taxes paid, no uh capital gains because there is a step up on that. If you start to gift while you’re still alive, if you have to liquidate any assets, stocks or anything like that to gift, it could be a taxable event to you. Just so you know, there’s no step up on that. Uh step uh that’s only upon death. Lifetime gifting transfer uh transfers excluded from the gift tax. Uh so 19,000 if you are married, you and a spouse can each give 19,000. So a couple could gift each person 38,000. If you are contributing to a 529 college savings plan uh for someone, you can give 95,000 or 190,000 if you are married filing joint uh tax-free. So, you can gift directly to a college savings plan. There’s no gift tax if you pay someone’s tuition, but you have to pay the education uh the college or whatever it is. You have to pay it directly. You can’t gift it to someone to pay tuition. You have to directly pay the uh tuition. And there’s uh so you can do that without it being taxed. And same thing for medical care. If you are paying someone’s medical bills, if you are able to, as long as it is not taxed, if you pay the medical provider directly, again, you cannot gift it to someone to pay the bills. You have to pay the bills directly for them. Trusts. So, let’s dig into trusts a little bit. So versatile estate planning tool can protect against incapacity, avoid probate, minimizes taxes, professional management of assets, provide safeguards for minor children, elderly parents, can protect assets from future creditors, and control over property. Here’s what a trust is. A trust is basically it’s a separate entity. Uh it’s almost like if you had a business and you had a business, you know, uh savings or checking account for the business. Those are away from personally if you had a corporation. Uh if I was Joe and I had Joe’s garage because I’m a mechanic. Um and I have Joe’s personal accounts and I have Joe’s garage uh you know uh accounts separate from myself. I don’t own that. The business owns it, but I control the business. Same thing with a trust. You’re creating a separate entity to own assets. you’re creating this trust and the biggest thing is let’s say for example you create a trust you put the home in the trust and if you pass away you’re going to name what’s called a successor trustee to take over that’s sometimes why they call it a living trust if people die the trust can keep on going someone else just controls it does not go through probate uh this is a a big way how do we things that don’t have a beneficiary maybe when you bought your home there probably was not a beneficiary form. Some states, there’s I think about 11 or 12 states that you can do beneficiary forms. Go to your county, check with your state or county to see if you can do a beneficiary form for your house um to avoid maybe creating a trust or something like that, but that is certainly a possibility. So creating a trust basically takes the assets out of your personal estate and you’re creating this separate entity to own the assets. Uh so parties to a trust there’s a grtor. A grtor is the per is the person who creates this entity creates the trust. Um and you’re going to have a trustee that’s the person who controls it. Now many times the same person is the grtor and the trustee or grtors and co-rustees. So if a husband and wife create a family trust uh and they have assets in there, they put the house in there, they were probably the grtors that created it and they are probably the co-rustees controlling it. So they can be the same person. And then you would name beneficiaries in the trust. So, if you have all of these and if you have some complicated things, some examples of some of those are if you have a special needs person that is in your care. Uh here’s an example of someone that I’ve uh spoken to in the past. I was working with them and they said, “Yeah, we have this trust. We have a special needs person. It’s not our child, but it’s a relative and lives in our home and we actually have it in the trust.” the home was in the trust and it said if we passed away and the special needs person is still alive, the trustee cannot sell this home. This special needs person will always have a home. So those are some of those things that you can put in a trust that are not normally in a will or in your wishes. Another example is uh I’ve had someone said I have three three children. Two of them are very responsible and one is not responsible at all. And if this not responsible child inherits what we have, a third of what we have, it’s going to be gone in, you know, very quickly. So we have it in the trust that the trustee will distribute this p this child assets at a certain age and then when they get to a certain other age, they get more and then another age they get more and it’s spread out. The good is that you can control that from the grave. The bad is this trust has to keep on going and someone has to manage that and there could be fees, cost, expenses and things like that. But some of these things are you are certainly able to do. Uh trusts that are revokable or irrevocable uh comes into play. A revocable is your typical trust like I was just saying is you can change the beneficiaries. You can do whatever you need to do. When you have a an irrevocable trust, you do not control. This is what someone might do if they have extreme wealth and they need to distance themsel from these assets that would be subject to the 40% estate tax. That’s why someone might have an irrevocable trust. it takes it completely out of their estate and it would not be subject to the 40%. So there’s certainly ways talk to your attorney if you are in that uh uh situation you would definitely want to create that type of an estate plan. Life insurance can provide an instant estate. What that means is that even if you have no assets, if you don’t own a home, you don’t have assets, but you have a life insurance policy that you want to leave to someone that is create that’s part of your estate even though you have no other assets. So, a life insurance col uh policy can [clears throat] it can provide an instant estate uh can provide uh needed estate liquidity. Sometimes some people will say, you know, we can pay for the funeral based on life insurance proceeds to come very soon. Uh life insurance proceeds are included in the estate tax. So if you have a million dollar life insurance policy and you have 15 million other dollars that would have not been taxed because that’s at that cap, that million could be taxed at 40%. even life insurance is part of that 15 million estate. Key issue is ownership of the policy. Here’s where we’ll talk a little bit about irrevocable trusts. And this is going to be wrapping up fairly soon here. So again, I’ll just remind if you do have some questions, I will take these at the end. And we’re we’re getting there here soon. Uh life insurance and an irrevocable life insurance trust. Uh basically if you are in the situation where you have extreme wealth and you need to get fund money out of your estate or even have life insurance outside of your estate, you would have an irrevocable uh trust. In this case, a life insurance trust. So you are the insured. You have this irrevocable trust that’s going to hold this insurance policy and your family is your beneficiary. So you create the irrevocable trust and you name someone else as a trustee. You cannot be your own trustee on an irrevocable trust. Someone else has to manage that. Uh and you’re naming the beneficiaries as well. So trustee purchases uh the life insurance policy and it which is owned by the trust. So the trustee that you named uh purchases this policy, you can make cash gifts to the trustee to the trust to pay the premiums for that and beneficiaries technically can withdraw cash gifts. Uh so some of that cash value in that type of a policy might be available. Um but uh the whole purpose is uh trustee uses the cash to pay the premiums for the life insurance. And this again, this irrevocable life insurance trust is outside of your $15 million estate. So this is how some people can avoid paying the 40% is creating entities or trusts outside of your estate. So at death, the insurance company um pays the irrevocable trust which pays the beneficiaries uh and are not subject to the estate tax because again it’s outside of your estate. Proceeds distributed according to the terms of the trust and the beneficiaries receive the full proceeds fee free uh from estate tax and even income tax. So in conclusion, have you implemented a plan for incapacity uh health and property? Do you have a valid will? Are transfer taxes a planning concern for you? Does your overall estate plan reflect your current wishes and circumstances? So here is a there here’s an outside source. Um, now this is not something that we, you know, we’re not I’m not referring, but this is just an example of it’s a website you can go Trust and Will. You can even type in trust and will and you’ll find this website where it’s kind of a do-it-yourself. If you are savvy and you want to at least check this out to see, can I create my own, there’s templates and things and there’s some online sources. It’s not free. you will pay in the I’ll call it the hundreds of dollars instead of the potential thousands of dollars where if you create a will, trust, powers of attorney. Um so it’s a much less cost but there are there are certainly some online sources. Um I had a spec uh an attorney that I used when I lived in Roselle, Illinois. I’m in a suburb of Illinois and at our previous house, we had an attorney who has since retired, but I do have some other attorneys local in this area that I can certainly refer if you would like to speak to an attorney about some of these things about opening up a will, trust, powers of attorney, all of these important documents. But again, this is just a source where you can look and see if this is something that you want to do on your own or you could certainly uh you know, you and I could speak and as I go through the questions here in just a moment, you have a you see a QR code on the screen there if you would like to set up a one-on-one conversation with me just to say, “All right, I just want to see what I should be doing. Can we just look at my stuff and see if do I need a will? Do I need a trust? Do I need the powers of attorney?” and you know those types of things. You and I can have this one-on-one conversation. Uh you can put your camera up to the QR code. You click on the yellow thing that comes up there and you’ll have access to my calendar. You can schedule a time right now if you wanted to or I’m going to put up the survey here in just a moment. It says set an appointment with Joe if you want to say yes. we can you and I will set up a time to speak and whether that’s a phone call or Zoom or if you’re local here uh where I my office is over by O’Hare airport we could even meet face to face. So I’m going to put up the survey here right now. So the survey is there hopefully you see that on your screen and you can just click on that to hopefully respond to that and then I will go through the questions here. So, uh, the first one is, can you recommend an attorney, uh, that can help with the trust and wills? Yes, I certainly can. I have your information here. Uh, I hope you’re one of the yeses on there that we can certainly talk about it and see if, uh, um, you know, what attorney I could certainly recommend for you. Uh, can you have two executives in a will or a trust? You can. Uh, so let’s say a trust. Um, you are what is called the trustee. If you are married, you could be co-rustees. Let’s say you have two children and you want to have one of them control the estate. You can have a successor trustee, one child. Or you could have successor trustees 50/50. They both have to control it. Co-rustees. So co-successor trustees. Same thing with executives. Yes, you can certainly do that. uh for our family when we had five kids when my mom passed away uh one executive sometimes uh I’ll be see especially if you have multiple people and you have two let’s say two of if you have three children and you name two of them as an executive uh that could uh cause a couple of uh issues there but you certainly can uh so if a single person has property how do I ensure that my property gets passed to my heirs will and trust is certainly at least beneficiaries. That’s where I always start is name beneficiaries on your accounts and that’s your savings checking, life insurance, uh IRA, 401k, anything that you can has an account number, you can add beneficiaries. Do that first. Then it’s the other things. What if the car uh you might have a car that could be an estate issue if if it’s just in your name and uh who’s going to get the car you know someone might there might be people fighting over that will maybe you can even put the car in the trust you could put your home in the trust and your wishes are carried out by the successor trustee. So, if you are a single person and you have some property, number one, name beneficiaries on the accounts, things with account numbers. If you’re uh if you know, if I could see what state you’re in, if we do have a conversation, we could see if there’s that beneficiary form for your home. Um, and then anything else would be wills and trusts, especially if you have jewelry, artwork, anything that’s hanging on the wall or wherever it might be, your wishes need to be documented. That would be in the will. Uh, can you recommend an entire already did that one? Is there a way to avoid the 40% tax on money from the sale of the deceased person’s property that goes into the trust at the time of sale. So, if we’re talking of of an estate, the 40% is only above 15 million. Um, if things are not in place, uh, there’s I I used to do a presentation and it talked about James Gandalfini, if you remember James Gandalfini from The Sopranos and other things. He had a sudden heart attack and passed away in his 50s and he had I think they estimated it was about a $70 million estate that he had no estate plan. Uh, so you got to do it while so after someone passes away, if it’s an estate over 15 million, it’s going to be subject to the estate tax. You need to take care of it before someone passes away to the irrevocable life insurance trust or speak to an attorney on getting assets outside of your estate to get under that 15 million to not be subject to the estate tax. So, if if someone has over 15 million and they’ve already passed away, it’s kind of too late. Uh could we see the replay possibly? Unfortunately, I did say at the beginning uh I am not able to uh get the uh recording of this or I’m not able to give the deck out or the slides out um you know for compliance purposes. Uh let’s see, there’s some more here. Uh, will you be able to get the copy of the slides? Unfortunately, no. Are you able to recommend an attorney or lawyer in Texas? I do not have one, but I can certainly help maybe help you find something of a trusted. Maybe I can even check with clients. I have some clients in Texas um in the Dallas um to see if they maybe have an attorney or something. So I always have some sources to go through but I don’t have I just in the Chicago area here where I can certainly recommend someone uh if I have my home uh as an asset of my revocable trust does the value of the capital gains uh purposes reset the day? Yes. Even if it’s in a trust there is a stepped up cost basis on your home even if it’s in a trust. Uh so yes you are protected on that. Yes. Uh even uh hello. Even if the life insurance policy has a beneficiary, it has to be included in the trust. Not necessarily. As if it’s owned by you personally and you have beneficiaries named, it does not need to be in the trust. You can have the trust own it, but you don’t have to do that. You can just have it owned by you. And as long as you name beneficiary, now it’s outside of the trust. If you have different beneficiaries in the trust, I’ve seen this too, that someone might have their children as beneficiaries in their trust, but they have another nephew or niece that’s near and dear to them, and they have this separate account that they have that nephew or niece as the separate beneficiary. It’s outside of the trust. The trust has nothing to do with that account. And so, that account would definitely just go to that individual person. So that’s one of those things. Maybe this life insurance you don’t want in the trust because you want a separate beneficiary. So your life insurance does not need to be in the trust. Uh can a person be a trustee and also be listed as a beneficiary? Yes. Uh I’ll say a successor trustee maybe not necessarily the trustee because if I have my own assets and I’m the trustee of my own trust, I’m not going to be my own beneficiary. But if I name one of my kids as the successor bene uh trustee. So my one of my kids is the successor trustee. I pass away the successor trustee. My daughter let’s say controls the trust but she can also be a beneficiary. She uses the trusted person that I put in there to control to do that. So, um I would say successor trustee can also be the beneficiary, but most likely the trustee is whose assets they are. However, there’s maybe someone else created a trust on my behalf. Um and maybe they’re a beneficiary. So, it’s possible, but there could be a conflict of interest on there. I would say if you have a complicated issue like that, speak to an attorney about that if there’s some certain examples of that. Let’s see if anything else came through. We are I think that is all of the questions that I have. I’ll just wait a minute and see if anything else came through. I think that is it. Thank you all so much for your time and attention tonight. I hope uh you and I are going to have a one-on-one conversation here soon. Thank you. Have a great rest of the evening.

  • 07/12/2026 – Content Growth Engine

    All right. All right. All right. How’s it going, everybody? Hope everybody’s having a great day. We’re getting started a little bit early. Go ahead and tell me where you’re calling in from, guys.

    I am calling in from Tokyo right now. Tokyo, Japan.

    Uh and we are headed to um other parts of Japan there pretty soon uh today actually. Okay.

    Okay. Um

    All right. We’ve got UK from Daniel. We’ve got uh Leanne from North Carolina, Barbara from Florida, John from Phoenix, Jared from KC Mo, Kansas City, Missouri. Awesome. I used to go there all the time. Uh good evening to almost all of you uh that just commented, but uh this one here would be Matilda from Poland, right? So, good middle of the night for you, Matilda. Thanks for uh showing up to the call. Appreciate you. Cretan, San Francisco. Holly, USA, Michigan. Vicram, South Texas. Uh Patty, Mary’sville, Washington. Oh. Oh, by the way, uh Aaron, I I I saw Justine’s message, so it’s all good. Um Ebenezer from Ghana. Uh Penny from Leach, TH, Texas. Charles from Las Vegas, Nevada. Bruce from Ontario, Canada. Julie from Indiana. Adrien from Baton Rouge, Louisiana. Kathy from Knoxville, Tennessee. Terry from East Tennessee. Paul from Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. Paul from UK. Jared, grew up in Lawrence. I know you spent time there, too. Nice. Yes, sir. I spent a lot of time there. I went to Lawrence High School as well. Yeah. Uh, Chesty Lions. Go Chusty Lions. Um, yeah. Dustin, Dustin Smith from uh Pennsylvania. Joel from uh Church Hill, Tennessee. Irving from Irving, Michigan. Irv or Irv from Michigan. Okay. Uh, Alex QLD, Australia. Matilda 1:00 a.m. Yeah, thanks for staying up. Appreciate you. Ronald, good evening. Good evening. Kevin, SLC, Salt Lake City. Gilly, Gilly, Brisbane, Australia. Jared, same. Class of 03. Nice. I think I was uh 2008 if I if I remember correctly. Very cool. Very cool. Joe uh from Edmonton, uh Alberta, Canada. Bion from Altha, Kansas. So, there you go. There’s our rivals right there. Altha. So, yeah, played them in football. It’s so funny. Um Delilah Alabama, Denver, Jim from New York, Denise from San Diego. Awesome. Okay. So, uh, go ahead and comment the number one thing that you’re here for tonight. Like, what what brought you here? Or this morning if you’re calling in from other parts of the world. What brought you here today? What’s the number one thing that brought you here?

    And by the way, guys, um, I have been having a little bit of internet issues. So, let me know if the internet isn’t working, okay? Let me know if there’s any interruptions or anything like that cuz I have been having a little bit of internet issues. Drink I’m going to drink some Coke Zero today, too.

    Okay.

    Nicheinder. Got it. Got it. Okay. Um Ronald really need to find a niche or two to get started. Daniel the title. Okay. YouTube and making money. Justin, monetize my channel. Joshua, start a YouTube channel. Bion, learning something new. Terry, knowledge. Nice. Kevin, hey, knowledge is important. I agree. Kevin, making uh money with you. Awesome. Okay, Patty. Uh, niche validator and information. Leanne, I want to start a YouTube channel, but hard to narrow down on a niche and know what to talk about. Steve, find a good fitting niche. Okay.

    Um, okay. Charles, how to start and build a YouTube channel. Vicram, want to make money with YouTube. Awesome. Irving, need to replace income. Nad, how to make extra income from my YouTube channel. Bruce Butler, teach what I learned on self-reliance. Got it. Julie, start a podcast. Ronald, yes, the validator. Denise, just to get started. Gilly, learn how to do this. Uh, Daniel, early start from Rancho, Cordova, California. Got it. Brent, learning YouTube and niche validation. Uh, Joshua, getting started with my YouTube channel after getting Claude Pro. Very nice. Very nice. We like Claude and Claude is great. Delilah, need income yesterday on SS and it’s not enough for this economy. All your advice is gold. Appreciate you. Delila Janice, I’m trying to decide whether or jump on the YouTube bandwagon. Okay, Donald, find uh niche finder and expanding my current base. Uh though I already have 100k sub channel. Very nice, Donald. Yeah, we’ve worked with a lot of people who have, you know, bigger channels and they’re they’re um they need help with monetizing or systematizing things or scaling or just getting subscribers and getting more views faster, that kind of thing or pivoting or like all kinds of stuff like that. Yeah. So, this will this will still I think you’ll you’ll see that a lot of this is very relevant. Jared, motivation to start and exercise the impostor demons. Got it. Deb, how would I monetize Pimpagus. Is it even possible? Um, yeah. What you you you’ll see later. Wayne, looking to expand my business potential. Matilda, wanted to earn millions with my online coaching uh using YouTube. Got it. So, you already have a coaching business, I would assume. Neil, skipping some mistakes. And we we work with a lot of people like that. They already have agencies, online services, coaching businesses, other businesses, and and they want to use YouTube to get more leads, sales, etc. Neil, skipping some mistakes and getting a solid start on a YouTube channel to support a business idea. Daniel Gilvy, the niche validator is banging. Awesome. Kristen, exploring new potential interests. Awesome. Holly, UFC isn’t going to work out for me. Yeah, that’s a that’s a rough career path right there. That’s a tough one. I don’t think I’d recommend that one to anybody out of all the careers. Um, Ebenezer, I want to know if tags really matter for shorts and related info.

    I mean, it’s something you can do in 15 seconds. I mean, why wouldn’t you do it, right? Like, why wouldn’t you do it? Takes you 15 seconds if you use the right tools. So, you might as well do it. Adrian, narrowing down all my niches for ones that best are best for making money. Awesome. And the obvious, monetize it. Good stuff. Jim, find direction, network, collaborative partners. Very cool. I’m a total beginner. Need to know where to start. Okay, awesome. So, I appreciate all the questions. I’m going to move on to the next question here, which is um what uh is the number one thing that’s stopping you from starting on YouTube or achieving your YouTube goals? What’s the number one thing? And I’ll have you answer that while I get ready right now.

    Okay, Dustin Smith, I just want to win and help others win. I love it. That is that is that is great. I love to hear that.

    All right, Charles says, “This is a compliment. This is my second time on this call. Lots of info from you. Appreciate it.” Yeah, we try to give you all the all the most important stuff on these calls. Okay, let me see. Does this work for mortgages? Yeah, we have we even have commercial real estate uh people that we’re working

    Okay, just scrolling down here. Okay. Uh, organize. I I don’t see any separator here. I Yeah, I I I don’t see any separator here. So, I don’t know where the question began. I guess no, the admins weren’t paying attention. So, okay. I have no clue where the where the questions began. So, um, all right. Hi from Germany. Hi, Leonitis. Adrian, time, money, motivation, fighting anxieties, or screwing up really bad. Robert Hernandez, how to how do you handle when you have more than one brand? Well, I mean, the best thing to do is just to not have more than one brand. Like there’s there’s an old saying is if you try to catch two rabbits, you will catch zero rabbits. It’s just a terrible idea to to have uh multiple brands. With with that being said, if you have the resources, let’s just say you have like a successful company already, then it can make sense, right? But if you don’t, I mean, of course, of course, you shouldn’t have more than one brand. You’re just you’re totally screwing yourself over. You’re making it exceptionally difficult to get results, right? Because everyone else is just going to be working on one thing, catching one rabbit, and you’re going to be trying to catch two rabbits at once. I mean, it’s just you’re just doomed doomed to failure if you do that. So, so hopefully that helps. But yeah, um Carter Registrant, hello from Miami. Awesome. Carter. Hello. Ernie. Okay. Shane. Really need to know where the hummus comes from. Great Tish. It’s actually a nickname that I got in high school. So, people could not pronounce my last name, which is Hummus. And so, everyone just called me Hummus. Well, one guy called me Hmus. And then, like everyone else started calling me hummus uh on the football team when I played football. So, yeah, that’s that’s where it came from. Um, and then it just stuck. I’m like, “All right.”

    Okay, very cool. All right, guys. Uh, great answers. Appreciate all the, uh, all the feedback. I see people coming in now. And, um, let’s go ahead and, uh, jump in. So, let’s go ahead and share this and jump in.

    All right. So, um,

    how to grow and make money on YouTube in 2026 without fancy gear, without techy stuff, and without spending hours on each video, provided you use this hybrid model and follow one simple rule. So, I asked a bunch of questions. Appreciate all your responses. We always will uh take those responses into account. I always read them. Um, you know, can’t don’t have time to read all of them here, but appreciate you guys responding there. And let’s go ahead and jump in, guys. So,

    why you’re here today, guys, go ahead and do the thumbs up thing. It’ll be on the bottom right of the screen if you’re excited about one of these things. So, like I said, on the bottom right of the screen, if you’re excited about getting views, let’s see who’s excited about getting views on YouTube.

    All right, decent amount of thumbs up there. Okay. Um, so how about this one, though? How about this one? This next one. Making some money. Who’s excited about making money on YouTube?

    Okay. Way more thumbs up there. Awesome. Awesome. Okay. So, I I usually ask this question to gauge people’s understanding of how YouTube works. So, you guys are clearly we got a very, you know, educated like smarter crowd here. Not smarter, but more educated. you guys understand how YouTube works because you can get a lot of views and make no money whatsoever, right? And you can also get not that many views and make a ton of money, right? So, got a really educated crowd here, but how about this third one? Um, having an impact, right? Basically creating a business you can be proud of and help a lot of people. Go ahead and do a thumbs up for that one. All right, I’m seeing a lot for this one. Clapping, hearts, thumbs up, confetti. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. People are very excited about this one. And the thing about this one right here is if you take care of this, if you have an impact, if you’re actually solving other people’s problems and helping other people, the views and the money will just take care of themselves, you know? So, a lot of people will create kind of like entertainment content where they’re sort of like a a court jester, like a dancing clown. And yeah, they might get views, but are they really solving any problems? Probably not. You know, they’re not really solving any problems, and therefore, they’re very unlikely to make money. um it’s unless they have like tens of millions or hundreds of millions of views, they’re very unlikely to make money. So yeah, that’s what we’ll be talking about today. And uh you guys are definitely the types of people that I want to work with. So that’s awesome. By the way, we’re going to be giving away free stuff at this workshop. At the very end, you’ll get a chance to walk away with the niche validator pro, the Chat GBT or the Claude AI version, whichever you like to use. And this is the newest version yet, and it is a massive upgrade over anything that we’ve put out before. And you’ll also get an opportunity for $61,494 worth of bonuses, but only for those who stay until the end offer. So, look at this. YouTube just launched Ask YouTube on desktop. It is an AI search assistant built right into the platform. And here’s what it’s designed to do. Uh, help people ask longer, deeper, more specific questions. not workout videos, more like how do I fix lower back pain from uh sitting at a desk all day, right? And think about what that means. People aren’t just browsing anymore. They’re coming to YouTube with real specific problems and they want a specific answer. And this is huge for you because the creator who uh answers that specific question is the one who gets found. And that’s always been the secret to YouTube, right? It’s not entertainment, it’s a search engine. So people type in a problem and whoever solves it gets the views, the trust, and the money. And YouTube just made that even more powerful. So the more specific people get with their questions, the more the right creators get discovered. So you don’t need millions of subscribers for that. You just need to be the person who answers one specific question really, really well. And that’s exactly what I’m going to show you today. Now, one thing I always like to say is this is a maze, right? You start here at the top and you finish at the bottom. And your goal is to get to the finish as fast as you can, whatever that goal is. Right? Most creators start with good intentions and then they fall into the maze. They end up burnt out, overthinking, stuck in analysis paralysis with zero views and zero income and then they just give up, right? They just give up, you know? But actually, most people don’t even start in the first place, right? So, if you’re here watching this right now, you’re ahead of the majority of people, probably over 90% who don’t even start. Additionally, one thing that I like to say about this maze part is anything that you’ve heard about YouTube outside of what I teach, chances are it’s probably you entering this maze. Because most people go into the maze, they get lost, they put their hands up, and they’re like, “Maze keeper, come and get me.” And getting lost in the maze is focusing on all the stuff that does not matter. Like all the YouTube coaches that have entire channels about reviewing YouTube gear when that makes like 1% of a difference in the success of your channel. And that’s the maze, right? That’s the reason why you don’t get results because you’re focusing on all these things that do not matter when in reality you could just focus on the few things that actually matter and actually get you results. But let’s just say hypothetically you go into the maze and you just navigate it perfectly, right? I’ll kind of outline this. It’s just like perfect, no mistakes. Boom. Just like that, right? You’re an absolute pro and you just make no mistakes. You navigate it perfectly. Very unlikely, but let’s just say hypothetically it happens. Here’s the fastest way you could get from start to finish. Just like that. But actually, it’s not the fastest because there is another way. It’s faster, easier, and safer. And you’re basically going around the maze. Pretty clever, right? Uh but even this isn’t the fastest route because we learned at a, you know, from a young age, the fastest way to go from point A to point B is a straight line. And what if I showed you a way to do just that? Skip the maze completely and you literally just go from start to finish straight to the results. And one thing I want to say about this part right here is a lot of other YouTube advice out there, I don’t think they’re purposely giving you bad advice, right? A lot of them give good advice, but they give good advice for a gaming channel or a prank channel, etc. Because there are a bunch of different types of YouTube channels, but I’m going to be talking about the type of YouTube channel that is the easiest to get results with. And it’s a type of YouTube channel that you can pivot to anything else later on down the line. And that is why when it comes to winning on YouTube, I have the straight line for you today so that you can get there the easiest, quickest, safest, and most comfortable way possible. And specifically, you’re going to gain access to the hottest opportunity to exist in the content creation business. Now, these are the newest stats that just came out. So, um, you know, these came out last year, and basically, they said by about 2034, the creator economy was going to be $1 trillion. Then, just 6 months later, they updated it, and they said by 2034, it’s going to be $1.6 $6 trillion. So, it grew that much in just a 6-month period. So, the projections are just going up and up so much faster. And by 2035, it’s going to be worth 2 trillion, right? So, this is just growing at an unprecedented rate. And look at this going up while so many other industries are going down, right? It’s harder than ever to get a job. There’s so many industries that are being disrupted. Content creation, meanwhile, is just going up and up. And that is a sign. And this is one of the biggest opportunities that I want you to get access to when it comes to content creation. And I want you to do it while bypassing all the traps, the gotchas, the limitations, the barriers to entry that otherwise would lock you out, forcing you to stand on the sideline, has you watch generational wealth pass you by, helpless to do anything about it. And you will definitely want to take advantage of what’s happening right now in the creator economy because you are in the perfect place and time to start. And mind you, YouTube pays out tens of billions of dollars every year. It’s probably going to be hundreds of billions here pretty soon. Uh but it’s not going to lifestyle bloggers and entertainment channels anymore. And today you’ll be handed a key to unlock that prison cell that is keeping you trapped and away from the YouTube growth that you’ve been wanting for a very long time. And seriously, we’ve helped online business uh online businesses of all different types. of course, you know, coaches, freelancers, job seekers, stay-at-home parents, nineto-fivers, grandpas, grandmas, agency owners, service providers, digital product sellers, uh failed YouTubers, YouTubers getting views but started doing with monetization, successful um YouTubers who are crushing it want to crush it even harder. Uh people that own software companies or SAS, location specific businesses as well have been having a lot of success. So, for instance, we’ve been helping a lot of like realtors, uh, law firms, uh, dental cosmetic clinics, uh, businesses like that, financial advisors, those types of businesses. Uh, they’ve been having a lot of success. People doing paid ads that want to stop doing paid ads, people doing paid ads that want to make their paid marketing two times more effective by having a YouTube presence. Even, you know, physical brick-andmortar business owners. And we’ve even helped people with disabilities do this. We’re going to give an example of that later on. And this works for almost any niche and almost any situation because we designed this type of YouTube channel to be flexible so that you can go in so many different directions. And the good news is you don’t need to be a YouTuber or an influencer to win on YouTube. But to get there, I’m going to be exposing the dark side of YouTube and creators who are now slaves to the platform. Here’s an example. Boogie2988. Now, I’m not trying to make fun of him at all. I actually respect him a lot for revealing his public income, but he’s got about 4 million subs. and he revealed on a podcast last year, but he’s only making about $44,000 a year, which is, you know, $3,700 a month, and that’s less than the average income for an American with 4 million YouTube subscribers. So, he is one of the hundreds of thousands of creators who are promised success through views, but views do not automatically equal money, right? Meanwhile, I work with people who get 500 views per video and they’re making over $10 million a year on YouTube, right? I work with people who get about 100 views per video and they’re making about1 to2 million a year on YouTube. But there are a lot of people who get a lot of views. Uh they have a lot of subscribers and they’re not making a lot of money because they’re doing things wrong. And seriously, I know there’s a lot of people in this crowd that are frustrated. They’re burnt out. They’re stuck because you promised a gold mine and yet you found nothing. You’ve been uploading videos or you’re frustrated because you can’t even get started uploading videos because you’ve been told that you need to buy this camera first with that lens. you need to have this gear first or you need to be really good at editing or any of those types of things, but basically you found nothing but regret. So, let’s talk about who this is for. This is for you if you’re a total beginner who wants to finally start and not burn out. And by the way, go ahead and drop your profession in the chat. I’m curious what all of you do for a living because an example of a total beginner was my brother just a very short period of time ago. Um, so let’s go ahead and and see what you’re all doing for a living. And my brother, just as an example, was in HVAC. So he was basically in the trades for about 30 years, specifically working in HVAC, about 10 years uh working in an HVAC business and then 20 years with his own business. So, uh, Steph, cool, uh, school counselor. Tony, case manager, Benjamin, clinical professional counselor. Salvador, payroll accounting. Leonitis, software engineer. Bion truck driver. Joe, hospitality. Amber, baker. Wendy, accounting. Neil, in-house lawyer. Lance, uh, so subscri uh, what? Uh, Vernicia, realtor. Joshua, aerospace engineer. Awesome. My dad’s an aerospace engineer. Dana, nurse. Bernardet, rowing coach and estate planning parallegal. Janette, massage therapist. Andrea, mental health advocate. Michael, foreign language teacher. Courtney, industrial maintenance management. Erica, social worker. Darren, technical writer. Michael, pediatric oncologist. Uh, Crystal, property manager. Joe, paper trimmer operator. Damian, semi-retired as I’m on a military pension. Hey, thank you for your service. Damian Cynthia, travel adviser. We have one of the top travel adviserss in the world uh in the in our program. Um medical UAW, my wife and I are both teachers. Awesome. Wayne, aerospace quality management system. Awesome. So, we’ve got a lot of people who are, you know, high up in medical, high up in technology, engineering, business, etc. Finance. I I saw a few there. Um th those types of careers. And yeah, that’s pretty typical uh of of the types of people. Of course, we have people who are are business owners on here as well who want to start on YouTube. So, basically, a lot of the people that that we tend to work with and tend to get results for are people who just want to help other people solve their problems, right? So, I’m so confident in the system that I literally used it on my brother who’s in his 50s and who isn’t techsavvy, never made a video in his life, uh not particularly charismatic either. And first of all, for context, I use this system to start a new channel every single year. And the reason I do that is because I want to make sure that I’m updated on what the algorithm is like for a new channel. But last year, I decided, you know what? I’m just going to make a channel for my brother instead because he basically came to me and he said, “Shane, I’m 50 years old. My body’s starting to wear out and I need to figure out how to make money without wearing out my body.” Now, he’s in the trades, right? He thought I was going to recommend a remote job or some type of certification. And I was just like, “No, you should just start a YouTube channel.” He was really surprised. He’s like, “Well, I’m not techsavvy. I’m not good on camera. I’ve never made a video in my life. I’m in my 50s. No one wants to listen to a 50-year-old. All these excuses started popping up in his head for why he couldn’t do it. And I told him, “Just trust me, bro. Just do it, right? Just do what I tell you. Use our system. It’s going to work for you.” And the very first video that he posted blew up and got 800,000 views. And less than 1 month later, 29 days later to be exact, he made $214 in a single day. And it’s a $78,000 year run rate. So yeah, it works for beginners even with no tech experience. And by the way, update on Zach. He had an $18,000 month to finish off his first year on YouTube. Plus, he’s getting a lot of money from affiliate marketing. Uh, so he’s not just making money from AdSense. And that’s one thing we’re going to talk about. AdSense is not the only monetization method on YouTube. There are lots of other ways where you can make more money. Sometimes you can make a 100 times more than what you make from AdSense. This is also for your if you’re a faceless creator, you want to use YouTube automation. Um, so generally speaking, we don’t work with too many people who want to do faceless content. Um, but here’s an example of the type of, you know, faceless content we we could work with uh somebody on. So this is uh Whiz. He was one of our clients. When Whiz first started his YouTube channel, it was a totally faceless channel. And he actually scaled his business to seven figures a year just being faceless. Then he did a face reveal and now he’s making multiple seven figures a year. The point is he said that almost all of his clients watched his YouTube channel and either directly or indirectly he got almost all of his clients from YouTube. They might have originated from other sources but then they watched his YouTube channel and that’s what helped prospects make the decision to buy from him. Now he runs an agency and he did make the decision to reveal his face later on. But he built his faceless channel in a very specific way where you can do that because again he used the hybrid personal brand method which means you have a lot of options in the future and we’ll get into how to do that. So if you’re making a faceless or a YouTube automation channel, you need to listen to this because it’s very important that you do this the right way. If you don’t do it the right way, you’re going to have a ceiling in terms of how much money you can make. And honestly, it’s just not going to work in the first place, right? But you’re going to have a ceiling in terms of how much money you can make for sure. Um, and you’re also just not going to have options in the future. So, yeah, you can do this. Uh, I think one of the biggest, you know, secrets to doing this is you have to actually have a cartoon character that represents you so other people feel like it is a real person, even if you want to, you know, remain anonymous. Uh, they still want to feel like they’re, you know, talking to a real person on the there’s a real person on the other side of the camera. Um, and you also want to use your real voice, too. Don’t don’t use some kind of fake synthetic voice. Um, so yeah, again, we we there’s just so many advantages to just showing your face and having a personal brand. And that’s why, you know, Moo was eventually just did a face reveal. It revealed his handsome face there and, you know, uh, it’s his business has gone up since then. This is also for you if you’re a business owner, freelancer, or coach who wants inbound clients without paid ads. An example of that would be Davis. Davis’s sales went up by 400% and after working with me, he’s making 100K plus per month, right? So basically Davis owned a portfolio of companies and he was spending about 20 hours a week on just one of his companies. So just one YouTube channel and one company. That’s obviously not sustainable for somebody who has a portfolio of companies, right? But eventually he outsourced everything on his channel to the point where he’s not even recording the videos anymore. He has other people recording the videos and now he spends zero hours a week. Even though he has multiple channels and for multiple different companies, he is spending zero hours a week. So, if you’re a busy business owner, you’re super busy, you have a portfolio, you can actually have other people record the videos for you, and you can have a system that just takes care of everything. Uh, you know, with as little as zero hours for you per week, or if you still want to record it yourself, but you want other people to do literally everything else, just a few hours a month. Basically, you can just, you know, record your videos, do nothing else, and then everyone everything else gets taken care of. But, of course, you have to hire people to do that. This is also for you if you want to network so you can land high-paying jobs, find career opportunities, or become an authority in your niche by standing out with your YouTube channel. So, here’s a really good example of networking. Josh basically just started making really useful videos on his channel for people in the IT and cyber security industry, and he talked about how to get better jobs, which certifications are good to take, what skills to learn that are valuable in the job market, etc., etc. and he was able to go from making less than $1,000 a month on his channel to actually getting offers from Fortune50 companies, including including companies that are part of Fang, which is Facebook, Apple, Amazon, Netflix, and Google. And these are some of the biggest and most prestigious companies in the world, where it is literally harder to get into a fang company than it is to get into Harvard or Yale. And of course, usually you have to apply to these jobs for years and you’re still probably not going to get into them. But the companies were reaching out to him because of his personal brand YouTube channel. So he got an offer from several different fang companies and he ended up going with one of them for his dream job where he got to travel the world. He lived in Japan and he was working a remote job making multiple six figures a year. And this is with a very tiny, very niche channel where he was basically just giving a lot of value to people who were already at these companies and they were like, “Wow, this stuff is great. I wish I knew this earlier on.” And they probably send it to their nephew or something, right? And then they started reaching out to him and and offering him jobs, right? But then the YouTube channel kept going and it started making 5,000 a month and then 10,000 a month and then 30,000 a month and eventually uh he scaled all the way to $186,000 a month uh using my strategies. And of course he quit his dream job because it just didn’t make sense for him at that point. And I like this example because it goes over every single stage, right? just getting started as a beginner using it to become an authority in his niche for networking uh purposes to get his dream job starting and there’s a lot of other things that you like like the indirect benefits of having a YouTube channel are probably more than the direct benefits right networking getting to know people I mean I I even got um essentially equity in in a company I’m on their board of adviserss as well just because of my YouTube channel right um but yeah all all those other things so networking you get a dream job starting a side hustle making a a little bit of money on the side, starting a full-time business, making 10 to 30K, and then scaling his business. But you might be thinking, Shane, if it’s this easy, then why do most people fail? Because most people who try to start on YouTube absolutely do fail. Well, it’s because they believe in these myths, right? One, you need to be an influencer. Two, you need to show your face and have a fancy camera and have a a super fancy uh setup and, you know, all that kind of stuff, right? Three, it takes 40 hours to create one video. And four, you have to endure the process because it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube. These are some of the biggest myths that people believe in that cause them to fail. Now, the last one specifically, the reason that most people thinks it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube is because they think they need a big channel that has lots of subscribers and lots of views to make money. If you choose the right niche, you do not need a big channel. Just as an example, when I started my second channel, Shane Humus the Content Growth Engine, we actually made over $30,000 in the first month starting the channel. And a lot of that money was made before we even got to a,000 subscribers as well. And these are the myths that people believe in that stopped them from having success on YouTube. But in reality, one of the biggest reasons that you failed is because before today, you lacked the leverage to invade the soon-to-be trillion dollar opportunity. And I’m going to help you mine this opportunity so that we can grow rich together fast. First though, who am I? My name is Shane. I’m an ex-harmarmacist. I have a 1.5 million subscriber YouTube channel. Uh you can see it down here. And uh I’ve helped over 20 businesses get to 100K per month on YouTube from scratch, from absolute zero. Right? I’ve helped countless other people make full-time incomes from YouTube. And I’ve also helped lots of businesses that were already successful and they basically just wanted to grow their YouTube channel or they already had a big YouTube channel and they wanted my help monetizing, right? I’ve helped lots of different examples like that. Um I’m also industry recognized as an expert on growing and making money from YouTube for businesses. Here’s a company that I worked with just as an example. Course careers. Um, I kind of talked about them just a few minutes ago. Um, they liked working with me so much that I actually got equity in the company because I gave that much value to the company and we were able to help them over 30x the amount of money that they made. With that being said, this is a startup and I usually like to work with individuals. And one of the reasons I like to work with individuals is because you guys remind me of myself. So, let me go ahead and get into my story very quickly. This is me working as a pharmacist for 15 hour shifts. And before this, I came from a very poor background and I lived in section 8 housing, lived in trailer parks. I was even homeless at one point. Um, this is the exact Salvation Army that I that I lived in in Lawrence, Kansas, actually. So, shout out to the Lawrence, Kansas person that I was talking to earlier. This is the exact Salvation Army that I lived in in Lawrence, Kansas for about 6 months. Um, and uh, I didn’t want to be poor. So, I did what society told me to do. I went to college, became a pharmacist, I got a doctorate, and I also had to take out a lot of money in student loan debt. I went over $300,000 in student loan debt to become a pharmacist. And I got a doctorate, right? And the thing is, when I was poor, I had a lot of time, but I didn’t have any money, right? So, I couldn’t really do anything besides play video games, watch movies, or whatever. But when I became middle class working as a pharmacist, I didn’t have both time and money because I was spending all of my time working and all of my money paying down my student loan debt. And I think a lot of the people kind of end up in this circumstance. I also had to move to a more expensive place to get a better job, right? So my cost of living went up as well. And I think a lot of people find themselves in these types of circumstances these days, you know? So it’s basically spending all my time working and again all my money paying down my student loan debt. It was kind of an out of the frying pan into the fryer type moment. And it was really a terrible situation cuz I started as a pharmacist right before the pandemic hit. And just to emphasize how bad this was, uh we got robbed three times in a 6-month period. So overall, you know, on top of being incredibly stressed, depressed, uh extremely burnt out, uh working massive shifts because the staff quit and it was there were shortages and you know, etc., etc., uh and all the stresses that came along with the the pandemic. Um, on top of all that, I was actually in fear of my physical safety as well. Um, so it was pretty bad. It was it was pretty bad situation. And like many people out there, I started wondering, wait a minute, is the stuff that society told me to do actually a good idea. Maybe I made a mistake. And because of that, I tried just about every side hustle out there to make money. Shopify, Amazon FBA, SMMA, coaching, consulting, courses, digital products, real estate, white labeling, SEO, flipping websites, flipping physical products. You name it, I probably tried it, right? Here’s one of them that I tried. It’s called the booty kit. Um, it’s basically an at home workout thing, so you can work out your booty. Little bit embarrassing, right? But, you know, I tried selling this one and, um, it was uh, Amazon FBA and then also Shopify drop shipping. I tried it on both of them. And, you know, I had a little bit of success here and there, but I pretty much failed almost all of them. I couldn’t make any of these sustainable. And a lot of it has to do with me having ADHD and just always trying a bunch of different things. But as you can see, my bank account was constantly very close to zero dollars. But YouTube was different than all these other side hustles. See, all the side hustles that I tried, they actually work, but they only work if you have traffic, aka views. If you don’t have views, it’s kind of like trying to sell something without having a store. It’s almost impossible to sell. And so I realized one that I really enjoyed YouTube, but two I realized that I could make any of those other business models work if I just focused on YouTube and getting views. And because of that, I gave YouTube another shot. And after uh you know, after I tried it again, you know, at that time, I was basically living in a house of seven guys. It was supposed to be an entrepreneur house. I was saving money. And one of the guys I met, his name was Sam. And he basically was from Lebanon. And he started a wedding photography business. And he barely even knew English. and he basically started this YouTube channel where he was making about 10 to$20,000 a month from a YouTube channel with less than 10,000 subscribers for his YouTube channel, his wedding photography business. And he was doing wedding photography in Las Vegas and on the West Coast. And before that, you know, I’d even spent time with in LA. I’d met influencers who have millions of followers or subscribers and they get millions of views and they didn’t have any money. They were broke, right? So I was like, Sam, how are you making so much money from YouTube even though you have a small channel? and he showed me what a proper monetization method looked like, right? He showed me how I can monetize a channel without having that many views. And he initially taught me how to make money with a small channel, like around, you know, 10,000 subscribers or less. But I took it to the next level to the point where there are some channels we work with that only have a few thousand subscribers and they’re making seven figures a year because there are some niches where you’re talking to an affluent audience and you can get a couple hundred views and make $10,000 from a single video. So, this is where I found the secret formula of YouTube success where everyone else was just not talking about it. And so, basically, I started posting videos and just to put this in perspective, I have gotten lots of views. 6 million, 1.2 million, 1.7 million, 4.3 million views. You can see it right here. So, I know how to play the the views game with the best of them. But let’s just take this video right here for an example. The most useless degrees. This was my first ever breakout video, and it got over 4 million views. But in its whole lifetime, it’s made about $30,000 from AdSense because it wasn’t making any money outside of AdSense. And I’ve had several videos just last month that got less than 10,000 views, but made $40 to $50,000 from all income streams. And there are several videos with less than 10,000 views that made as much or more than this video. So, that’s kind of the secret, right? Because listen, it’s way easier for me to reproduce the video that only got 8,000 views but made $48,000 than it is for me to reproduce a video that got 4 million views and made $31,000. Plus, one other thing to point out here is this one took 6 years to make $31,000, whereas this one made $48,000 in 6 months. So, by the time it gets to the 6 year mark, it’s probably going to have made double that amount or more, right? So, it’s way easier for me to reproduce this video than it is for me to reproduce this video. And this video makes more money. So, you might have noticed that, you know, not all my videos get millions of views. And there’s a reason for that. It’s cuz I optimize for revenue instead of optimizing for views. And um yeah, it would be much more difficult for me to reproduce this video than this video as well. And just to show you guys proof, here’s how much I made about uh two plus years ago. So, this was about three Septeers ago or so. I made about $283,000. Then one September ago, made about $325,000. By the way, this is literally the money that went into my bank account, right? Um, and then this last September, we made about $1 million. Okay? So, I’m not trying to say this to make people jealous. I’m just showing you the receipts so that you know that I know what I’m talking about because there’s a lot of YouTube coaches out there that are just coaches, coaching coaches that never actually start a successful channel themselves. and they’re basically cosplaying as successful YouTubers and they’re teaching you how to be successful at YouTube when they’ve never actually started a successful YouTube channel outside of just teaching YouTube, right? There’s an old saying that those who can’t do teach. It’s true a lot of the time, right? But me, I actually started a successful YouTube channel and YouTube business before I ever taught a single person how to do YouTube. And this was a month right here. The reason I chose September specifically is because this was the month before I started uh my YouTube coaching business, right? So, I was already making multiple seven figures a year from business that had absolutely nothing to do with YouTube, right? And the craziest thing is I did all of this while being able to travel the world and only having to work about 4 hours a week. So, here’s a picture of me in Tokyo. This was years ago. I’m actually in Tokyo right now as well, but this is a picture of me at the famous uh Shabuya Crossing Square. Here’s a picture of me in Singapore. And here is me uh in the San Juan Islands just off of uh Vancouver, British Columbia. whale watching, uh, orca watching specifically, and I, you know, and I only had to work four hours a week during this time. Now, I choose to work more than that because I genuinely enjoy YouTube and I enjoy helping people with YouTube and I enjoy what I do. So, I choose to work more than 4 hours a week. But the whole point is I only have to work 4 hours a week. And to prove this, there’s been many cases where I’ve gone weeks at a time without working, months at a time, even a month or even two months one time without working at all. Spending zero hours or incredibly close to zero hours on my business, just maybe checking the messages here and there, that kind of thing. So, I have an online business where I don’t have to have any inperson employees or anything like that. I can travel the world. I can do whatever I want. And my business just keeps going up and up and up. But something kept bothering me because I got the life that I dreamed of, but once in a while I’d create a video and post it on YouTube just telling people what I was doing because I was seeing YouTube advice online and I would watch it and I’d be like, hm, I don’t really think that works for most people. Maybe it would work for a gaming channel, but it wouldn’t work for most channels. And so I decided once every 6 months, once every year or so, I would post a video about what I was doing on YouTube and what was working for me. And every time I do that, I would get comments, emails, DMs. Everybody would be be reaching out to me being like, “Hey, Shane, can you coach me? Shane, can you help me grow my YouTube channel?” And I turned them all down uh because I was too busy or I just didn’t really want to do coaching. Or I thought, you know, maybe this works for my niche, but it doesn’t work for other people’s niches. So, I turned them down, but I felt bad about it and I shrugged it off for years until one day a good friend of mine on YouTube reached out to me, said that they were financially struggling. They really needed to make more money on YouTube and they needed my help. And so, I decided, you know what? I’m gonna help this person and since I’m helping them, it wouldn’t be that much extra work for me to just help a group of people. And so I said, you know what, I’m gonna do it. I reached out to a bunch of those people and I decided to do a cohort where I worked with them. Uh, and it was a very diverse set of people as well. So, there’s a professional truck driver for 28 years, a fresh graduate engineering student, a current engineering student, an Amazon FBA business owner, a coach, a freelancer, a failed YouTuber, a successful YouTuber who is crushing it but wanted to crush it harder, a content creator for 11 years who wanted to shift over to YouTube, a tech salesperson, a girl in cyber security, um a coach, an agency owner, an online service provider, a fitness dude, a finance guy, a physical business owner, etc., etc. Just on and on. The point is they were all different. Some had YouTube experience, others had zero knowledge of how YouTube works. And then we applied the exact same format that I found to be working on my YouTube channel. So, same YouTube format, same proven way of making thumbnails, titles, and intros, same strategy for coming up with winning video ideas. And of course, a little bit of tweaking because every single niche is a little bit different. There are a lot of underlying principles, but they all do need a little bit of tweaking. And the crazy thing is, every single one of them blew up. And the best part is they all got their version of rich by helping people live better lives. And that’s the thing that made me feel so happy because I can only have so much impact with my channel, right? I can only cover like a few different niches and there’s millions of different niches out there, but I got to help other people have impact with their channels. And so I was basically spreading my impact to so many more people than than what I would have reached on my own, right? And then they were able to impact hundreds of millions with their YouTube channels. And they all got their version of rich by helping people live better lives. And the reason for that is because I taught them how to make a very specific type of content, which is educational niche content. And the channels that are winning today are educational niche channels. In fact, educational channels make 10 to 20 times more money. And there are more opportunities for every 1,000 views than any other type of content. In fact, in the first month that we launched my second channel, we were able to make about $1,736 per 1,000 views. And um uh that is uh so it got about 24,000 views in the first month. Right off the bat it made about $42,000 which again is $1,736 per 1,000 views. And to put that in perspective, entertainment channels in general typically make about $1 to $3 per 1,000 views. So if I started an entertainment channel, I would have made somewhere between $24 to $73 uh if I got 24,000 views uh like my second channel. education channels, right? So, so about 24,000 times 1 to3, that’d be about 24 to $73. Education channels on the other hand are about 10 times better, right? This is just typical education channels like, you know, Kurt Curtzigat in in a nutshell. Um, or just typical education channels like that, mass market education. Uh, $20 per 1,000 views, right? So, $484. So, hey, that’s a lot better, right? But it’s still not a full-time income, right? And especially someone who’s pretty advanced like me, it’s like that’s that wouldn’t be very good for one month worth of work, right? But because I started this channel right here, we made about uh 42,000 from 24,000 views, $1,736 per 1,000 views, and that’s about $42,000 in the first month, right? And by the way, this is all the money, not just from AdSense. AdSense uh comes from the ads that pop up on your channel. Um so that is just one tiny way that you can make money. I think that’s about 3% of our income comes from AdSense, probably even a little bit less than that. Um, but yeah, these are from all different methods of monetization. And so with educational content, right off the bat, you’re making like 10 times more money than entertainment content, but there’s a better type of educational content, which is niche educational content, where you’re properly monetizing your channel. Now, you can do mass market educational channels and properly monetize your content, and you can still make a heck of a lot more money than this. For instance, on my main channel, Shane Humus, of course, that is a mass market channel with 1.5 million subscribers. And that channel makes more or less about $400 per 1,000 views on average. So, it still makes a ton of money, but you can make way more money if you do niche educational content. That’s why I recommend that people start off with, that’s what I started off with on my channel as well, is just talking about a very niche subject and doing that first. And I’m going to get into that here in a moment because you don’t always have to stay with a very niche subject if you set up your channel with the hybrid personal brand method, which is something that we’re going to talk about here in a moment. So, let me give you some examples of niche educational content. So, this is the organic chemistry tutor. He made about $36 to $100,000 a month on this channel according to view stats. And that’s just from AdSense alone. If he’s properly monetizing, he’s easily making far more than that. So, if you just do that, you know, $10 to $20 per 1,000 views, he’d probably make about 136 to $250,000 a month from this channel. Now, the interesting thing is, um, he didn’t upload in 62 days and he was still making that much money from the channel. And that is because he has been uploading these videos for a long time and each video is like a little soldier that just goes out and makes him money forever, right? So, it says right here, 62 days, uh, and he he’s still making that money. So, that’s as close to passive income as you’re possibly going to get because like I said, each little soldier just goes out, never sleeps, works 24 hours a day, never takes a day off, and gets him views, gets him uh subscribers, and makes him money. And who knows how long into the future that’s going to last. Could be 10 years, 20 years. We’ve made sales from videos that we posted 6 years ago. So, it those videos are still going strong. Here’s another one, Scotty Kilmer. He’s in his 70s and he makes content helping people save money on their cars. Now, one of the great things about him, he is quite entertaining. So, when I say make educational content, I am not saying by any means that you cannot be entertaining. You can definitely be entertaining. Scotty Kilmer is hilarious. If you ever watched him, but he basically made $24 million from YouTube. And he even said in an interview, right, it says 24 million right here. He said in an interview that he made more money in one month on YouTube than he made in 40 years as a mechanic or saved in 40 years as a mechanic. And basically what he does is he just helps people pick the right cars, maintain their cars, fix their cars, and helps them with different car related products and services, right? That is his whole channel. And basically this stuff is dead simple for him. And that’s one thing I want to point out with the organic chemistry tutor as well. This stuff is dead simple for him. He’s just talking about stuff that he was already tutoring people. And he just did the same thing, but he recorded it with a camera and he posted online. Now, this is one of the craziest stories, right? Physics swallow. He came from a small village in India and his first videos were in his parents’ basement and you can see how bad they are right like blurred face etc. um you know dark background can’t even see the whiteboard etc etc right but it didn’t matter he started making videos about these standardized tests in India and the standardized tests are incredibly important for your future so it’s kind of like the ACT and the SAT in the US but honestly even more important and he just made videos about these certifications and standardized tests and at first he was talking about physics and then he expanded to other stuff so let’s just put this in perspective how specific this is physics India standardized tests only very specific how he was tutoring people and he started making these videos and he kept going and then he launched a company that’s now worth $5.2 billion called Physics Walla. It’s an education app and he and he launched this from YouTube, his YouTube channel, of course. It’s an education app and it’s now worth 5.2 billion and it all started in his parents’ basement just making physics videos, right? And he is probably richer than Mr. Beast. And I’m guessing most of you uh before you heard from me probably had no idea who this guy is. Um, and most of you probably do know who Mr. Beast is, right? But this is a random educational channel that is richer than Mr. Beast, right? Even though they have 150th or probably 1/100th the amount of subscribers as Mr. Beast does, right? And it all started, like I said, in his parents’ basement making physics videos, right? And that is the power of educational content because you are solving people’s problems. And when you solve people’s problems, you’re going to be able to monetize your content 100 times better than if you’re just entertaining people. So now I’m going to hand you the formula for how to do all this. And there is a secret formula and these are the most important things. So if I don’t talk about it, it’s because it’s not important. So first thing is you need a niche hypothesis statement. Now generally speaking, there are three niches out there that are the most profitable niches and that is health, wealth, and relationships. With that being said, there are a lot of other niches outside that and you can make money in all of those niches as well. But generally speaking, if you’re confused about what niche to go into, you should be going into health, wealth, or relationships. And the reason for that is because almost everybody in the entire world has a problem in one or more of those three areas. And then you need to go ahead and make what’s known as a niche hypothesis statement. So what you want to do here is you want to pick a niche. And by the way, while we’re doing this, go ahead and comment what you think your niche is. And also comment if the the internet connection has been okay. Um let me know if the internet connection’s been okay, too. But yeah, comment what you think your niche is. So just comment what your niche is in the comment section. I’ll probably read a few of them while we’re going through this. And I’m actually going to do this to illustrate something as well. So, comment uh what your niche is. And uh let’s see. Good connection. Awesome. Okay. I was really worried about the connection, but it looks like it’s good. Health uh connection is great. Health, music related, Jimmy, health, uh connection, good now. Internet, good. Awesome. Health, good connection. Wealth connection. Okay. Here. Seven. Wellness. Uh adult neurode divergence. Uh navigating through state systems. Mental health. Uh pimpy. Uh trauma release and recovery. Health ejected came back. Okay. I help content creators build a brand, personal finance, wealth minus healthcare, great connection, uh autism and high functioning adults, health, uh wealth creation, giwa, education, all of them all related, health and education, uh perfect education, uh health and wealth, good connection, Kevin, mortgages, good connection. My niche should be relationships. Don’t know what my niche is. helping people with grief, wealth, uh connection is coochie, uh no clue, youth cheer coaching, health, wealth, self- sustainability and survival, healthcare, uh Medicare, uh all the above, micro cement, uh awesome. Okay. Um so I know a lot of you are probably going to end up saying one or two word answers when you comment your niche, and I don’t blame you for that, right? That’s exactly what happened. But that is incorrect. And let me show you why. The niche hypothesis statement goes like this. You select a market or what some most people would refer to as a niche, but I call it a market. And then you pick one specific problem for people inside of that market. Okay? And you need to pick a specific problem, right? Because they might have 20 different problems or 200 or 2,000 different problems. You pick one specific problem that the market has and try to pick a painful problem if you can. And then you find a specific solution for that problem. Okay? So again, for just that one problem. And so it’s going to look like this. I help X overcome Y by doing Z. Um, now the Z part, don’t even worry about that for now, right? The Z is something we can do later on. So really, it’s just going to be I help X do Y or I help X overcome Y. So this is X. That’s the that’s the specific market. And then Y is the specific problem, right? And so um the Z, like I said, is something we can do later. The important part is you establish that there’s a market of people and they have a problem that isn’t being solved very well. and you can help them solve that problem. And that is the foundation of how markets work. Markets are all about solving problems efficiently. If you want to give value and receive money by giving that value, then you really just want to focus on solving as many problems for people uh in your market as possible, right? Which is what YouTube allows you to do in mass. Okay, so let me give you a few examples of how to do this. Now, I’m going to use the accounting market specifically because for some reason I work with so many accountants. So I’m going to use the accounting market right now. I’m going to show you a bunch of different levels. And all of these people, by the way, are either people that are my clients, I’ve worked with them, or they’re business owners that I’ve met that are crushing it on YouTube. Right? So, I’m not making any of these examples up. These are all real examples of real people in the accounting niche, right? So, at the very first level, it’s just teaching students basic accounting concepts. So, that is more of a mass market channel, but it’s teaching people basic accounting concepts. So, it’s kind of like the organic chemistry tutor, but for accounting. Now, this person is making really good money, probably pretty close to seven figures a year. Uh, they’ve been doing it for a long time. They’re making really good money, and people in this market would be interested in a video like, “What is a P&L?” Now, let’s go to the second level. And by the way, I’m going to go over five, but I could do 50. I could probably do 500 just in the accounting market, in the accounting niche alone, okay? But we’re just going to do five because these are five that I know. Um, so yeah, second level which is accounting specifically for existing accounting students or someone who just graduated with an accounting degree. So they got an accounting degree, they’re trying to pass standardized tests or certifications. Um, and uh uh that would kind of be like physics walla but for accounting, right? Because he was helping people pass standardized tests and certifications but in India. So physics walla but for accounting and in the US typically. So that’s the second one. And I know for a fact that this niche is making multiple seven figures a year. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a CPA. Okay. Third level people uh helping people land their first entrylevel accounting job. So that’s another business owner that I know. They’re making multiple seven figures a year. So who is in the market here? Well, it’s people who just graduated with an accounting degree and they’re trying to get their first ever entry-level job. That’s the market. And that is different than all these other ones, right? So, it’s totally different content than all these other ones. People who are trying to refresh their knowledge on accounting do not want to get an accounting job, right? Totally different content. Uh, and people who are in this market would be interested in a video like land a bookkeeping job. Fourth level, people who are already accountants, they’re making $50 to $100,000 per year and they want to become what’s known as a financial controller. This is one of my clients as well. He helps people who are already accountants making $50 to $100,000 a year become a financial controller who can make 200 or even 300,000 a year. So totally different types of content when you’re targeting that audience, right? And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a financial controller. And then finally the fifth level which is basically helping businesses hire accountants. So hiring and placing accountants in businesses. So in that particular case, it’s either accounting businesses or big businesses that need accountants and they are actually trying to hire or place really good accountants in their businesses. So even though you’re talking about accounting topics, it’s still a completely different audience and the type of content you’re going to make is going to be completely different for all those different ones. So I hope you understand why it’s so important to have a niche hypothesis statement, right? Even though it’s this it’s all the same niche, right? It’s all accounting. Because if I would have asked you if you were in one of those niches, hey, what’s your niche before you watch this? you would have probably said, “Oh, my niche is accounting.” Just like all these people, for instance, that come into their niche, they probably said something relatively short like plants education or marriage relationship or teaching, etc. And that’s why you need to have a niche hypothesis statement. If you don’t know your niche hypothesis statement, you have lost from the beginning. It is so important to have a proper niche hypothesis statement. Now, did you find that valuable? Give a thumbs up if you thought that was valuable. And if you want the niche validator GPT for both chat GPT as well as the cloud version that we’re going to be giving out in a short while that’s going to help you to dial in your niche hypothesis statement. Awesome. Good stuff. Good stuff. And by the way, people in this market would be interested in a video like how to hire the best accountants just as an example. Okay. So now I’m going to be handing you the blue pill to make you invincible as a creator because once you have your niche down and your niche hypothesis statement down, you’re already way better than most people. you’re you’re miles ahead of the average person, right? But you need more than that. You need what’s known as a hybrid personal brand because you probably know what personal branding is, but when you mix personal branding with the correct niche and your uh and our YouTube automation AI system, you have what’s known as a hybrid personal brand. So, one thing that you need to understand is I just told you that you need to have a niche hypothesis statement, but I’m going to say something that’s probably going to confuse you for a little bit, and that is you are the niche. Okay? So many people get this wrong. They think their niche is what makes them successful as an educational channel content creator. But when you have a hybrid personal brand, you are the niche. So yes, you are going to start extremely niche with IHEL X2Y. But once you get traction uh when you build your channel in the correct way where you’re building a hybrid personal brand, you can then easily pivot to something else. Let me show you an example. Alex or Mosie. when he first started posting on YouTube uh four years ago, his niche hypothesis statement was, “I help gyms do marketing and sales, right? And now he can talk about anything.” Now, obviously, he’s really well known for his business stuff with all different types of businesses, but now he can talk about his unconventional diet. This is why you’re not happy. He talks about his book launches. He talks about how to stop wasting time. And yeah, I mean, now he can talk about anything that he wants, but he started niche. And if he tried to do that from the beginning, he probably wouldn’t have had nearly as much success as he has right now. He started off being the king of a puddle, then he became the king of a small pond, then he became the king of a lake, then the king of a river, uh, and then the king of a sea, and then the king of the ocean, right? So, you you start off uh as the as the king or queen of of a pond, right? And then you’re going to expand from there, right? You you got to start small. You have to start niche, but don’t make your channel in such a way where you can’t expand it, right? Okay. And that’s how we teach people to do it with the hybrid personal brand method because when you create a hybrid personal brand, there are so many different ways that you can monetize your channel. Um, and then there’s so many different directions that you can go both in terms of the content uh and the topics as well as how you make money with your channel. So, AdSense, affiliate marketing, sponsorships, job opportunities, networking, membership, SAS, high ticket offers. Alex Ramoszi opened up one of the rarest businesses in the world just as an example, which is called a family office. He basically has a portfolio of companies that he invests in and he gets deal flow from YouTube. So he’s making money from like eight nine figure businesses sometimes and making millions of dollars from each deal that he does all the way down to doing a SAS that costs a few dollars a month. You can do memberships, you can do courses, digital products, so many other things, even physical products, right? The point is all of these different business models work when you have a hybrid personal brand traffic and you have distribution people that actually know, like, and trust you on your channel because you built it with the hybrid personal brand method and you’ve helped them solve a bunch of their problems. So, they see you as an authority. And not only that, you can even sell the brand or step down as the face of the brand in some cases. So, let me just give you an example of that. Doug Demiro launched his website. Uh, well, he’s a car review YouTuber. A lot of you probably know him. Whoops. He’s a car review YouTuber. A lot of you probably already know him. He reviews cars, but he launched this website called carsandbids.com from his personal brand channel. And then he sold cars.com for $80 million, right? And the reason that they were able to do that is because of the fact that they built their channel with the hybrid personal brand method. You know, did you think that he knew that he was going to launch an auction website and then sell the auction website when he first started his YouTube channel? Of course not. He didn’t know that, right? But because of the fact that he set up his channel with this in this flexible way with the hybrid personal brand method when the opportunity became available, he was able to take advantage of it. Right? And this is a secret way of building your channel that makes it so much easier to do whatever you want in the future. Because none of us can predict the future. But what we can do is build a channel that can evolve and change and adapt as things change over time. As we evolve, as the market evolves, as things happen in the world, you can build a channel that can adapt. So it has the ultimate advantage. evolve and adapt, which is that it can adapt to changing circumstances. Right? And if you think this only applies to big education channels, well, you’re just wrong. Here’s some examples of our clients. This worked for Waqen. So, Waqen was 18 years old when we first started working with him. He was a freshman in college and he was basically just making all kinds of random content on study skills, productivity content, all kinds of stuff like that, right? And he was making content on engineering as well because he was basically a business and engineering double major. and he wasn’t really making any money, right? And we basically sat down, we hashed out his niche and it became very clear that he should help foreign exchange students get into elite universities in the US. Why? Because he was a foreign exchange student that got into an elite university in the US. So, we really dowed in his offer and the very first month that he launched or very close to the very first month, he made about $80,000. And he actually got so many client requests that he was oversubscribed and he had to stop making YouTube videos and weightless customers trying to buy his program, trying to give him money. He had to say he had to say, “No, you cannot give me money.” Okay? And uh it’s it’s because he just had too many people that wanted to work with him immediately. And that’s a pretty good place to be as an 18-year-old business owner, right? And we joked around that he was making more money than the president of his university, which he was, which again is pretty crazy to think about, especially as a freshman. Here’s another example. Richard, we helped him go from making almost no money whatsoever on YouTube and also being one of the busiest clients I’ve ever worked with, right? He was a product manager at a Fortune50 company and he was basically working like 60, 80 hours a week, had a brand new baby, had lots of investments, like real estate investment properties, etc., etc., all kinds of different stuff like that. Just a super, super busy guy. and he was basically able to grow his channel to $12,000 in a single month despite the fact that he probably could only work about two hours a month. So yeah, I’m very proud of this case study as well because it was quite difficult to get him results because he could only just work like a couple hours a month. Very busy guy. Here’s another example guy. This one is really cool story. He’s actually disabled and his goal before he worked with us was just to make a couple thousand extra dollars a month because he’s close to retirement, right? So he’s disabled. He has what’s known as tenitus, which is constant ringing in the ears. And this is something that a lot of veterans have. My dad has it as well. He’s a veteran. And it’s really debilitating. And so he made this channel where his goal was to just make a couple extra thousand a month in retirement. And that was his version of rich. And so he basically wanted to make 1 to2,000 extra dollars a month in retirement. And we actually got him a or helped him get a $1,500 a month uh income with less than 500 subscribers. 446 to be exact. And this was a brand deal worth $1,500 a month. And now he’s getting close to 10,000 subscribers. So he’s crushing. He’s making a lot more than that. But the whole point is before he even got to 500 subscribers, never mind 1,000 subscribers, he already reached his goal of making 1 to2,000 extra dollars a month, which made a massive um uh impact on his quality of life in retirement. Um so he’s basically able to, you know, actually enjoy retirement because he has that couple extra thousand a month. And um he did all of this uh with a tiny channel, right? And he did all of it while helping other people who has the same thing that he has. So when life gave him lemons, he turned it into lemonade. He was able to help other people that have the same exact ailment that he had. And he was able to make money doing that, right? Which is which is awesome. That’s amazing, right? And uh yeah, so if you don’t think you can, you know, make money with a small channel, you definitely can. And this is his actual brand deal, which is an ongoing sponsorship. So, one simple rule guys to make this happen, start simple and scale fast. You do not need to show your face all the time if you don’t want to, right? You show your face a little bit and then just like just show your screen after that. You do not need a fancy camera, fancy editing, a million-doll studio, high production quality, or top uh tier video editing skills. And you definitely do not need to make highly entertaining content. Here’s what you do need, and these are the most important things by far. Viral video ideas. This is the most important thing after dialing in your niche. Then you need titles and thumbnails that get clicks. Then you need an effective intro for video retention. And then you need to just deliver value to your audience. And that’s a lot easier to do than you think. Now, let’s talk about the most important out of all those things, and that is the viral video ideas. So, I got this from Carl Icon. He’s in the finance industry. And basically, he would find businesses that were making a ton of money despite being ran terribly. And I took that idea from the finance industry because I think some of the smartest people in the world work in finance. And I applied it to YouTube. And I was the first person to ever do this. So what I did is I found YouTube videos that had a lot of views despite not having that many subscribers. That’s important. Um and it’s important that they don’t have any subscribers because if they have a big channel, they have a big audience and they’re going to watch anything that they put out, right? So had a lot of views despite not uh despite having a small channel and despite the video itself being either mediocre or preferably bad. So the thumbnail, the title, the intro were either mediocre or bad. Right? So just as an example, this guy right here, you can see his face is blurry. The door is actually in better focus in the background than his face is. Uh this is the thumbnail. So the thumbnail is just a still shot from the video. Um he also the audio was quite bad. It it sounded like he was recording the video and the audio uh with a potato. And uh he was also drunkenly ranting about college degrees the entire time while literally drinking beers. And so obviously that’s a pretty bad video. And uh yet it still got 760,000 views despite coming from a small channel. he probably got all of his subscribers from this video. And so that’s the sign, right? So, uh, what you do is you steal the idea of the video and you make a better version of the video. So, the most worthless college majors, you can change the keyword a bit or just keep the same keyword and boom, the most useless degrees, right? Video itself completely different. Has absolutely nothing to do with the original video, but the idea of the video is that what you want to steal and you make a better video, right? So, boom, the most useless degrees. That’s what I did. The point is you just keep the title very similar. You change it slightly, make a better video, and boom, that’s what happens. So, I made a better video with almost the same title, right? The most useless degrees versus the most worthless college majors. Very similar. Made a better thumbnail, a better video, and it blew up and got millions of views. So, this is what I’ve been doing for the last 6 years now, guys. This is my secret. The icon method is the most powerful way to do it. There’s a bit more to it than that, but that is the gist. So, once you get these down and you join our program, finding video ideas will never be an issue for you ever again. And once you get this down giving the value, quite literally, your videos will do all of the work for you. Now, let’s talk about what it takes for you to be a part of this YouTube gold mine with no daily uploads if you don’t want to. No complicated editing, uh, no having to show your face all the time, uh, no expensive gear or software, no burnout or guesswork, no algorithm chasing, no spending months without monetization. Instead, you’ll get an ondemand content plan tailored to you, a hybrid model that works with or without your face, proven video templates, plus AI assistant scripts, automated systems for publishing and repurposing, a one day per month content workflow, scalable monetization from day one, and top tier coaching behind sevenigure YouTube brands. Introducing the content growth engine. This is the easiest and fastest way to grow a cash printing YouTube channel, even if you’re not an influencer. So, click the link in the chat to get access to this early because there are a few bonuses that we’re only giving to people that get this early access to and you will have a higher chance of getting these bonuses if you actually book a call now. Or you can type in gosh.com/coaching, scan the QR code of your phone. Uh, and so here’s what you get access to inside of CGE. And by the way, guys, we’re going to cover these bonuses right here. Um, you’ll get all of these when you join the program, but some of them you don’t even need to join the program to get. And by the way, who is booking a call right now? Go ahead and comment in the chat if you’re booking a call because we have a special bonus for you. First, we’re going to be helping you pick a profitable niche. We have a bunch of YouTube coaches with 100K subscriber plaques, the best of the best that will help you find and pick the best niche. And that niche will be in between being the most profitable one where it’s sustainable, it’s profitable, and also something that you’re passionate about. Next is the foundations or the mindset section, right? So, you might be having a hard time starting even though you know that you just have to make videos consistently to be successful on YouTube. And I get it, it sounds easy, but it’s hard to put your mind into actually making videos or having success on YouTube. And you probably would have started YouTube or you would have had success on YouTube already if it was that easy, right? Even business owners face mindset issues and this module helps with that. This helps remove all the overthinking, all the imposter syndrome and helps you take action fast. And this is actually, you know, when I ask people, these first two are usually their favorite modules. the niche selection. People are just obsessed with this. And then also the mindset section. And even though a lot of people don’t really think that they need the core foundations, another thing that I’ll say about this is it’s going to help you understand that if you follow our system, success is inevitable. Right? If you follow the system, you’ll understand that when you go through this on a deep, logical, emotional, almost on a spiritual level that if you follow the system, success is inevitable. For some people, like my brother, it’s the very first video that he posted. it blew up uh you know got 800,000 views and he went from zero to a full-time income in less than a month. For some people it takes 5 10 15 20 videos. But if you follow the system, success is inevitable and you will understand that on a logical level when you go through this. Number three is the content genesis system. This shows you how to find viral video ideas in your niche that will have a higher chance of getting views and going viral. And in my opinion, this is my favorite module because I think this is the most valuable one out of all of them. This is where the uh where the real secret is right here, which is finding the right video ideas. In my opinion, I think this is number one. The next is the holy trifecta where we go over how you can make your thumbnail, your title, and your intro to package the viral video idea to have the highest chances of success for your video to get views. So, all three need to be good and you want to make sure that they’re congruent. That’s actually extremely important. And by the way, when I say viral video, I don’t mean getting the most views. What I really mean is getting the most of the right views. And just for an example, thumbnails, uh, there’s a real psychology behind actually attracting the right people, uh, with your thumbnails, because you might be able to make a thumbnail that gets a lot of people to click on it, but you’re getting the wrong people to click that are never going to be buyers. Next is the script writing alchemy system, where we help you write scripts with the help of AI to get your writing time down to less than 1 hour per video, or in many cases way less than that. So, just as an example, my brother who got his video to 800,000 views only spent about 15 minutes on the script. In fact, it was less than 15 minutes. And we show you the exact same system. Next is the viral video creation system where we actually turn things into a system. And this is what makes it possible to only work one or two hours a week on your YouTube channel. And in some cases, if you’re a very busy business owner, zero hours a week or a couple hours in a month. This is done with systems and our own in-house AI that we only allow our clients to use. So, the niche validator that we’re going to be dropping here in a minute is just a fraction of a sample of the power uh of the AI systems that we give to our clients, right? And we have systems for every problem you can imagine on YouTube. And lastly is the cash code system. This is where we actually make money out of the views that you’re getting, even if you’re not getting a lot of views. And it’s very, very important that you’re actually monetizing correctly. So, that’s just a taste of what’s inside of the community. You don’t just get one or two tools, you get the entire arsenal. custom GPTs, quad skills, all built for one thing, which is growing and monetizing your channel. And our clients are getting the updates in real time and they are loving it. And the tools that we don’t build ourselves, we tell you exactly which ones are worth your time, like Gemini, Descript, Pixels, and much more. So whether you run Chate or Cloud, there’s a tool sitting there ready for you. No guessing, no piecing it together yourself. This is just a taste of what’s waiting inside. Plus, you get one-on-one coaching calls with a dedicated client success manager, one-on-one dedicated chat support with all of our coaches, multiple weekly group coaching sessions, access to an exclusive group of hybrid personal brand YouTubers, access to the most powerful content creation AI systems on Earth. Okay, and this is just a peak inside of our private community. Real wins coming in every single day. One member just hit 10,000 subscribers with 1 million views, grew 5x in just a few months. Another one finally landed their first 10 leads straight from YouTube. Uh, another one just closed a $75,000 a year contract inbound straight off the platform. Someone made their first $10,000 from YouTube. Uh, someone else 4xed their subscriber count in a single month. Another one crossed 5,000 subscribers and 39,600 views. Um, and this, yeah, just example after example. It just goes on and on. And this isn’t a course a course that you just buy and forget about, right? This is a community of people winning together every single day. And these are just a few examples. And this is what the group looks like on any given day. And this is the exact system. Excuse me. This is the exact system that’s responsible for 0 to 10k in just 18 days. Here’s an example, bro. I just hit my first 10K within 18 days of launch. I don’t even have 1K subs yet. This is nuts. Thank you, Matt. This is the system that’s responsible for these results as well. You know, usually there’s a shaded graph right under here. And I remember the day that I saw this, I was looking in the client account and I saw that there was no shaded graph. And I’m like, what’s going on here? Is this some kind of glitch? And what ended up happening is there actually was a shaded graph. You know, this this is what it typically looks like. There was a shaded graph, but it was so low that it actually blended in with the x-axis on the graph here. And that’s because this client had been posting on YouTube for over 5 years and never had a single video take off and get a significant amount of views. Then their very first video with us got over 180,000 views. Right? So there it literally was unprecedented on the channel. And that’s why there’s no shaded graph here. kind of broke the YouTube’s uh uh systems here, their their their algorithm. But that’s not it, right? This this person right here, total beginner, started with us, went from zero to like 8,000 subscribers, making $900 a month almost immediately. Um and they were making more money from other stuff outside AdSense. This is just from AdSense alone. This person right here, oh, you can see they grew, 1456%, right, in the last month. This person right here is literally number one in their niche. So, we have a lot of kings and queens of their niches. We’re kind of the king makers uh in many niches and this is a very competitive niche. So, they’re number one in an exceptionally competitive niche as well. Um this particular client wants to remain anonymous and we respect that. Of course, a lot of our clients do want to remain anonymous because they don’t want competitors and um yeah, but they’re number one in a very very competitive niche. Not like a tiny, you know, micro niche, like a very competitive niche that you would know. um and uh they’re making $50,000 a month and they’re making multiple eight figures a year from other monetization methods. This person right here uh brand new to uh taking calls. They’ve never taken any sales calls in their life and they basically closed four out of five calls. That’s 80% close rate. If you know anything about a sales call, like a beginner is going to close like 5 or 10% of their sales calls. So 20% if they’re like exceptionally good. And he was closing 80%. That’s because when you have a YouTube channel, uh the calls that come to you from YouTube are you’re essentially like a cash register, right? You’re like a cashier, right? Like they’re already people that know, like, and trust you. They’re already ready to buy from you and you don’t really have to sell that hard. Just as an example, you know, with our channel, like we turn away like the vast majority of people who want to work with us, and we only work with people who we we think are really good fits to work with us, right? And we’re able to do that because of YouTube. So, Bill transformed his YouTube channel’s impact among 177K subs. He’s now making over 30K plus per month at the time of this testimonial. And basically, he said, “Shane helped me out with his keyword research, titles, and thumbnails, as well as turning my YouTube channel into a business.” So, he turned his YouTube channel from a liability, sucking up all of his time to a business that works for him while having a full-time job. Shawn was stuck making about 30,000 a month. We helped him scale all the way up to over $500,000 in a single month. So, he said Shane knows what he’s doing. He’s not another fake guru. His program goes beyond just tactics, teaching you how to build a personal brand and master the back-end systems that actually drive revenue. Next is Cheryl. She helps people through spiritual awakenings. And before joining us, she was stuck under 50 subscribers for years with a great message, but no strategy. We gave her the system, the content strategy, the title and thumbnail frameworks, and the hands-on coaching. And she immediately grew to 9,000 plus subscribers and got monetized in months. One video hit 128,000 views. And now she’s landing brand deals. And this is what happens when you stop guessing and you start following our system. Just like Jen here, who’s a healthcare professional who recently joined our program before joining us. She was a complete beginner. No idea what to make, no experience. She was in your exact situation that you’re in right now watching a live training just like this. Um, and had never dipped her toe into YouTube. And those those were her exact words. Uh, hadn’t dipped my toe into YouTube. Um, I hadn’t dipped my toe into YouTube. Those are her exact words. And uh yeah, she was watching just like you’re watching right now just a few months ago. And now she’s got 29.7K subscribers. Her channel got 3 million views already. Uh two of her videos already went over 500,000 views. And these are numbers that most creators chase for years. And she built all of it on what she already knew, which is healthcare navigation. This is what she’s already talking about with her patients on a day-to-day basis, which is navigating the US healthcare system. Right? So if you’re a healthare professional, this could be for you or really just a professional in general. somebody who, you know, solves problems all the time. Maybe there’s different software that you use a lot in your your business like HubSpot or Salesforce or different cloud software like AWS, etc., etc., uh, or even something as simple as Excel, right? You could educate other people on that or you could help people get into the profession or you could just educate people on common misconceptions or common things that you’re already telling people on a day-to-day basis. A lot of the time, this is very simple, very boring, and it’s stuff that you’re already doing on a day-to-day basis, right? This is what happens when you follow the system. Um, so I know all kinds of different people who work in the YouTube industry and I basically know all the different coaches, the consultants, the agencies, etc. And I’ll kind of tell you how this industry works, right? Usually the highest paid people, the best of the best work with big corporations, okay? Um, and so they’re going to be doing like seven figure contracts a year. In many cases, working with these big companies, it’s at least a six-figure contract. Right? Now, the second highest tier of what you can offer is probably what’s called a build and release offer. Now, I have some friends that do this, and basically, they’re like one of the very few people um that are actually really good on YouTube, besides myself that really know what they’re doing, and they charge about $300,000 to do a build and release offer. This is basically where they work with like seven, eight, nine figure companies and they build out their YouTube channel for the first 3 to 6 months. They hire everybody for the channel. They place them, they train them, they build it out, they figure out all the systems, all the templates, the SOPs, etc., they get the channel actually working off the ground, and then once it’s off the ground, it’s doing really well, um, they release it to them, right? Um, once they’ve hired out the team for them, and they’ve built this the machine basically that runs the channel for them, and they charge $300,000 to do that. Now, I myself have attended four masterminds that are at least $50,000. Last year, I was in two. This year, I’m in another two, and these are extremely valuable. I learned a ton of stuff from these masterminds and I pass it down to you guys as well. So, there’s lots of YouTube masterminds out there that are like $50,000 and it would easily cost you $35,000 in mistakes and opportunity cost if you were to try to do it all on your own. And 25,000 is more than a fair investment to make to even get one fifth of the knowledge contained in the content growth engine. But a special offer only for this workshop when you book a call within the next 24 hours, we’re offering something that we’ve never offered before. We’re going to talk about some of the bonuses that we’re giving out. And by the way, go.shenhum.com /coaching. Click the link in the chat or you can scan this QR code. Bonus one, and this is a big one. You get a one-on-one YouTube niche growth session call with me personally. Now, let me tell you why this matters. When I was starting out, I had a mentor named Sam. He was doing YouTube for his wedding photography business. And Sam showed me how to actually make money on YouTube, even with a small channel. And that changed everything for me. That is when I started earning big. Not because I got lucky, but because someone who already figured it out showed me the ropes. And that one relationship changed the entire direction of my channel. And that’s exactly what this call is. Everything that I have learned building a channel to 1.5 million subs and over 1 million or over 10 million in revenue applied directly to your niche, your channel, and your situation. And this is worth $12,000 easily because I do a pre session where I study, you know, your channel before we do the actual call itself. And then I do follow-up and and a post session as well. um to to make sure that you’re actually implementing, right? But this is only for five of the first people who sign up within the next 24 hours. So, go to go.shinhome.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. And if you’re watching this right now, you’re still super early. Uh if you don’t sign up on this actual call, there’s a very low chance you’ll get it. Um just because like usually when we send out the replay, if if the spots aren’t already taken up, they’ll they’ll immediately get taken up. Um, and so actually doing it during the call is going to give you the best chance because the sooner you sign up, the higher the chance that you actually get the one-on-one call with me. This is what the actual coaching looks like. I can already see people signing up as I’m talking, uh, by the way. So definitely don’t wait on this one. Go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus two is the 302 title maker GPT. This is easily worth $8,500. Now, if you sat down to find winning uh ideas yourself, researching what’s working, checking view counts, studying channels, etc., etc., you are looking at weeks of trial and error, and most people still pick the wrong ideas. Hire someone to do this, a real content strategist who knows YouTube, you’re going to be paying $7,500 easily. So, we built a custom AI tool that finds proven video ideas for your niche in about 30 seconds. And this isn’t generic AI spitting out random titles. Um, it’s built on the icon method. It finds what’s already working and it hands you a better version of it. The titles, the hooks, the angles, all of it. And you get it both ways, a chat GBT and a cloud AI version. So, whatever AI you already use, you’re covered. And this is included as a bonus. So, go to goshomomas.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Here’s what it actually looks like. And whether you use chatbot or claude, we build it for both. You give it a video that’s already performing. It reverse engineers why it works. And then it hands you five high converting titles and hooks for your channel. No guessing. No staring at a blank screen. The winning ideas are already out there. This tool just finds them for you. So go to go.shenomomas.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus three is the 30 secondond script writer worth $7,000. This is the ultimate content creation tool. You tell it the goal of your video to inform, to entertain, to sell, to inspire, and it turns your spoken ideas into a polished attention-grabbing YouTube script. And it captures your tone, your style, your voice, so that it actually sounds like you and it doesn’t just sound like generic AI sloth, right? And just like that last one, you get it both ways. Chatbt as well as the cloud version, whatever you already use. If you hire a professional content team to do this, like a script writer, a content strategist, someone who understands YouTube, you’re paying $3 to $5,000 a month minimum. This does it all in seconds. So go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what it looks like. You say your script idea out loud and it turns it into a ready toreord script. No typing, no clicking, you just talk. And you can even pick your vibe, friendly, high energy, calm, conversational, authority, whatever uh fits your channel. It matches your tone so that the script sounds like you, not like a robot. So go to go.shinhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus four is the high converting thumbnail swipe file. This is worth $10,000. Your thumbnail is the first thing that people see before the title, before the hook, before anything. If your thumbnail doesn’t stop the scroll, nobody clicks, nobody watches, and it doesn’t matter how good your video is. Uh, additionally, there’s a real psychology behind every thumbnail, right? You don’t necessarily just want to attract the most views. You want to get the most of the right views, right? Because if you attract the wrong views, it doesn’t matter how many views you get, you’re probably not going to make money, right? So, you want to get maximize the amount of the right views, right? So, if you hired a thumbnail designer who actually knows YouTube, you’re paying $1,500 a month easily part-time, right? That’s $18,000 a year. And they might make a thumbnail again that works for gaming but not for educational content. So this is my entire thumbnail system. The guide, the templates, the swipe files, the framework. You get it all as a bonus. So go to go.shinhome.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. So this is what’s inside. On the left, you get the full guide, the secret of creating viral thumbnails, the psychology behind why certain thumbnails get clicks and others don’t. On the right is the thumbnail vault. Fully editable templates in Canva. You click file, make a copy, and it’s yours. And you see those annotations, that is me breaking down exactly why each thumbnail works, where the face goes, how big the head is, the rule of thirds, the spacing, all of it explained. So, you’re not just getting templates, you’re learning the framework so that you can build your own. So, go to go.shenomomas.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus 5 is the 2026 Creator Rolodex worth $6,997. This is my personal list of recommended editors, tools, and services that we actually use. Not stuff I Googled, the exact people and tools. uh that my team relies on every single day to run a channel with over 1.5 million subscribers. So, you need an editor, it’s in here. You need a thumbnail designer, it’s in here. Scripting, SEO, analytics, automations, all in here. Now, here’s uh what this really saves you, right? Most creators waste months testing the wrong editors and the wrong tools before they find the ones that work. Uh and it’s not just time. That’s easily $3 to $5,000 burned on bad hires and subscriptions that you’ll cancel in a month. This skips all of it and it gets you the cheat sheet on day one. So, go to go.shenheim.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus six is the YouTube niche accelerator. This is zero to 100k subs step by step worth $4,997. And this is the full playbook, right? Everything you need from day one to 100,000 subscribers because the things that you do at the different levels from 0 to 1k subscribers, from 1k to 10k, and from 10k to 100k are going to be different, right? And this shows you the entire road map. Now, most people spend years figuring this out on their own. This lays it all out step by step so that you skip straight uh to the part where you’re you start making money, right? And I’m just tell I’m not just telling you what to do. There are video walkthroughs inside showing you exactly how to do it. Now, think about what a shortcut is worth. Years of trial and error compressed into a plug-and-play system that this kind of guidance uh most people would pay thousands for in a course and yours comes with a walkthrough to actually execute it. So, go to go.sh.com/coaching. scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Now, for those of you who stayed until the end, we made something special for you. This is the niche profitability maximizer AI, and this one is different from all of the other bonuses. This is an AI tool that takes your niche and maps out exactly how to make money from it. Not just AdSense, we’re talking affiliate deals, digital products, coaching offers, sponsorships, the full picture. Because here’s the thing that most people get wrong. They pick a niche and they hope the money uh situation figures itself out later on. That’s backwards. This tool shows you the money map before you uh ever record your first video, right? So, you know exactly what you’re building towards from day one. And like every tool that we give you, you get it both in chat and cloud version, whatever you already use. Now, here’s the catch. This bonus is worth $12,000 and you get it just for showing up to the call that you booked. That’s it. You book the call, you show up, you get it. So, go to go.shmos.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. The second you show up to the call that you booked, you get instant access on the spot. And whether you like Chachi or Claude, you can use this either way. This isn’t some watered down freebie. It’s the same tool that we use inside of the content growth engine, and it is yours for life. So go to go.shinhome.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus 8 is the 90-day YouTube Accelerator money back guarantee. This is priceless. You’ve got 90 days. You follow the program, you do the work, you show up, and if it does not work, you get your money back. We have a very low refund rate. Last month we had less than 1% refund rate and we have a very high satisfaction rate as well. So we sent out a survey to our clients asking if they felt like they got a ROI uh from you know our coaching program right and 91% of respondents said that they did feel like they got a return on their investment right so I’m not asking you to trust me blindly I am asking you to test it and see for yourself so go to gosh.com/coaching scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. So, let’s add this all up. Eight bonuses, total value, $61,494. Now, remember, bonus one, the one-on-one session with me personally. That is only for five of the first people who sign up today. Once the spots are gone, they’re gone. And bonus 7, the niche profitability maximizer AI, you only get that if you book a call and actually show up to it. That’s it. Everything else is included free when you join the program. Now, this workshop special is only available for the next 24 hours. After that, these bonuses go away in this exact package at this exact price with all eight bonuses. You will not see it again. And let me clear something up really quick because I get this question every single time, right? The 24 hours is for booking the call, not for attending it. So, if you book right now and the next open slot on my calendar is 3 days from now or even next week, that is totally fine. You’re still locked in. You still get every single one of these bonuses. You just have to schedule the call within the next 24 hours. So, been going back and forth on this. Now is the time to move. So, go to go.as.com. com/coaching. Scan the QR code right now. Book your free strategy call and we’ll figure out if we’re a good fit to work together or not. Worst case, you get on a call, you get some clarity on your niche, and you walk away with a plan. No pressure, no hard sell. Uh it’s going to be super valuable whether or not we end up working together or not, right? And to be fair, we only accept about 18% of people apply. And that’s historically. It’s gotten even tighter lately cuz we’ve had more and more people who are applying to the program because people are just getting incredibly good results. They’re referring their friends. and we just, you know, we’re in this situation where we’re extremely overs subscribed at this point, right? Um so we only accept about 18% of people who apply anyways. Um but uh you’re going to get value out of the call whether we end up working together or not. So there’s literally no reason to not book a call um because we’re not going to try to hard sell you or anything like that. You’re going to get value from the call whether we end up working together or not. Um so yeah, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. One last thing, and this is important. Once you book, you’ll get two emails, one from Calendarly and one from the consultant that you booked with. Both are going to be titled CGE Masterclass call. So, check your inbox right now. If you don’t see them, look in your promotions, your spam, your junk, your all mail folder. It’s called a lot of different things on different email providers. Um, you know, uh, promotions, spam, all mail. I think all mail is probably the best one to go to, but yeah, sometimes they hide in there instead of your main inbox. So, those emails have your call details, so make sure you find them and open them. very important that you’re able to do that. And with that being said, I’m going to go ahead and answer some questions. And I did see one question here asking about the price. So, I’ll go ahead and answer the price question one time and one time only. We’re very transparent about that. We’re not trying to like hide any pricing stuff from anybody. Uh no no bait and switch stuff like that. U but I’m only going to answer it one time cuz we work with different people at different levels. Okay. So, we always get about 5% of people who are from like big companies, um, or they’re, you know, they either own the big company or they’re like a marketing manager or a CMO, uh, chief marketing officer of a big company. Um, and they want to basically build out a YouTube channel for the company or build out a YouTube channel for the personal brand for the the owner of the company, right? And for those types of situations, a lot of the time that involves us going into the company, working with their existing marketing team, us uh setting up hiring for them, us setting up systems for them, etc., etc.,

    right? It’s it’s a lot of work from us. It’s done for you work, right? So, in that particular case, that’s going to be at least a six figure uh type of deal. We we don’t really take anything for less than six figures in that in that type of environment. down from that is uh smaller business owners. So, we’re talking six figure, seven figure, maybe even 8 figure business owners who do want to start like a personal brand or in some cases maybe just have someone else record for their company, but they don’t really want to spend that much of their own time doing it. So, they really want to just like maximize uh the amount of time uh their their own time. They don’t want to spend that much time. And typically, that involves us hiring like a video editor for them, sometimes a creative director for them. Typically, we hire from the Philippines and we place them into the business. We oversee them ourselves. Uh we help build it out and then we kind of release it to them. So, it’s another one of those done for you uh type situations. And depending on what they want, the scope of what they want us to do, that’s going to range anywhere from about uh $15,000 to $60,000 over a 6-month period, somewhere around there. then uh at the level of someone who kind of just wants us to teach you how to do it. They don’t necessarily want us to do the work for them. They just want to be taught how to do it. So instead of us fishing for you or us building out the machine that fishes for you, you just want us to teach you how to fish for yourself. Um which to be fair is probably the most valuable thing we can do for you if you have if you know if if that’s what you want. Um that program is going to start at about $9,800 or about $1,000 a month. Keep in mind this is oneonone coaching. We have over 20 people working in the program. This is how we get people results by charging that much. Now, for some of you, that’s probably not that much. For some of you, it might seem like a lot. Totally understand. Uh if that’s you, um you know, you can you always consider just, you know, using uh the free content, right, that that we put out. But for oneonone coaching, it takes a lot of time from our coaches. Our coaches are also the absolute best of the best. They all have 100k subscriber plaques. Um they’re the they’re the best of the best. And that’s why we get the best results in the industry because we have such high standards for helping people. So that is the pricing question. I will not answer that again. So if you missed it, you’ll just have to watch the replay um cuz I’m not going to answer that again. But that that is the pricing question. You can get it down to $1,000 a month or even less than that. Um if uh if you can’t do the full 9,800 right right in front, it’s totally fine. Okay. All right. I’m going to go ahead and answer questions now.

    All right.

    Okay. So, Richard’s saying, “Uh, bummer. I got a rejection message.” Hey. Yeah, I I know. It’s like I said, man, like we we have data in the past for the types of people that were the easiest to get results for, right? And and people that that we thought, you know, would be able to get results. the the two reasons that it typically rejects you. There’s two reasons. One is if you say that you’re not ready to start right away, if you’re going to start like, you know, a month from now or 3 months from now, it’s probably going to reject you, right? Uh the second reason it might reject you is if you said that you have you don’t have any money to get started. You got to you got to say that you have some money to get started, right? Like it there are startup costs to this, right? So it’s not that much, but you do need to say that you have some money to get started. Um, so that’s that’s the second reason um that uh it’ll reject you. Um, so and that’s just automatic in the system. We had somebody set the system up. We can’t really change it now because we just mess up all of our data now cuz it wouldn’t be an apples to apples comparison. So we just keep it that way. But you you do with that information what what you want. Um, and uh, yeah, hopefully that’ll help you out. Uh, you got it Salvador. Appreciate you as well. Patty, where’s the niche validator? Uh, scroll up. Uh, three comments, Patty. literally three comments above you. And if you probably scroll down that Yeah, there. Scroll down four comments and it’s there as well. Maria, if you have a very specific niche, can you actually make a lot of videos? If you have a very specific niche, can you actually make a lot of videos? Oh, 100%, Maria. Yeah. Yeah. 100%. You can you can absolutely make a lot of videos. Yeah, that that’s a very common misconception is people think that there’s not a lot of videos to make. There’s always videos to make. I promise you. If it’s a painful problem that people have and you’re solving that problem for them, there’s always lots of videos to make and we teach you how to do that. Um, Jamonte Johnson, if I didn’t qualify for the coaching call, where is the best place for me to start? Yeah, great question, Jamonte. Um, first of all, this is a great place because I will answer questions for you. You know, I’m I’m an eight figureure business owner, make almost all my money from YouTube. I’m answering any questions that you have. I I don’t have to do this. I do this because I really want to help you guys and I think that overall it just builds a lot of really good will in the market and it’ll it’ll come back to me over time. Um so you can ask me questions right here. I’m very happy to answer. Uh additionally, I put out a lot of great content on YouTube. I put a lot of effort into that content as well. I think it’s some of the best content in the space if not honestly the best in my opinion. Um additionally, we give away a lot of free tools on YouTube as well. And I’ll say one one extra little bonus thing, check out my second channel, which is Shane Humus, the content growth engine. It I don’t post there very much, but those videos are golden as well. And I and I go a little bit deeper in those videos. It’s it’s a little more high level um similar to what my course would be like. Okay, so you can check out that channel, too.

    Jamante, if I didn’t qualify for the coaching call, where’s the best place for me to start?

    already answered that. My bad. That the comment lagged out there. Okay. What’s the price? Answered that already.

    Pretty rude group. Oh, I didn’t notice I didn’t notice the the rude comments this time. But yeah, it I I’ve noticed uh the last last uh week or so uh I think some videos popped off that were like jobreated videos and those tend to bring just yeah those types of people. So yeah, we we get a few of those types of people. Um that’s one thing I’ve noticed. Constantine, my country is not in partnership with YouTube. I will be able to monetize on YouTube. I I can’t help you with that. With that being said, um YouTube directly is just a tiny percentage of the money that you can make. Like the money that you make directly on YouTube is a very tiny percentage of the money that you can make overall. So just as an example, the AdSense money, the ads that pop up on your channel, the ads that pop up on my channel, I think last month we made about $30,000 and I think that was, you know, less than 3% of the total income of the channel, right? So it’s it’s a lot, but it’s less than 3% the total income. So there’s way better ways to monetize. I think we make, you know, 30 30 to 50 times more from other things outside of ads. Okay.

    Thank you, Suzanne. You got it. Steph Hall, thank you Shane. Got to go. Awesome. Steph, have a good one. Richard, thanks. I’ll try again via laptop rather than mobile. Yeah, try it out. Tim,

    when does the 90day day money back start? Uh, at the beginning of the course, Tim C, and it’s not a course, it’s a coaching program. CR, thank you for answering price pricing question. Of course. Yeah, we’re not trying to hide anything from anybody. Yeah, it’s like we we’re we’re transparent on the pricing. Lindsay question, you really only spoke about the AdSense for monetization. What are the other ways to make money on YouTube? Oh, I mean I I went over tons of different I literally went over like 20 different examples of of ways to make money. I I don’t know if maybe maybe you weren’t watching at that part, but yeah, I went over tons and tons of different examples of ways to make money on YouTube. But just like some of my I I’ll give you guys some of my favorite ones. And by the way, like all of these different ways make like you you could you can make them all work. Okay, just to be very clear, you can make all of them work, but I’ll give you some of my favorite ones. Affiliate marketing is up there. I really like affiliate marketing. I made it to six figures a month just with affiliate marketing alone. Um I really do like um high ticket products, services, coaching, etc. Um so there’s many different examples of that. One example could be let’s just say you’re helping people get into like finance careers. You could do a high ticket service where you optimize their resume just as an example, right? And you can charge a,000 to to $3,000 to do that. very very common actually. Um and yeah, by the way guys, uh just to to learn more about monetization methods specifically for your niche, go to go.inhome.com/coaching or scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Um but uh yeah, so um that that’s another one. So so high ticket uh that’s a ser that’s an example of a service high ticket coaching quite obvious like you you coach somebody how to do something um get into a career etc etc. Um, then you could do uh like an agency. So that’s kind of a recurring thing. So like you could work with a company and do their, you know, digital market their Facebook ads for instance. You get paid every single month for that. Like a,000, $2,000 a month, whatever. Um, lot lots of different great opportunities there. I I’ve seen probably more people have success from that than any other uh type of business model online. Affiliate marketing is nice, though, cuz it’s really passive. you don’t really have to do much of the other business stuff, but you know, affiliate marketing is extremely passive. I’d say lifestyle-wise, it’s one of the best ones. Um, another really good one is a um school group. So, you basically have people pay you recurring revenue every single month to be a part of a school group. And inside the school group, you could have, you know, courses, you could have, you know, templates, a community, you know, all kinds of stuff like that. That’s one that I’ve I’ve been liking a lot lately. And now, of course, you could use something else. You could use Patreon. There’s there’s circle. There’s a lot of other ones. I just like school personally. That’s s kol. I really like that one. But yeah, there’s there’s a lot of different ones. Those are some of my favorites. Okay. Um Joe, well, I don’t have 1,00 right now for sure. All good, Joe. Enjoy the free content. Anthony, yeah, appreciate you, Suzanne. Anthony, is teaching people how to work at a call center a good niche? I think that could be a good niche. Yeah, just teaching people how to get like maybe a remote uh customer service job for instance. Like I think that’s what makes it kind of attractive. That is one of the most common and the easiest to land remote jobs. So I think you would want to emphasize the remote part. Um but yeah, I think that could that could absolutely be a good niche for sure.

    And you know, one thing you could do is you you have a remote job um at a call center and you could live in a lower cost of living area. You could either live, you know, somewhere that’s lower lower cost of living in the US or you could even live somewhere outside of the US. I’ve seen a lot of people do that. They get like a, you know, a job that’s kind of bad in the US, right? Like a $3,000 a month job and then, you know, if you’re living in other parts of the world, that’s incredible. That’s like incredibly good because the cost of living is so much lower. Um, so yeah, I I like I like the I like where you’re going with that, Anthony. I think you need to dial it in a little bit. So, I’d recommend booking a call, but I like where you’re going with that. Joel, you mentioned you work with a travel planner. Um, yeah, that that video is actually going to come out on YouTube here pretty soon. Um, yeah. Um, yeah, it it’ll be coming out on YouTube. So, so just look out for that on YouTube. um because I actually interviewed her on the channel or I gave her a um uh a one-on-one session on the channel. Uh she’s she’s in my mastermind, too. Um but just as a sneak peek, you can probably look up Royal Caribbean Cruise Line uh reviews and you’ll probably find her channel. Um Eric Saxon, I’m in, baby. All right. Congrats, Eric. Love to hear it. Steph as well. Good stuff, Steve. Thank you, Shane. You got it, Steve. My pleasure. Donald, where is the link to the niche validator? Um, literally in the comment directly above your comment, Donald

    and posted probably 5 to 10 other times as well. Barbara, I booked a call but can’t find the time or date. We might have run out of call slots. Um Aaron, Alexis, whoever’s on right now, could you guys just send me a message about call slots? Um

    yeah, we might we still have Okay. Okay. We we uh we we did uh Could you check the the the triage ones versus the normal ones, the 15-minute ones and the 45minute ones? Give me the exact numbers if you can. I I think we probably opened up a few more slots, guys. So, if you check before, I think we just opened up a few more slots. So, we um that should be good.

    Patty, thanks. Found it. Awesome. Patty Ashley, my niche is helping people fight Medicare appeal denials. I absolutely love that niche, Ashley. I think that is absolutely phenomenal. And I think just like Medicare in general, right? just uh Medicare uh in general is is a is a good niche just you know there there’s different plans that work better for different types of people you know and I I know more than I care to about Medicare with my previous profession as a pharmacist um and yeah there you know there’s different types of Medicare there’s different types of plans for different types of people etc etc so um yeah yeah I you know it’s yeah I I know quite a bit about I think that’s a phenomenal niche, Ashley. I think just like getting the most out of health insurance in general or just getting the most out of the health care system in general in the US, like navigating the US healthcare system, I think that’s pretty good. Um, so yeah. Yeah. Uh, just got a confirmation, guys. We did open up more uh slots. Okay, we we did open up more more slots for people to to book calls. So, if you tried to book a call before and you couldn’t book a call, uh, try again. Make sure you’re careful about how you answer the questions. And we did just open up a few more slots, some more, so you can you can try those out.

    Okay, John R. once again, thank you for donating your time to host the webinars. You got it, John. My pleasure. Benjamin, thank you for your time. You got it, Benjamin. My pleasure. Holly, okay. Uh, was super insightful. You got it, Holly. I’m not sure what’s going on, but yeah, you got it. Super insightful. Ronald, how often do you do these events? It depends. Um, it it really depends. So, for instance, next week I’m I’m going to a wedding. I think I’m going to have to skip next week. Um, so yeah, it really depends. Um, but we we’ve been doing them pretty consistently. Um, and uh, we’re going to continue doing them consistently, at least for the short term, as long as, you know, people continue to be appreciative of them. Um, but yeah, I can’t promise anything. Okay, Jared, any niches that you feel are too s So, I I think like for me, guys, one thing I’m really into is lives, live events. I I I’m I’m really into doing things live. I think that doing things live is just really uh a better way to do things these days, especially with all the AI stuff. Um, you know, like there’s so much AI slop out there now that you can’t really AI slop a life of it, right? This this is, you know, you got to you got to be in there in person to do it. It’s pretty cool like interacting with you guys live too, right? It’s like it’s a lot more fun that way rather than me just talking to a camera, you know? Okay, Jared, any niches that you feel are uh saturated and should stay away from? To be honest with you, Jared, there’s no there’s really no such thing as saturation. So if you if you notice the industries that make the most money just in in general in any given market are typically the ones that are quote unquote saturated, right? So this is an example. Fitness, health, um very saturated, very competitive. There’s lots of people in those niches and those are the niches that make the most money, right? So saturation is really just a sign that there’s demand and demand is the most important thing. So, there really is no such thing as saturation. Um, what there what you do need to do though is you need to niche down. So, just as an example, I’m going to a wedding next week. One of the good a good friend of mine that’s going to be at the wedding. Uh, he was a former uh client as well. Um, he satur he he niched down ridiculously. Okay. So he went down to um you know instead of fitness, fitness is one of the most saturated niches, right? So he did uh only French market, right? Only fathers who are 40 plus years old. Okay, so dads that are 40 plus years old in the French market who uh want to lose belly fat specifically because they want to have more energy so that they can spend more quality time with their family and their loved ones. Okay. Uh and and oh yeah, I forgot I totally forgot one thing. These these are these aren’t just any French dads. These are high achievers. So, we’re talking doctors, lawyers, like people that are very busy. Uh, executives, entrepreneurs, business owners, etc., etc. Um, people that are extremely busy. They don’t really have a lot of time, right? So, French dads over the age of 40 who are doctors, lawyers, etc. High, you know, very busy people who don’t have a lot of time. I think I said over the age of 40, uh, who want to lose belly fat so that they can have more energy to spend more time with their loved ones. Okay. How specific is that? Exceptionally specific, right? And that is why he has an 8 figureure business. That’s why he makes over $10 million a year because he is so specific. So when you get into a quote unquote more saturated market, all you have to do is you just have to get more specific with who you’re targeting and how you’re helping them achieve a particular outcome. Right? So it’s goes back to the I help X do Y by Z. You noticed those things that I said that was essentially I help X do Y by Z. Now the X and the Y, there were multiple X’s and multiple Y’s because he’s in a very saturated market. But you get my point. I help X do Y byZ. He has a very good niche hypothesis statement. So yeah, hopefully that answers your question. Rich, what would be a good content for older demographics? Um, there’s lots of good content for older demographics. Literally anything where older people have a problem would be good content for older demographics. Um

    um so just as an example, one that I saw uh the other day which which I actually saw two different channels doing this is pickle ball specifically for older people. So teaching older people how to get better at pickle ball. Um so you know the way you play pickle ball when you’re young is probably going to be a bit different than the way you play pickle ball when you’re older. You’re going to you’re probably going to do less athletic stuff. you’re going to play a little bit more, you know, strategically. Um, and that kind of thing. So, pickle ball specifically for, I believe it was 40 plus or 50 plus. And, uh, yeah, that’s like that’s a perfect example of a niche cuz, you know, pickle ball is going to be different for 40 plus and 50 plus versus just teaching young people how to do it. Um, okay. Rich, what would be good content? Yeah. Um, I mean there’s just so many of things like literally any problem that older people have. Like just think think of think of old any anything that older people have a problem with or anything that older people want to get better at. That is that is a good niche. Uh but start with the problem. The problem is the most important thing. The problem with the pickle ball thing is they’re probably, you know, didn’t want to get injured, right? They want to play pickle ball. They want to be really good at it, but they don’t want to get injured and they want to be able to compete against younger players without, you know, with the with the athletic uh disadvantage, right? So, yeah, guys, gosh.com/coaching, scan that QR code, click the link in the chat, guys. Um, good stuff. Uh, John Ashley, that sounds great. Awesome. David, is it a good idea to frontload content before launch? Yeah, absolutely, if you want to. But the the biggest thing is just to just just post content. Just just post videos. Salvador, I’m very new to YouTube. I don’t know anything about editing or graphics. Uh, where would be the best place to start? U, best place to start is where you’re at right now. Um, we we teach you exactly what you need to know and what you don’t need to know, which is probably more important than what you need to know because like I said at the very beginning with the maze, most most of people just enter the maze when they don’t need to enter the maze and they learn all the stuff that does not matter. They get lost in the maze and they give up, right? And uh what what is uh more important than anything else is for you to just do the stuff that does matter and don’t do the stuff that doesn’t matter. So by the way guys uh just just to be clear about 15 minutes left uh to book a call and uh we’re going to we’re going to be heading out after about 15 minutes guys. I’m going to go enjoy uh Tokyo after this. So we have about 15 minutes left.

    I’m very new to YouTube. I don’t know anything about editing or graphics. Where would be the best? Oh, sorry. Eric Saxon, like me, I don’t do favors. I do things because I choose to. Nice. Dean, is this live? Where is he getting the questions from? I’m getting the qu. Yes, it is live. And I’m getting the questions from the chat. Holly, and I believe you are capable. I could finally be able to breathe instead of suffocating and dead. I appreciate you. Yeah. Yeah, you can do it, Holly. You can do it, Amy. Thank you, Shane. You got it, Amy. My pleasure. So everything alto together is 12,000. Uh it’s 9,800. Uh there is an option a uh option where we actually just do the video ideas for you which costs a little bit more. Um but that’s optional. That’s done for you work. That’s where we literally do the work for you. Instead of teaching how to fish, we we fish for you but with that specific thing just cuz it’s so crucial. Um and that’s that’s that’s going to be a little more expensive. Steph Hall, thank you Shane. I have to go. My best to all of you. Awesome stuff. Best to you as well. Eric Saxon, nice. Richard Shane, what would be the best video length to start with for me to teach Gen Z and millennial property owners how to properly manage their assets, investments, especially if they are nominated as trustees of the Camino Living Developments. start with me to teach Gen Z and millennial property owners how to properly manage their assets, investments, especially if they’re nominated as trustees of communal living developments. The communal living development thing sounds interesting. Um, properly manage their assets, investments. See, see, the problem is is Gen Z and millennials don’t really have a lot of property to manage or investments to manage. They don’t really have a lot of money. So, I’m not sure why you’re targeting Gen Z and millennials specifically because they don’t really have a lot of money.

    Why wouldn’t you just target people in general um who have an investments uh to to manage? Yeah. So, so generally speaking, Richard, uh I kind of like the direction you’re going with this, but it’s um I think there’s a few things that are just a little bit off. It doesn’t quite seem right to me. I think a slightly better direction would be um essentially like living arrangements for older people because that’s a growing uh demographic obviously like a lot of people want to uh have a you know living arrangements for for older people cuz there’s you know the the baby boomer generation is aging and they’re you know some of them might want to do like old folks homes but they also maybe they want to be taken care of at home, right, by the family. And you know, you got to set up that correctly so that they can actually, you know, live right. Um, etc., etc., skilled nursing facilities, et for older older folks to to live in different, you know, communities for instance, whole communities that are just older people, uh, for older people specifically. So, there’s a lot of opportunities there, I think, and and it’s definitely a huge need and it’s a huge market as well. So, I think that’s kind of what you’re talking about is in that direction. Um, I definitely would not target Gen Z and millennials. They just don’t have any money. So, I mean, I I don’t know why you’d be targeting them and they’re they’re almost certainly not property owners. Um, so yeah, I just target people who who are serving that demographic as well. But I kind of like the direction you’re going, but I think you need to book a call and and dial that in. Uh, and yeah, guys, go to shanehome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. We got about 10 minutes left before I’m gonna be heading out. Delilah, talking to people who kept demanding price. Oh. Oh, I see. I see what you’re talking about, Delila. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. All good. Thank you. Thank you. Uh Eric, I’m a capitalist pig. Um try spelling capitalist right. Uh Donna, uh you said YouTube just proved you right on AdSense. You said YouTube just proved you right on AdSense. I don’t know who you’re talking to or who w was proved right on AdSense. I think we made about 33,000 last month from AdSense and that was less than 3% of the total income we made last month from the channel. Jamante, I would like to create a channel helping 9to-5 employees switch to working remotely and travel abroad long term. What should be my method to monetize from day one? I love that niche, Jamonte. I think that is an absolutely phenomenal niche. Um, well, there’s a couple different things you could do. I know a lot about that niche. There’s a couple different things you could do. You could work with a affiliate company who helps people get jobs that are generally remote. So, an example of that would be Course Gurus. I am biased because I own a small percentage of course gurus and I’m on their uh board. Um, but I do love course gurus. I think it’s a great product. That’s that’s why I I own it and it’s helped literally thousands of people verified testimonials get jobs. So, you could you could do affiliate marketing with something like Course Gurus. That would be a good way to get started. Um, additionally, you could do one-on-one coaching where you just work one-on-one with people to help them get results. There is no better way of helping people get results than one-on-one coaching. Now, we like to actually do one-on-one coaching in conjunction with group coaching. We like to actually do both at once because some people are a bit more social and they like the group coaching components. But it’s essentially like getting one-on-one tutoring, you know, but also having the class component at the same time, right? Now, that is going to take up a significant amount of your time. Um, so you do have to charge a lot of money for that, right? Cuz it takes up a lot of your time and effort. So, you have to charge a lot of money for that. But yeah, one-on-one coaching is another good one. Um, uh, and those are the two that that really stand out to me. So having an affiliate relationship with companies, you can also do sponsorships with companies. Corsera has been a great sponsor for us. We love Corsera. Uh just as an example, um you could reach out to them on that. Those are the three that really stand out in that particular niche, Jamante. But yeah, I love that idea. I think that’s a phenomenal idea. Yeah, that that is a great offer cuz so many people want uh want want to do that. Marlene, thank you. Thank you. I’ve enjoyed you. Please adopt me. I appreciate you, Marlene. Awesome. Donald, already booked the call. See you Tuesday. Awesome. Rajan, great info. My call has been scheduled. Good night, Joel. Thank you, Shane. You got it, Joel. My pleasure. Wayne, great information. Thank you. I need to make a move. Awesome, Wayne. You got it. Delila, thank you very much for helping me to make the first step easier with a niche validator. You got it, Delilah. Delph, I’m planning to know what I can do. I’m currently information technology student and the things that I’m mainly good at are music, singing, playing guitar. And realistically, I don’t think I can profit a lot from it comparing to health, relationships, wealth, etc. My question is, can I work with uh my music while doing YouTube? I think I’m pretty good at singing and playing guitar. Yeah. So, you can definitely uh make money from those niches. There’s tons of people that do it. The whole point is they’re educational content. So, the people that like play guitar on YouTube and it’s just entertainment content, unless they’re getting millions and millions of views per month, they’re not making any money, right? The people that are actually making the money are the ones that are posting YouTube videos teaching people how to play guitar. You see the difference? One is entertainment, the other is education. Sure, it’s educating people about an entertainment topic, but it’s still education, right? So, yeah, you can definitely make money doing that. For instance, we have a person in our program right now who is teaching people chess, right? So, um

    yeah, we we have a people in the program that are teaching people chess and um teaching people how to get to a 2,000 rating in chess, which is pretty epic, right? So, uh yeah, that’s um that’s going to be uh uh some good options for you. So, yeah, you don’t have to do the super boring, you know, it stuff. you can just have that as your job and then you know do the YouTube thing as your side hustle and then when the YouTube thing starts taking off to where it’s making more money than your job then you can quit your job and then you’re I mean doesn’t get much better than that you know getting paid to talk about your passion making a full-time income from it with a remote you know online so that you can be anywhere in the world that you want to be I mean doesn’t get much better than that right Bruce I think you are great for trying to help people because really you don’t have to and more than likely could find other things to Do I thank you for helping people who uh know nothing. I personally have learned a lot but still need that perfect guidance from someone who has proven it over and over again. Thanks, Shane. You got it, Bruce. My pleasure. Thank you so much. I appreciate you, Donna. I love your content on Claude. Uh can help. I I watch a lot of those videos and I appreciate what you’re doing this time. I’m more than ready to make my videos and give this a real shot. Awesome, Donna. Love to hear it. Good stuff. Eric, love offering high ticket merch. Sell to rich people. They have cash. Only way to go. Um, well, I mean to to be honest with you, Eric, uh, in the US, uh, if you’re making an average income in the US, you’re essentially rich anywhere outside of the US in terms of your disposable income. So, yeah, as long as you’re selling to to people in the US, you’re probably good. But, um, if you’re selling outside of the US, then you really do need to like target richer people. Yeah, generally speaking. Um, but yeah, you know, you you want to target people who have a disposable income basically. Like they can actually spend money on stuff. Ashley, my niche is helping people fight Medicare. Yeah, love it. Love it, Ashley. I heard of that before. It’s really good niche, Holly. So, okay. Uh, Katie, I think I’m more interested in community network as I’m growing my business, which I wanted to have a YouTube element, which is why I ended up here today. I think this is more for absolute content creators that need an incubator. Uh, is there a maybe a community you may know about that is not necessarily for people that need one-on-one coaching, but just community uh so to not be alone while they chip away at the mountain of creating an online people. Yeah, that’s a good question, Katie. We don’t really have that, but that might be something we make in the future. Um, we have great community inside of our our program. We just we just kind of do it all all at once, you know, just all in one. Just make it as valuable as possible. Uh, we have a great community inside of our program. Um, but yeah, may maybe we’ll do something like that in the future potentially, Katie. I appreciate the suggestion. Um, but yeah, guys, go.coaching. Scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. Um, I’m going to uh jump off here in about 5 minutes or so. Um, okay. So, guys, I have a quick question for you. I’m going to scroll to the bottom. For those of you that are on the fence, like you’re not sure if you should book a call or not. If for some reason you’re not booking a call, go ahead and tell me why. Why are you not booking a call?

    Um, Holly maybe uh message support chainhomeus.com about that. Um, I can’t really think of anything to be honest. Essie, I’d like to help fourth and fifth graders improve their science grades. But if you talk to the the person on the phone, maybe they’d, you know, maybe maybe we’d be able to set something up. Maybe we’ll be able to figure something out like a, you know, pay as you go type of thing. Okay. Essie, I’d like to help fourth and fifth graders improve their science grades. Hey, Shane, thank you so much for your time. Uh, an inside the topic. Much appreciated, Arnold. Appreciate you, Arnold. Um, fourth and improve their science grades. H yeah, Essie. So, what’s interesting about niches like that, Essie, is when you’re when you have a niche like that, usually it’s like the person who actually pays the money is the parents, right? It’s not the kid. And so, you’re really targeting the parents of the kid. So, your niche is helping parents make sure that their, you know, kids are really good at science or something like that. So, an obvious example of that one would be like hooked hooked on phonics, right? you know, uh that’s helped a lot of people read better and I guess pronounce words better and that kind of thing. Um so, you know, that was a really big one for helping, you know, kids get literate, but you know, the kids aren’t buying the kids are not buying hooked on phonics. It’s the parents of the kids. Um so, just keep that in mind with with that particular niche, Essie, is it’s the parents of the kids. Um but yeah, that’s uh that that’s what you want to do. Um Joe, I don’t have a channel yet. Yeah, I’d say most of the people who’ve had success in the program started it without having a channel, Joe. So, so yeah, don’t let that stop you from from signing up. Um, Dalph, no funds. I mean, the the payment plans you can get down to less than $1,000 a month. Um, but but I totally understand if it’s uh if you don’t have uh that much. I get it. I get it. And I don’t want you guys to get in a bad financial situation, but we we do we are pretty flexible. If we think that you’re a good fit to work with us, we’re pretty flexible. Um, no funds. Uh, let’s see. Not ready with plans. Not ready with plans. Not ready with plans. Well, we can help you get ready with plans if you sign up for a call. Barbara, way too expensive. It It’s It’s not too It’s not too expensive that the that for the what we give, it’s actually very affordable. Yeah. It’s uh yeah, for for the amount of value we give and and the results we get, it’s it’s extremely affordable. Um I guess you probably don’t understand what it takes to to run a one-on-one coaching program at the scale that we do with over 20 people on the team to give the absolute best service possible. Like I probably hire more pe like I’m at a hotel right now. I probably hire more people in my program than there’s total workers in this hotel right now, you know? So yeah. Um, book to call Essie. Awesome. Holly main [ __ ] kittens. Yeah, they’re adorable and very fluffy. Um, don’t even know how to start. That’s that’s why you book a call. You book a call and we’ll help you uh start. That that’s the exact same situation that nurse Jyn was in. She didn’t know how to start either. She booked a call and a few months later she’s making a full-time income. Albert, as a new travel adviser, do you think the travel advisory niche space is uh too saturated? And second, what monetization options would be best outside of leads for booking vacations?

    No, it’s definitely not too saturated. Definitely not. So, what you want to do is you need to niche down for trash uh travel advisory. That that’s what you want to do. You just have to niche down. It’s definitely not s not even remotely close to being saturated. Yeah. No, there’s tons of opportunity in the travel advisory niche. That niche is absolutely wide open. Um, so yeah, anyways guys, few more minutes, last call. Go. Scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. Uh, course careers. Yes, course careers. Jamante. Um, awesome. Daniel got through. Congrats, Daniel. So, Daniel did get through. Good stuff. Uncertain. Awesome. Okay. Uh, well, I mean, book a call and we can help you with the certainty. Essie, thank you for taking my question. You’ve got it. Essie Albert, I answered that already. John, thanks. I’m currently overwhelmed with things going on right now. Just book the call. There’s nothing to lose. You’re going to get value from the call whether we end up working together or not. So, might as well book the call. Price and not knowing if I’d earn it back. When and if I can actually go Well, not knowing if you’d earn it back is like we have a a refund guarantee, right? So, if you don’t earn it back, you just you just ask for the your money back, right? So, there’s there’s pretty much no risk to you as as long as you actually do the work and you ask for your money back. So, if you don’t earn it back, like we’re we’re confident that if you do the work, you’re going to get results. Um, okay.

    A lot of inspiring stories of people making almost unbelievable money that seems totally unachievable, even at a lesser degree while surpassing my regular job. Yeah, that’s one of the most common ones that we get is some of our success stories just seem crazy. And I I get it. Like I totally understand that it seems crazy. Like we actually try to just put our more like normal success stories out there, but there are really people that are just like crushing it and just making that much money on YouTube. And I I know it doesn’t seem real, but like it’s actually pretty common on YouTube. Um Holly, okay, I’ll just make it work. I don’t know how much I will. Awesome. Holly, good stuff. Yeah, sign up for the call. Albert, new travel adviser. Do you think Okay, I already answered that question. Okay, we’re not overpriced. You just can’t afford us. Yeah, I didn’t want to be mean, but yeah. Um, Bill Hill and unemployment and can’t afford. Okay, I totally understand, Bill. There’s been other lots of other people that are in your situation. Just enjoy the free content for now. Maybe you can get results from it uh just from following the free content and then you can join our program later on. Okay, awesome guys. Go. Coaching, scan the QR code, click the link in the chat. Um, I am going to um

    Oh, yes. Okay. So, there’s a few more things really quick, guys. So, you are going to see when you sign up this thank you page right here. Okay. Hopefully, you didn’t click off, but this thank you page is very important. So, don’t click off of this. You want to watch the video that’s right here. Very important. This one’s only 28 seconds long. And you want to follow the instructions step by step. All of the instructions, right? So, one of them, for instance, is you check your email and you say, “I know the sender.” Right? Very important. And your calendar, right? So, um, and then I want you to check out some of these videos cuz some of these you’re going to be very inspired by, right? You’re going to see people that are from a similar background to you, a similar situation to you. You’re going to be very inspired by these videos. So, I highly recommend that you check out these videos right here. Same same on this one, right? So, this video not too long. You can watch it. These some videos answer some commonly asked questions as well. And you’re going to be very inspired by these videos. So, you might as well just click on them cuz they’re they’re going to inspire you a lot. And you can also um you know, check out some of these, like I said, and you’re going to see a bunch of people that are probably from a similar background. Hopefully, it doesn’t look like that. I don’t know why that pops up, but um bunch of people that are from similar backgrounds to you. Okay. and um uh you know, you’re going to be able to see uh similar backgrounds, similar niches, similar monetization methods, etc., etc., all kinds of stuff like that. So, definitely check those out. Additionally, um if for whatever reason you can’t sign up, go ahead and screenshot this or I’m even going to put this in the chat right now one last time. So, this is the absolute final call. Don’t miss out on this, guys, because again, uh there’s a much lower chance that you’re actually going to be able to secure a call or secure the one-on-one call with me if you don’t do it now. But I’m also going to drop the thank you pages in the chat, too. So, if for whatever reason you uh weren’t able to click on those, I’m dropping the thank you pages in the chat as well, so you can click on those and and actually read those. Um you know, these are of course intended for after you’ve you’ve booked a call. So, you can copy and paste those uh save them. Same with the one-on-one uh YouTube coaching. You can copy and paste that as well. And uh you know, this is what it should look like. You answer your questions here and then it should lead you to a um a thing for you to actually book a call. So, with that being said, that’s it, guys. Uh oh, yeah. Uh so, I only got through step two to five. Um well, it’s uh uh it’s been dropped many times. So, all you got to do is apply for the one-on-one YouTube coaching. just copy and paste that, save it, and you can apply afterwards. I know that, you know, sometimes people are driving or whatever. You know, I want you to drive safe. So, yeah, you can just copy and paste this and and uh just do it later on, right? So, you don’t you don’t have to uh uh, you know, try to sign up for it while you’re driving or something like that. With that being said, guys, I do have to head out. Thank you so much. Have a good one. Cheers. Thank you so much. Take care, guys. I’m going to jump out now and uh have a good one and I’ll see you guys next time. Cheers.